ServisFirst Bancshares
Annual Report 2019

Download report
Bookmark report

More annual reports from ServisFirst Bancshares:

2023 Report
2022 Report
2020 Report
2019 Report
2018 Report

Peers and competitors of ServisFirst Bancshares:

Banco Santander SA
HSBC
ServisFirst Bancshares
UBS AG
Lloyds Banking Group PLC

Plain-text annual report

SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. 2500 Woodcrest Place Birmingham, Alabama 35209 March 11, 2020 Dear Fellow Stockholder: You are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Our Annual Meeting will be held at the company’s corporate headquarters, located at 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209, on April 23, 2020, at 10:30 a.m., Central Daylight Time. The enclosed proxy materials describe the formal business to be transacted at the Annual Meeting, which includes a report on our operations. Many of our directors and officers will be present to answer any questions that you and other stockholders may have. Included in the materials is our Annual Report to Stockholders, which contains detailed information concerning our activities and operating performance including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. The business to be conducted at the Annual Meeting consists of (1) the election of seven directors; (2) an advisory vote on executive compensation; (3) the ratification of the appointment of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2020; and (4) such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting. Our board of directors unanimously recommends a vote “FOR” the election of the director nominees; “FOR” the “Say on Pay” advisory vote approving our executive compensation; and “FOR” the ratification of the appointment of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2020. You may vote your shares by following your broker’s voting instructions, by submitting voting instructions by telephone or by Internet, by voting in person at the Annual Meeting or, if you requested to receive printed proxy materials, by completing and returning your proxy card. Instructions regarding the methods of voting are contained in the enclosed Proxy Statement and on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials or proxy card. On behalf of our board of directors, we request that you vote your shares now, even if you currently plan to attend the Annual Meeting. This will not prevent you from voting in person, but will assure that your vote is counted. Your vote is important. The proxy materials are first being made available to stockholders on or about March 11, 2020. Sincerely, Thomas A. Broughton III Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. 2500 Woodcrest Place Birmingham, Alabama 35209 NOTICE OF 2020 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON APRIL 23, 2020 To Our Stockholders: Notice is hereby given that our Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at the company’s corporate headquarters, located at 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209, on Thursday, April 23, 2020, at 10:30 a.m., Central Daylight Time, for the following purposes: 1. to elect seven nominees to serve on our board of directors until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, as set forth in the accompanying Proxy Statement; 2. to conduct a “Say on Pay” advisory vote on our executive compensation; 3. to ratify the appointment of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2020; and 4. adjournment thereof. to transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any postponement or Our board of directors unanimously recommends a vote “FOR” the election of the director nominees, “FOR” the “Say on Pay” advisory vote approving our executive compensation, and “FOR” the ratification of the appointment of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2020. Our board of directors is not aware of any other business to come before the Annual Meeting. Directions to the Annual Meeting location at the company’s corporate headquarters, are available at www.edocumentview.com/SFBS. Stockholders of record as of the close of business on February 24, 2020 are entitled to notice of, and to vote their shares in person or by proxy at, the Annual Meeting. The proxy materials are first being made available to stockholders on or about March 11, 2020. IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE STOCKHOLDER MEETING TO BE HELD APRIL 23, 2020: Our Proxy Statement, form of proxy and 2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K are available at: www.edocumentview.com/SFBS. i YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU SUBMIT VOTING INSTRUCTIONS BY TELEPHONE OR BY INTERNET OR, IF YOU REQUESTED TO RECEIVE PRINTED PROXY MATERIALS, BY RETURNING YOUR PROXY CARD. THEREFORE, WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING IN PERSON, PLEASE VOTE BY TELEPHONE OR BY INTERNET, SUBMIT VOTING INSTRUCTIONS OR SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE PROXY CARD AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD WHO VOTE OVER THE TELEPHONE OR THE INTERNET, SUBMIT VOTING INSTRUCTIONS OR EXECUTE A PROXY CARD MAY NEVERTHELESS ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING, REVOKE THEIR PROXY AND VOTE THEIR SHARES IN PERSON. By Order of the Board of Directors, William M. Foshee Secretary and Chief Financial Officer Birmingham, Alabama March 11, 2020 ii Agenda and Voting Recommendations 1 Proposal 1: Election of Directors The board of directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR each director nominee. The seven director nominees presented in this proposal are recommended for election to the board of directors. Additional information about each director and his or her qualifications may be found on page 1. Name Age Director Since Primary Occupation Independent AC CC CGNC Committee Memberships Thomas A. Broughton III 64 2007 J. Richard Cashio 62 2007 James J. Filler 76 2007 Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and ServisFirst Bank Retired Chief Executive Officer of TASSCO, LLC Retired Chief Executive Officer of Jefferson Iron & Metal Brokerage, Inc. Michael D. Fuller 66 2007 Retired President of Double Oak Water Reclamation Christopher J. Mettler 44 2019 Founder and President of Sovereign Co. Hatton C. V. Smith 69 2007 Retired President of National Accounts, Royal Cup Coffee Irma L. Tuder AC: Audit Committee CC: Compensation Committee CGNC: Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee Financial Expert Manager of Tuder Investments, LLC Committee Chair Committee Member 58 2018 (cid:1590) (cid:1590) (cid:1590) (cid:1590) (cid:1590) (cid:1590) Proposal 2: Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation 2 3 Proposal 3: Ratify Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The board of directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR the resolution. Additional information about executive compensation may be found on page 14. The board of directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR the resolution. Additional information about the independent registered public accounting firm may be found on page 26. iii TABLE OF CONTENTS PROPOSAL 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS ................................................................................................................. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ........................................................................................................................................ Governance Practices ............................................................................................................................................................. Board Independence ............................................................................................................................................................... The Role of Our Board of Directors ....................................................................................................................................... Board Committees and Their Functions ................................................................................................................................. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .................................................................................................................... Code of Conduct for Directors and Employees ...................................................................................................................... Communications with the Board ............................................................................................................................................ DIRECTOR COMPENSATION ........................................................................................................................................ 1 4 4 6 7 8 11 11 12 12 Director Compensation for Fiscal 2019 ................................................................................................................................. 12 OWNERSHIP OF SERVISFIRST COMMON STOCK BY DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS .................................................................................................................................................... Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports .......................................................................................................................................... PROPOSAL 2: ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION .................................................................. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ...................................................................................................................................... Compensation Discussion and Analysis ................................................................................................................................. Compensation Committee Report .......................................................................................................................................... Summary Compensation Table .............................................................................................................................................. Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2019 ....................................................................................................................... Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End ............................................................................................................ Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2019 ............................................................................................................... Pension Benefits ..................................................................................................................................................................... Nonqualified Deferred Compensation .................................................................................................................................... Effect of Compensation Policies and Practices on Risk Management and Risk-Taking Incentives ...................................... Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control ................................................................................................ PROPOSAL 3: RATIFY APPOINTMENT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ..................................................................................................................................................................................... Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees .......................................................................................................... Audit Committee Report ........................................................................................................................................................ GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................................. Other Business ....................................................................................................................................................................... Questions and Answers About the 2020 Annual Meeting and Voting ................................................................................... Stockholder Proposals ............................................................................................................................................................ Solicitation of Proxies ............................................................................................................................................................ 13 14 14 14 14 20 21 21 22 23 23 23 23 24 26 26 27 28 28 28 31 32 Throughout this Proxy Statement, unless the context indicates otherwise, when we use the terms “the company,” “we,” “our” or “us,” we are referring to ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, ServisFirst Bank (which we refer to as the “bank”). When we use the term “Annual Meeting,” we intend to include both the Annual Meeting to be held on the date and at the time and place identified above and any adjournment or postponement of such Annual Meeting. PROPOSAL 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Under our bylaws, our board of directors consists of six directors unless a different number is fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of our board of directors, which is the only means of fixing a different number. In October 2019, our board voted to increase the size of the board to seven directors and appointed Christopher J. Mettler to serve on our board. Seven directors will be elected at the Annual Meeting to hold office until our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their successors are elected and have qualified. Our board has nominated the seven persons named below, all of whom currently serve as directors, for election as directors at the 2020 Annual Meeting. Other than Ms. Tuder, who began serving as a director of the bank and the company on October 15, 2018, and Mr. Mettler, who began serving as a director of the bank and the company on October 21, 2019, each of our director nominees has served as a director of the bank since its inception in 2005 and as a director of the Company since our formation in 2007. Each of these nominees has consented to serve as a director, if re-elected. Unless otherwise instructed, the management proxies intend to vote the proxies received by them for the election of all seven of these nominees. If any nominee identified below becomes unable to serve as a director before the Annual Meeting, the management proxies will vote the proxies received by them for the election of a substitute nominee selected by our board of directors. Annual Election of Directors The seven nominees receiving the most votes cast in the election of directors by holders of shares of common stock present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting will be elected to serve as directors of the company for the next year. As a result, although shares as to which the authority to vote is withheld will be counted, such “withhold” votes will have no effect on the outcome of the election of directors, except with respect to our director resignation policy. Information regarding directors and director nominees and their ages as of the record date is as follows: Name Thomas A. Broughton III Age 64 J. Richard Cashio James J. Filler Michael D. Fuller Christopher J. Mettler Hatton C. V. Smith Irma L. Tuder 62 76 66 44 69 58 Director Since 2007 Primary Occupation Independent AC CC CGNC Committee Memberships Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and ServisFirst Bank 2007 Retired Chief Executive Officer of TASSCO, LLC 2007 Retired Chief Executive Officer of Jefferson Iron & Metal Brokerage, Inc. 2007 Retired President of Double Oak Water Reclamation 2019 Founder and President of Sovereign Co. 2007 Retired President of National Accounts, Royal Cup Coffee 2018 Manager of Tuder Investments, LLC X X X X X X [M] [C][M] [M] [M] [C][M] [C][M] [FE][M] [M] [M] AC: Audit Committee CC: Compensation Committee CGNC: Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee [C] Committee Chair [M] Committee Member [FE] Financial Expert SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 1 The following summarizes the business experience and background of each of our nominees. Each of the director nominees also serves as a director of the bank, and Mr. Broughton also serves as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of us and the bank. Thomas A. Broughton III Age: 64 Committees: None Director Since: 2007 Bank Director Since: 2005 Position: President, CEO and Chairman Mr. Broughton has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director since 2007 and as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the bank since its inception in May 2005. Mr. Broughton was named chairman of the board of the company and the bank effective January 1, 2019. Mr. Broughton has spent the entirety of his 40-year banking career in the Birmingham area. In 1985, Mr. Broughton was named President of the de novo First Commercial Bank. When First Commercial Bank was bought by Synovus Financial Corp. in 1992, Mr. Broughton continued as President and was named Chief Executive Officer of First Commercial Bank. In 1998, he became Regional Chief Executive Officer of Synovus Financial Corp., responsible for the Alabama and Florida markets. In 2001, Mr. Broughton’s Synovus region shifted, and he became Regional Chief Executive Officer for the markets of Alabama, Tennessee and parts of Georgia. He continued his work in this position until his retirement from Synovus in August 2004. Mr. Broughton’s experience in banking has afforded him opportunities to work in many areas of banking and has given him exposure to all bank functions. We believe that Mr. Broughton’s extensive experience in banking in Alabama and the Southeast, and, in particular, his success in building and growing new banks and developing new markets, makes him highly qualified to serve as a director. J. Richard Cashio Age: 62 Committees: Audit; Compensation; Corporate Governance and Nominations (Chair) Position: Director Director Since: 2007 Bank Director Since: 2005 Mr. Cashio has served as a director of the company since 2007 and as a director of the bank since its inception in May 2005. Mr. Cashio served as Chief Executive Officer of TASSCO, LLC from 2005 until his retirement in January 2014 and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Tricon Metals & Services, Inc. from 2000 until its sale in October 2008. He served in various other positions with Tricon Metals & Services, Inc. prior to 2000. We believe that Mr. Cashio’s experience as the chief executive officer of successful industrial enterprises allows him to offer our board both the benefit of his business experience and the perspectives of one of our target customer groups, making him highly qualified to serve as a director. James J. Filler Age: 76 Committees: Compensation Position: Lead Independent Director Director Since: 2007 Bank Director Since: 2005 Mr. Filler has served as a director of the company since 2007 and as a director of the bank since its inception in May 2005. In January 2019, following Mr. Broughton becoming chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Filler was appointed to serve as the board’s lead independent director. Mr. Filler has been a private investor since his retirement in 2006. Prior to his retirement, Mr. Filler spent 44 years in the metals recycling industry with Jefferson Iron & Metal, Inc. and Jefferson Iron & Metal Brokerage Co., Inc. We believe that Mr. Filler’s extensive business experience and strong ties to the Birmingham business community offer us valuable strategic insights and make him highly qualified to serve as a director. 2 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Michael D. Fuller Age: 66 Committees: Audit (Chair); Corporate Governance and Nominations Position: Director Director Since: 2007 Bank Director Since: 2005 Mr. Fuller has served as a director of the company since 2007 and as a director of the bank since its inception in May 2005. For over 20 years, Mr. Fuller has been a private investor in real estate investments. Prior to that time, Mr. Fuller played professional football for nine years. Mr. Fuller has served as President of Double Oak Water Reclamation, a private wastewater collection and treatment facility in Shelby County, Alabama, since 1998. We believe that Mr. Fuller’s experience in the real estate sector, which is a major focus of our business, as well as his overall business experience and community presence, make him highly qualified to serve as a director. Christopher J. Mettler Age: 44 Committees: N/A Position: Director Director Since: 2019 Bank Director Since: 2019 Mr. Mettler has served as a director of the company and the bank since October 21, 2019. We anticipate Mr. Mettler will be named to the Compensation Committee as of the date of the Annual Meeting. Mr. Mettler is Founder and President of Sovereign Co., where he leads strategy and business development. Mr. Metter assumed a full-time role at Sovereign as of April 26, 2019. Sovereign leverages proprietary marketing attribution and artificial intelligence technology to systematically measure thousands of simultaneous marketing messages to display the most relevant products for consumers. Previously, Mr. Mettler founded two marketing and financial technology businesses, CompareCards and SnapCap, both of which were acquired in two separate transactions by LendingTree (Nasdaq: TREE). Mr. Mettler served as President of Iron Horse Holdings LLC from January 1, 2014 until November 16, 2016. Following LendingTree’s acquisition of CompareCards from Iron Horse Holdings in November 2016, Mr. Mettler transitioned to serve as a salaried employee of LendingTree through April 26, 2019. We believe Mr. Mettler’s business experience, his strong background in the financial technology sector and his prior service on our Charleston, South Carolina advisory board makes him highly qualified to serve as a director. Hatton C. V. Smith Age: 69 Committees: Compensation (Chair) Position: Director Director Since: 2007 Bank Director Since: 2005 Mr. Smith has served as a director of the company since 2007 and as a director of the bank since its inception in May 2005. Mr. Smith served as the Chief Executive Officer of Royal Cup Coffee from 1996 until 2014 and in various other positions with Royal Cup Coffee prior to 1996. Mr. Smith retired from all positions with Royal Cup Coffee effective February 2020. He is involved in many different charities and served as Chair of the United Way and President of the Baptist Health System. We believe that Mr. Smith’s business experience, his strong roots in the greater Birmingham business and civic community, and his high profile and extensive community contacts make him highly qualified to serve as a director. Irma L. Tuder Age: 58 Committees: Audit; Corporate Governance and Nominations Position: Director Director Since: 2018 Bank Director Since: 2018 Ms. Tuder has served as a manager of Tuder Investments, LLC, a private investment firm, since its formation in November 2007. Ms. Tuder founded Analytical Services, Inc. (“ASI”) in 1992, and served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chair of its board of directors until its sale to Artic Slope Regional Corporation in 2007. During Ms. Tuder’s time with ASI, it became nationally recognized for providing management and technical solutions to federal government agencies, including the Department of Defense and NASA. Prior to founding ASI, Ms. Tuder was employed as a corporate controller and previously practiced as a certified public accountant. Ms. Tuder has over 30 years of experience in accounting, finance, business management and strategic planning and execution. Ms. Tuder currently serves on the Company’s Audit Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee. Ms. Tuder received a BBA in accountancy from the University of Notre Dame and an MBA from Troy University. She is a certified public accountant. Ms. Tuder has served on our Huntsville advisory board since its inception. Ms. Tuder also serves on the board of directors of HudsonAlpha Institute for Biotechnology and The University of Alabama in Huntsville Foundation, is a past chairperson of the Huntsville/Madison County Chamber of Commerce and the Alabama Science SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 3 and Exhibit Commission and currently is the chairperson of the St. John Paul II Catholic High School Board of Trustees. We believe that Ms. Tuder’s experience as a CPA and controller, as the CEO of a successful company, as manager of a private investment firm and her history of community involvement in our Huntsville market and elsewhere, makes her highly qualified to serve as a director. The Board of Directors Unanimously Recommends a Vote “FOR” the Election of Each of the Board Nominees Named Above. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Our business is managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board has the legal responsibility for overseeing the affairs and performance of the company. The primary responsibility of the board is to exercise their business judgment in what they believe to be in the best interests of the company and its stockholders. Governance Practices Our board of directors believes that sound governance practices and policies provide an important framework to assist them in fulfilling their oversight duty. In March 2014, our board formally adopted the Corporate Governance Guidelines of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. (the “Governance Guidelines”), which include a number of the practices and policies under which our board has operated for some time, together with concepts suggested by various authorities in corporate governance and the requirements under the NASDAQ Global Select Market’s listed company rules and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Each year, our board of directors reviews our Governance Guidelines and other governance documents and modifies them as it deems appropriate. These documents include the Governance Guidelines, the committee charters, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our Related Party Transactions Policy and other key policies and practices. Copies of the currently effective charters for each board committee, the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Governance Guidelines and certain other corporate governance policies are available on the company’s website at www.servisfirstbancshares.com under the “IR Menu” tab. Some of the principal subjects covered by our Governance Guidelines comprise: • Director Qualifications, which include: a board candidate’s independence, experience, knowledge, skills, expertise, integrity, ability to make independent analytical inquiries; his or her understanding of our business and the business environment in which we operate; and the candidate’s ability and willingness to devote adequate time and effort to board responsibilities, taking into account the candidate’s employment and other board commitments. • Responsibilities of Directors, which include: acting in the best interests of all stockholders; maintaining independence; developing and maintaining a sound understanding of our business and the industry in which we operate; preparing for and attending board and board committee meetings; and providing active, objective and constructive participation at those meetings. • Director Access to Management and, as Necessary and Appropriate, Independent Advisors, which covers: encouraging presentations to our board from the officers responsible for functional areas of our business and from outside consultants who are engaged to conduct periodic reviews of various aspects of our operations or the quality of certain of our assets, such as the bank’s loan portfolio. • Director Orientation and Continuing Education, such as: programs to familiarize directors with any changes to our business, strategic plans, and significant financial, accounting and risk management issues; our compliance programs and conflicts policies; our code of business conduct and ethics and our corporate governance guidelines. In addition, each director is expected to participate in continuing education programs relating to developments in our business and in corporate governance. • Regularly Scheduled Executive Sessions, without Management, will be held by our board, led by our Lead Independent Director, and by the Audit Committee, which meets separately with our independent auditors. 4 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Director Resignation Policy In October 2016, our board approved and adopted a Director Resignation Policy. This policy provides that, in an uncontested election, any director nominee who receives a greater number of “Withhold” votes than votes “For” his or her election shall promptly tender his or her resignation to the Chairman of our board following the certification of the election results. The company’s Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee (“CG&N Committee”) will consider the offer of resignation and recommend to the board whether to accept or reject the resignation. Our board must then act on the recommendation within 90 days following certification of the election results following receipt of the recommendation. After the board makes a formal decision on the CG&N Committee’s recommendation, the company must publicly disclose the action on a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days of the decision. If the board determines to take any action other than accepting such resignation, the Current Report must also include the board’s rationale supporting its decision. A copy of our Director Resignation Policy is available on our website www.servisfirstbancshares.com under the “IR Menu” tab. Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy Our board has approved and adopted a Clawback Policy for recovery of incentive compensation from the company’s current and former executive officers under certain circumstances. The Clawback Policy is designed to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and proposed Rule 10D-1. The Clawback Policy provides that, in the event the company is required to restate financial results due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the board may adjust future compensation, cancel outstanding awards, seek recoupment of previous awards and take any other remedial and recovery action permitted by law, to recoup all or a portion of any incentive compensation approved, awarded or granted to an executive officer of the company after the date of adoption of the Clawback Policy and such award, vesting or payment occurred or was received during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date on which the company is required to prepare the restatement. The Clawback Policy applies when the Compensation Committee has determined that the incentive compensation approved, awarded or granted was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results that were the subject of the restatement and that a lesser amount of incentive compensation would have been approved, awarded or granted to the executive officer based upon the restated financial results. In each such instance, the company will seek to recoup the amounts by which an executive officer’s incentive compensation that was awarded, vested or paid during the three-year period referenced above exceeded the amounts that would have been awarded, vested or paid based on the restated financial results. Stock Ownership of Board and Executives Long-term stock ownership is deeply engrained in our culture and reflects our board’s strong commitment to the company’s success. We have reviewed the stock ownership policies of other financial institutions, the criteria identified by certain proxy advisory firms in determining whether a stock ownership policy is “rigorous” or “robust,” and the stock ownership of our directors and executive officers. We ultimately concluded not to adopt a formal stock ownership policy at this stage of the company’s existence primarily because the current ownership levels of our long-time directors and, with one exception, our named executive officers far exceed the ownership requirements of even the most rigorous policies we reviewed. Using the market price and the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned as of December 31, 2019, each of our non-employee directors other than Mr. Mettler held common stock valued at over 25 times such director’s annual retainer, our Chief Executive Officer held common stock valued at over 70 times his annual base salary, and each of our other named executive officers, with the exception of Mr. Abbott, held common stock valued at over 40 times his annual base salary. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 5 Our board annually reviews our Governance Guidelines and other governance documents and practices and modifies them as it deems appropriate. Although we will reconsider adopting stock ownership guidelines in the future, including in the event of board or management changes, we intend to operate the company in a way that we believe makes the most sense taking into account numerous factors. Policy Against Hedging Activities The company is dedicated to growing its business and enhancing stockholder value in an ethical way while being mindful of the need to avoid taking actions that pose undue risk or have the appearance of posing undue risk to the company. Our goal is to grow stockholder value in both the short term and in the longer term, and we expect our directors, officers and employees to have the same goals as the company. Consistent with these goals, our Insider Trading Policy prohibits any of our directors, officers and employees from engaging in hedging activities involving the company’s securities, including the following: • • • short sales, meaning any transactions in the company’s securities whereby one may benefit from a decline in the stock price of our common stock; purchases or sales of derivative securities related to the company’s securities (puts, calls, collars, swaps forward sale contracts and similar arrangements, excluding stock options issued pursuant to employee benefit plans); or investments in exchange funds (a stock fund that allows an investor to exchange his or her holdings in company securities for units in a portfolio of securities), excluding investments in the company stock fund available under the company’s 401(k) plan. Policy Against Pledging Activities Our Insider Trading Policy prohibits our directors, officers and employees from pledging our securities as collateral for loans unless approved by our Insider Trading Compliance Officer. While being mindful of the need to avoid taking actions that pose undue risk or appear to pose undue risk to our company, we also appreciate that our situation may be unique. We are a public company that has, since the bank’s inception in 2005 and our formation in 2007, experienced a relative amount of success. As a result of this success, a significant portion of the wealth of some of our officers and employees resides in their ownership of our common stock. As detailed above, all but one of our directors and all but one of our executive officers own enough shares of common stock to far exceed the multiples of base salary or annual cash retainer typically required by stock ownership guidelines. Accordingly, we provide our Insider Trading Compliance Officer with the discretion to permit pledges in certain limited circumstances. Board Independence The cornerstone of our corporate governance program is an independent and qualified board of directors. The board has established guidelines consistent with the current listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market for determining director independence. You can find these guidelines in our Governance Guidelines, which are posted on the company’s website at www.servisfirstbancshares.com under the “IR Menu” tab. During its most recent review, our board considered transactions and relationships between each director or any member of a director’s immediate family and us and the bank. Our board also considered whether there were any transactions or relationships between our company and any entity of which a director or an immediate family member of a director is an executive officer, general partner or significant equity holder. The purpose of this review was to determine whether any such relationships or transactions existed that were inconsistent with a determination that a director is independent. Independent directors must be free of any relationship with us or our management that may impair the director’s ability to make independent judgments. Our CG&N Committee has determined in its business judgment that six of the company’s seven directors are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards and that each member is free of any relationships that would interfere with his individual exercise of independent judgment. Our independent directors are Messrs. Cashio, Filler, Fuller, Mettler and Smith, and Ms. Tuder. Mr. Broughton, our Chairman, is considered an inside director because of his employment as our President and Chief Executive Officer (see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for a list of other relationships the board considered when determining independence). 6 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement The Role of Our Board of Directors The members of our board also are members of the board of directors of the bank, which accounts for substantially all of our consolidated operating results. The members of our board keep informed about our business through discussions with senior management and other officers and managers of the company and the bank, by reviewing analyses and reports sent to them by management and outside consultants, and by participating in meetings of the board and meetings of those board committees on which they serve. Board Leadership Structure We believe that our stockholders are best served by a strong, independent board of directors with extensive business experience and strong ties to our markets. We believe that objective oversight of the performance of our management team is critical to effective corporate governance, and we believe our board provides such objective oversight. As of January 2019, our board is led by a combination of Mr. Filler, our Lead Independent Director, and Mr. Broughton, our Chairman, President and CEO, supplemented by engaged, independent committee chairs and directors. Although we previously have kept separate the offices of chairman and CEO, our independent directors unanimously voted for Mr. Broughton to serve as the chairman of our board following the retirement of our prior Chairman on December 31, 2018. The board believes that the company has been well served by Mr. Broughton’s leadership since the bank’s inception in 2005 and our formation in 2007. The board further believes that Mr. Broughton’s combined role as chairman and CEO will allow him to set the overall tone and direction for the company, maintain consistency in the internal and external communication of our strategic and business priorities, and have primary responsibility for managing our operations. The board also believes that a strong, effective Lead Independent Director, like Mr. Filler, an independent board, and independent committees provide the independent leadership necessary to balance the combined Chairman and CEO role and, with the formal and informal mechanisms we have in place to facilitate the work of the board and its committees, results in the board effectiveness and efficiency that our stockholders expect. In addition, our three standing committees, which are described below under “Board Committees and Their Functions”, are composed exclusively of independent directors. In addition to the board committees at the company, our bank has a separate loan committee on which all of our directors serve. We believe that this structure further reinforces the board’s role as an objective overseer of our business, operations, risk sensitivity and day-to-day management. The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight While our board is ultimately responsible for the management of risks inherent in our business, in our day-to-day operations senior management is responsible for instituting risk management practices that are consistent with our overall business strategy and risk tolerance. In addition, because our operations are conducted primarily through the bank, we maintain an asset-liability and investment committee at the bank level, consisting of four executive officers of the bank. This committee is charged with monitoring our liquidity and funds positions. The committee regularly reviews the rate sensitivity position on three-month, six- month and one-year time horizons; loans-to-deposits ratios; and average maturities for certain categories of liabilities. This committee reports to our board of directors at least quarterly, and otherwise as needed. In addition, our audit committee assists the board in overseeing and monitoring management’s conduct of our financial reporting process and system of internal accounting and financial controls, and our compensation committee oversees the management of risks relating to executive and non-executive compensation. Outside of formal meetings, which our board holds every month, our board and its committees have regular access to senior executives, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as our senior credit officers. We believe that this structure allows the board to maintain effective oversight over our risks and to ensure that our management personnel are following prudent and appropriate risk management practices. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 7 Board Committees and Their Functions Our board maintains three standing committees that are each composed entirely of independent directors. The governing charter for each of the three committees is available on our website www.servisfirstbancshares.com under the “IR Menu” tab. Audit Committee Name(1)(2) Irma L. Tuder Michael D. Fuller James J. Filler J. Richard Cashio Hatton C. V. Smith Committee Chair Committee Member Financial Expert Compensation Committee Corporate Governance & Nominations Committee (1) Mr. Broughton is not independent and therefore does not serve on any committee. (2) Mr. Mettler currently does not serve on any committee. We anticipate that Mr. Mettler will be named to the Compensation Committee as of the date of the Annual Meeting. Audit Committee Number of meetings in 2019: 5 Functions: • Assists our board of directors in maintaining the integrity of our financial statements and of our financial reporting processes and systems of internal audit controls, as well as our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; • Reviews the scope of independent audits and assesses the results; • Meets with management to consider the adequacy of the internal control over, and the objectivity of, financial reporting, and meets with our independent auditors and with appropriate financial personnel concerning these matters; • Selects, determines the compensation of, appoints and oversees our independent auditors, and evaluates their qualifications, performance and independence; and • Reviews and approves all related party transactions of the company. Financial Expert: Our board has unanimously determined that Ms. Tuder should be designated as an audit committee financial expert. This determination is based on Ms. Tuder’s substantial experience, including her 10-plus years leading a private investment firm and her 15-plus years chairing and serving as chief executive officer of ASI, as well as her experience as a corporate controller and certified public accountant. We anticipate Ms. Tuder will assume the role of Chair of the audit committee during the 2020 fiscal year. Our board of directors has determined that each audit committee member meets the independence standards for audit committee membership under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Compensation Committee Number of meetings in 2019: 7 Functions: • Annually reviews the performance and compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, who is not present during deliberations or voting with respect to his compensation; 8 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement • Makes recommendations to the independent members of our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and all other executive officers of the company; • Makes determinations, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors, regarding the performance and compensation level of our Chief Executive Officer and our other named executive officers; • Establishes the compensation structure for our senior management and approves the compensation of our senior executives; and • Advises and reports to our board of directors at least annually, including with respect to the company’s incentive and equity-based compensation plans, and oversees the activities of the individuals and committees responsible for administering such plans. The compensation committee has the authority, in its sole discretion, to appoint, engage, retain and terminate any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor to assist in the performance of its duties, and the company is responsible for providing appropriate funding to the compensation committee for payment of reasonable compensation to any such advisor retained by the compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each Compensation Committee member is independent under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee Number of meetings in 2019: 3 Functions: • Identifies individuals believed to be qualified to become board members, and selects or recommends to the board, the nominees to stand for election as directors; • Establishes the criteria for selecting candidates for nomination to our board, actively seeks candidates who meet those criteria and makes recommendations to our board of directors to fill vacancies on, or make additions to, our board or any committee of our board (see “Other Governance Practices” for a detailed discussion of qualification criteria); • Develops and recommends to our board standards to be applied in making determinations as to the absence of material relationships between the company and a director; • Establishes the procedures for the evaluation and oversight of our board and management; and • Monitors and recommends changes in the organization and procedures of the board, in the size of the board or any board committee and in our corporate governance policies, and monitors the company’s corporate governance structure. The CG&N committee considers candidates for director who are recommended by its members, by other board members, and by management. The CG&N committee will consider stockholder nominees for election to our board that are timely recommended by stockholders provided that a complete description of the nominees’ qualifications, experience and background, together with a statement signed by each nominee in which he or she consents to act as a board member if elected, accompany the recommendations. The CG&N committee will evaluate candidates recommended by stockholders using the same criteria as for other candidates recommended by its members, other members of the board, or management. No stockholder nominations or recommendations for director candidates were received for the 2020 Annual Meeting. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 9 In evaluating nominees for director, the CG&N committee believes that it is of primary importance to ensure that the board’s composition reflects a diversity of business experience and community leadership, as well as a demonstrated ability to promote the company’s strategic objectives and expand its presence, profile and customer base in its local markets. Additionally, our CG&N committee charter provides that the CG&N committee, in selecting or recommending board candidates, shall consider factors it deems appropriate, which may include diversity. The members of the CG&N committee and the board also take into account views on diversity that our stockholders may share with us. Mr. Broughton identified Mr. Mettler as a potential nominee, taking into account numerous factors, including his background in the financial technology sector, his entrepreneurial skills as a successful start-up executive, his engaged presence on our Charleston, South Carolina advisory board since its inception, and that Mr. Mettler may bring a different risk perspective to our board due to his technology background. In ultimately recommending Mr. Mettler as a candidate to serve on our board, the CG&N committee considered these and other factors, and unanimously approved Mr. Mettler’s nomination to serve on our board. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the CG&N committee is independent under the standards of independence of the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Advisory Boards In addition to the boards of directors of the company and the bank, the bank also has a non-voting advisory board of directors in each of the Huntsville, Montgomery, Dothan and Mobile, Alabama, Pensacola, Florida, Atlanta, Georgia, Charleston, South Carolina and Nashville, Tennessee markets. These advisory directors represent a wide array of business experience and community involvement in the service areas where they live. As residents of these service areas, they are sensitive and responsive to the needs of our customers and potential customers. In addition, our directors and advisory directors bring substantial business and banking contacts to us. The bank has established the following regional advisory boards: Atlanta Region Charleston Region Jeffrey B. Baker Michael A. Bowling Paul Conley John Loud Zach Parker Brent Reid Peter McKellar Chris Mettler Weesie Newton Skip Sawin Daniel Vallini Dothan Region Jerry Adams Charles H. Chapman III Ronald DeVane John Downs Watson Downs Steve McCarroll Charles E. Owens William C. (Bill) Thompson Huntsville Region Mobile Region Montgomery Region E. Wayne Bonner Dennis Bragg Dr. Hoyt A. “Tres” Childs, III David Mathis David J. Slyman, Jr. Irma Tuder Sidney R. White Danny J. Windham Thomas J. Young Steve Crawford Lowell Friedman Barry Gritter Dr. James M. Harrison, Jr. James Henderson Richard D. Inge Kenneth S. Johnson John H. Lewis, Jr. Hunter Lyons Dr. John A. Jernigan Ray B. Petty Edward M. Stivers III Todd Strange G.L. Pete Taylor W. Ken Upchurch, III Alan E. Weil, Jr. Taylor Williams Nashville Region Pensacola Region Charles Robert Bone Mary Margaret Bourbeau Joe Cashia Ryan Chapman Todd Robinson Thomas M. Bizzell Bo Carter Leo Cyr Matt Durney Dr. Mark S. Greskovich Ray Russenberger Sandy Sansing 10 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation The primary functions of the compensation committee are to evaluate and administer the compensation of our President and Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers and to review our general compensation programs. No member of this committee has served as an officer or employee of the company, the bank or any other subsidiary. In addition, none of our executive officers has served as a director or as a member of the compensation committee of a company which employs any of our directors. For further information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Board Committees and Their Functions.” Director Attendance Our board of directors held 12 meetings in 2019. Each director attended more than 75% of the aggregate of: (i) the number of meetings of the board of directors held during the period he or she served on the board; and (ii) the number of meetings of committees of the board of directors held during the period he or she served on such committees. While we do not have a formal policy regarding director attendance at our annual meetings, we generally expect our directors to attend if at all possible. Messrs. Broughton and Cashio attended the 2019 Annual Meeting. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions We have not entered into any business transactions with related parties required to be disclosed under Rule 404(a) of Regulation S-K other than banking transactions in the ordinary course of our business with our directors and officers, as well as members of their families and corporations, partnerships or other organizations in which they have a controlling interest, and the lease arrangement described below. Management recognizes that related party transactions can present unique risks and potential conflicts of interest (in appearance and in fact). Therefore, we maintain written policies around interactions with related parties which require that these transactions are entered into and maintained on the following terms: • • in the case of banking transactions, each is on substantially the same terms, including price or interest rate, collateral and fees, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties that are not expected to involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features to the bank; and in the case of any related party transactions, including banking transactions, each is approved by a majority of the directors who do not have an interest in the transaction. A copy of our policy governing related party transactions is available on our website www.servisfirstbancshares.com under the “IR Menu” tab. The aggregate amount of indebtedness from our directors and executive officers (including their affiliates and inclusive of persons serving as executive officers of the bank) to the bank as of December 31, 2019 was approximately $24.7 million, which equaled 2.93% of our total equity capital as of that date. Related party transactions are made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral (where applicable), as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us, and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other features unfavorable to us. As of the date of this Proxy Statement, no related party loans were categorized as non-accrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans. We anticipate making related party loans in the future to the same extent as we have in the past. In addition to banking transactions made in the ordinary course of business, the company leased office space in its corporate headquarters to one related party in 2019 pursuant to the terms of a lease entered into 2017. Prior to entering into such lease in 2017, the company obtained, and the Board considered, a market reasonableness study, and the Board, other than the related party, approved such lease on terms consistent with the results of the market reasonableness study. Under the terms of the lease, the company agreed to lease an office of approximately 120 square feet to Mr. Michael D. Fuller, a director of the Company, on a month-to-month basis at $26.00 per square foot, subject to 1.5% annual escalations, plus a utilities and overhead fee equal to 10% of the rental rate. Code of Conduct for Directors and Employees Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics covers compliance with law; fair and honest dealings with us, with competitors and with others; fair and honest disclosure to the public; and procedures for compliance with the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is, and any amendment to or waiver from a provision SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 11 of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be, available free of charge on our website at www.servisfirstbancshares.com under the “IR Menu” tab. Communications with the Board You may contact any of our independent directors, individually or as a group, by writing to them c/o William M. Foshee, Chief Financial Officer, ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc., 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209. Mr. Foshee will review and forward to the appropriate directors copies of all such correspondence that, in the opinion of Mr. Foshee, deals with the functions of the board of directors or its committees or that he otherwise determines requires their attention. Concerns relating to accounting, internal controls or auditing matters will be brought promptly to the attention of the Chairman of the audit committee and will be handled in accordance with procedures established by the audit committee. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION We believe our current board composition is unique. Each of our directors has been a member of our board since our formation in 2007 and a member of the board of the bank since its inception in 2005, other than Ms. Tuder and Mr. Mettler, who were appointed to our and the bank’s board in October 2018 and October 2019, respectively. As of February 24, 2020, our six non- employee directors beneficially owned, collectively, approximately 5.68% of our outstanding common stock. As a result of the substantial ownership of our common stock by each of our directors, we have not granted historically any stock options or other equity-based incentive compensation for our directors on an annual basis. In 2019, the board granted each director other than Mr. Mettler 579 shares of restricted stock that vests 100% on the first anniversary of the date of grant. Additionally, Mr. Mettler received an option to acquire 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $33.90 per share when he joined our board, which vests 100% on October 21, 2024, and a grant of 290 shares of restricted stock which vests 100% on April 17, 2020. We seek to structure director compensation to attract and retain qualified non-employee directors and to further align the interests of directors with the interests of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews non-employee director compensation trends and makes recommendations to the board on compensation for our non-employee directors. Annual Retainers and Meeting Fees In 2019, directors each received an annual cash retainer of $30,000, except that our Lead Independent Director and our Audit Committee Chairman each received a $35,000 annual retainer. Directors are paid $600 for each board meeting or board event attended, $500 for each committee meeting attended that is not held on the same day as a board meeting, and $250 for each committee meeting attended that occurs on the same day as a full board meeting. Mr. Broughton is a named executive officer, and his compensation is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table. Director Compensation for Fiscal 2019 The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2019. Name (a) J. Richard Cashio Michael D. Fuller James J. Filler Christopher J. Mettler(1) Hatton C. V. Smith Irma L. Tuder(2) Fees earned or paid in cash (b) ($) 41,700 44,950 43,950 21,600 38,950 42,950 Stock Awards (c) ($) 20,022 20,022 20,022 9,831 20,022 20,022 Option Awards (d) ($) 0 0 0 307,750 0 0 Total (h) ($) 61,722 64,972 63,972 339,181 58,972 62,972 (1) Mr. Mettler was appointed to the board on October 21, 2019. His cash fees include $4,800 for his service on the Charleston advisory board. (2) Includes $3,000 in fees earned for service on the Huntsville advisory board. 12 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement OWNERSHIP OF SERVISFIRST COMMON STOCK BY DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 24, 2020 by: (i) each of our directors; (ii) our named executive officers; (iii) all of our directors and our executive officers as a group; and (iv) each stockholder known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock. Except as otherwise indicated, each person listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown to be beneficially owned by him except to the extent that such power is shared by a spouse under applicable law. The information provided in the table is based on our records, information filed with the SEC and information provided to the company. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) Five Percent Stockholders Blackrock, Inc.(3) 55 East 52nd Street New York, NY 10055 The Vanguard Group(5) 100 Vanguard Blvd. Malvern, PA 19355 Directors and Executive Officers Thomas A. Broughton III Irma L. Tuder Michael D. Fuller James J. Filler J. Richard Cashio Hatton C. V. Smith Christopher J. Mettler William M. Foshee Clarence C. Pouncey III Rodney E. Rushing Henry F. Abbott All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons) ___________________ Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership Percentage of Outstanding Common Stock (%)(2) 7,145,742 (4) 13.3%(4) 4,828,710 (4) 9.01%(4) 1,104,159 (6) 63,275 (7) 506,687 (8) 1,370,431 (9) 674,999 (10) 436,541 (11) 290 (12) 349,830 (13) 715,939 (14) 406,063 (15) 4,892 (16) 5,633,106 (17) 2.06% * * 2.55% 1.26% * * * 1.33% * * 10.47% * (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Indicates ownership of less than 1% of outstanding common stock. The address for all directors and executive officers is 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209. Except as otherwise noted herein, the percentage is determined on the basis of 53,713,811 shares of our common stock outstanding plus securities deemed outstanding pursuant to Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Under Rule 13d-3, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security owned by certain family members and any security of which that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days, including, without limitation, shares of our common stock subject to currently exercisable options. In a Schedule 13G/A filed February 4, 2020, Blackrock, Inc. reported having sole power to vote or to direct the vote of 7,046,786 shares of common stock, shared power to vote or direct the vote of zero shares of common stock, sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 7,145,742 shares of common stock and shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of zero shares of common stock. All information in this footnote was obtained from the Schedule 13G/A filed by Blackrock, Inc. Reflects shares reported on Schedule 13G/A as beneficially owned as of December 31, 2019. In a Schedule 13G/A filed February 12, 2020, The Vanguard Group reported having sole power to vote or direct the vote of 89,241 shares of common stock, shared power to vote or direct to vote 7,341 shares of common stock, sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 4,737,649 shares of common stock and shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 91,061 shares of common stock. All information in this footnote was obtained from the Schedule 13G/A filed by The Vanguard Group. Includes 54,790 shares of common stock owned by his spouse and 14,290 shares of common stock owned by his two stepchildren. Includes 10,000 option shares from an option granted to Mr. Broughton on January 20, 2015 to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock for $15.085 per share which vested 100% January 20, 2020. Does not include 366,000 shares of common stock owned by TAB2, LLC, a limited liability company. Mr. Broughton no longer has a reportable beneficial interest in shares of common stock owned by TAB2, LLC. Mr. Broughton disclaims beneficial ownership of common stock held by his spouse, his two stepchildren and TAB2, LLC. Mr. Broughton has pledged 27,000 shares to Business First Bank, Baton Rouge, as security for a line of credit. Includes 38,696 shares of common stock held by Tuder Family, LLC, a limited liability company. Ms. Tuder disclaims beneficial ownership of the common stock held by Tuder Family, LLC except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. Does not include an option granted to Ms. Tuder on October 15, 2018 to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock for $35.65 per share which vests 100% after five years. Includes 93,052 shares of common stock held by Mr. Fuller’s spouse. Does not include 790,000 shares of common stock held by Tyrol, Inc., which is owned by Mr. Fuller’s adult children. Mr. Fuller resigned as a director of Tyrol, Inc. during 2019. Mr. Fuller disclaims beneficial ownership of common stock held by his spouse. Includes 151,500 shares Mr. Filler owns jointly with his spouse. Does not include 28,752 shares owned by Mr. Cashio’s adult daughter. Includes 184,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Cashio’s spouse. Mr. Cashio disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares not directly owned by him. Mr. Cashio has pledged 159,112 shares to JP Morgan. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 13 (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) Includes an option granted to Mr. Smith on November 28, 2011 to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock for $5.00 per share which vested 100% after five years. Includes an option granted to Mr. Smith on June 15, 2015 to purchase 13,000 shares of common stock for $18.57 per share which vested 100% after three years. Mr. Smith has pledged 115,500 shares to ServisFirst Bank, as security for a line of credit. Shares represent restricted stock awarded October 21, 2019 which vest 100% on April 17, 2020. Does not include an option granted to Mr. Mettler on October 21, 2019 to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock for $33.90 per share which vests 100% after five years. Includes 24,000 share held by Mr. Foshee’s spouse. Mr. Foshee disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Foshee has pledged 34,000 shares to U.S. Bank and 48,000 shares to Morgan Stanley. Includes 19,133 shares of common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Pouncey’s wife through a limited liability company, and 6,000 shares of common stock owned by the Pouncey Education Trust. Members of Mr. Pouncey’s immediate family are among the beneficiaries of the trust and the reporting person is trustee of the trust. Mr. Pouncey disclaims beneficial ownership of the common stock held by the trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Pouncey has pledged 10,804 shares to Stone Wealth Management. Does not include an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock for $6.915 per share granted on February 10, 2014, which vests 100% on February 10, 2021. Mr. Rushing has pledged 63,500 shares to Regions Bank, as security for a loan. Includes 600 shares of restricted stock, which vest 100% on the fifth anniversary of their grant date, February 20, 2023. Does not include an option granted to Mr. Abbott on January 25, 2016 to purchase 2,000 shares of common stock for $19.155 per share which vests 100% after five years. Includes 83,000 shares obtainable within 60 days pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s Section 16 officers, directors and persons who own more than 10% of the Company’s common stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Based solely upon information made available to us, the Form 3 for Christopher J. Mettler was not timely filed following his appointment as a director. PROPOSAL 2: ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION As required under Section 14A of the Exchange Act, we provide our stockholders with an annual advisory vote on the compensation of our named executive officers. In 2017, our stockholders approved an annual advisory vote. At the 2019 Annual Meeting, approximately 98% of the votes cast (which excludes broker non-votes) were in approval of our executive compensation program. Our Compensation Committee reviewed the results of the advisory vote and did not implement any significant changes to our executive compensation as a result of the say-on-pay advisory vote. The Compensation Committee recognizes that effective practices evolve, and the committee will continue to consider changes as needed to keep our executive compensation program competitive and tightly linked to performance. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a detailed discussion of our executive compensation practices, philosophy and objectives. Consistent with our stockholders’ preference and prevailing demand, we expect to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation every year. This year, we are asking stockholders to approve the following resolution: RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the company’s named executive officers as disclosed in the Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables and narrative discussion, is hereby approved. The advisory vote will not be binding on the Compensation Committee or the board of directors. However, they will carefully consider the outcome of the vote and take into consideration any specific concerns raised by investors when determining future compensation arrangements. The Board of Directors Unanimously Recommends a Vote “FOR” the Resolution Approving the Compensation Paid to Our Named Executive Officers. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) This CD&A describes our executive compensation objectives and philosophy. It also describes our compensation program and reviews the compensation outcomes for fiscal 2019. Our “named executive officers” in 2019 were: • Thomas A. Broughton III, President and Chief Executive Officer • Clarence C. Pouncey III, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer • William M. Foshee, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 14 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement • Rodney E. Rushing, Executive Vice President and Executive for Correspondent Banking • Henry F. Abbott, Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer We are a bank holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Our bank, founded in 2005, provides commercial banking services through 20 full-service banking offices and two loan production offices located in Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Tennessee and Florida. We operate our bank using a simple business model based on organic loan and deposit growth, generated through high quality customer service, delivered by a team of experienced bankers focused on developing and maintaining long-term banking relationships with our target customers. Our strategy focuses on operating a limited and efficient branch network with sizable aggregate balances of total loans and deposits housed in each branch office. We strive to translate this business model and strategy into higher profits for our stockholders. Our compensation program is intended to incentivize our named executive officers to pursue strategies and actions that promote both annual and longer-term value to stockholders, consistent with the intention of our business model. We have experienced accelerated growth and change in recent years—during the last six years, we have taken the company public through our initial public offering, increased our geographic footprint to include branch offices in South Carolina, Tennessee and Georgia, effectuated a 3-for-1 stock dividend and a 2-for-1 stock dividend and instituted a quarterly cash dividend while increasing our net income from approximately $52.4 million in 2014 to approximately $149 million in 2019 —and we believe our compensation processes have been designed to permit us to attract and retain the highly skilled executive and management staff who have been instrumental to our past successes and who will be key to our future. Each of our five named executive officers also holds the same position with the bank. All of such officers remain employees of the bank for payroll and tax purposes. The board of directors of the bank also has a compensation committee. At the time we became a bank holding company, our board of directors appointed a separate Compensation Committee, consisting of the same individuals as the compensation committee of the bank, with the authority to determine the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and, either independently or with other independent directors of the board, the compensation of our other executive officers, and to further administer any equity or other incentive plans. Because our officers, including Messrs. Broughton, Pouncey, Foshee, Rushing and Abbott, remain employees of the bank for payroll and tax purposes, their compensation is set by the compensation committee of the bank as a technical matter. However, such compensation is then approved by the bank’s board of directors and by our board of directors. Because both compensation committees consist of the same persons, as do both boards of directors, references herein to “our” or “the” Compensation Committee will be deemed to refer to our Compensation Committee and/or the bank’s compensation committee, as applicable. No executive officers of the company make any recommendations to the Compensation Committee or participate in any way regarding the compensation of other executive officers, other than the President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Broughton. The Compensation Committee consults with Mr. Broughton to gain a better insight into the performance of the executive team as a basis for the Compensation Committee’s determinations regarding executive compensation. While the Compensation Committee consults with Mr. Broughton, the Compensation Committee makes its decisions independently. Compensation Philosophy and Objectives In order to recruit, retain and appropriately incentivize the most qualified and competent individuals as executive officers, we strive to maintain a compensation program that not only is competitive in our market but that also provides our Compensation Committee with the flexibility to determine incentive compensation using a common sense approach. Our Compensation Committee believes that the most effective executive compensation program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic goals by us and the bank, and which aligns executives’ interests with those of our stockholders by rewarding performance, with the ultimate objective of improving stockholder value. Our board and Compensation Committee have found that people do what you incentivize them to do. We believe that it is of paramount importance to be careful when setting absolute incentive compensation goals. Instead, our Compensation Committee is thoughtful about the objective performance measures it uses to incentivize executive officers and, when determining the incentive compensation of each executive, our Compensation Committee considers all available information, including the company’s overall performance. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 15 The Compensation Committee believes that executive compensation packages should include cash, annual short-term cash incentives and, when appropriate, long-term equity based incentives that reward performance as measured against established company, business unit and individual goals. These goals may include any number of criteria and may be unique to the particular executive officer based upon his or her duties, but the criteria typically include net income, asset growth and deposit growth and contain a credit quality component, in addition to considering such executive officer’s personal production. Above all, though, the Compensation Committee endeavors to use a common sense approach when determining incentive compensation and establishing incentive goals. To our Compensation Committee, a “common sense approach” means maintaining a compensation program that adapts to the circumstances and performance of each executive officer, considers the performance in the area of responsibility of such officer, including the achievement of established performance measures, and takes into account the company’s overall performance. Additionally, the Compensation Committee believes that we should offer competitive benefit plans, including health insurance and a 401(k) plan. We also have entered into change in control agreements that apply to particular circumstances where we believe it is important to ensure the retention of certain key executives during the critical period immediately preceding a change in control, if and when applicable. The Compensation Committee evaluates both performance and compensation to ensure that we maintain our ability to attract, retain and properly incentivize superior employees in key positions and that compensation provided to the named executive officers and other officers remains competitive relative to the compensation paid to similarly situated executives of our peers. Although our Compensation Committee has not designated a specific peer group for this purpose, it relies on general information about similarly sized financial institutions in similar markets. In addition, the Compensation Committee retains compensation consultants from time to time in order to obtain detailed comparisons of our executive compensation as compared to our similarly sized competitors. The Compensation Committee did not retain a compensation consultant during 2019, but it plans to consider retaining compensation consultants again in future years. All of our named executive officers received stock options or restricted stock awards and were encouraged to purchase our stock when they joined the company, other than Mr. Abbott, who received restricted stock awards in connection with his promotion to Chief Credit Officer. We want each of our executive officers to think like a stockholder, which means we want all of our executive officers to be substantial stockholders so that their interests are aligned with those of our other stockholders. The fundamental purpose of our executive compensation program is to assist us in achieving our financial and operating performance objectives. Specifically, our compensation program has two basic objectives: • • to attract, retain and motivate our executive officers by fairly compensating them, which includes rewarding executives upon the achievement of measurable company, business unit and individual performance goals; and to align each executive’s interests with the creation of stockholder value—that is, we want our executives to be “long our stock” rather than “long a paycheck.” Elements of our Compensation Program Base salary: This element is intended to directly reflect an executive’s job responsibilities and his or her value to us. We also use this element to attract and retain our executives and, to some extent, acknowledge each executive’s individual efforts in furthering our strategic goals. Annual short-term cash incentives: This annual cash incentive is one of the performance-based elements of our compensation. It is intended to motivate our executives and to provide a current reward for short-term (annual) measurable performance. 16 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Equity-based incentives: The grant of stock options and/or other equity-based incentive compensation is the method we use to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders, which is another element of performance-based compensation. Perquisites and benefits: These benefits and plans are intended to attract and retain qualified executives, by ensuring that our compensation program is competitive and provides an adequate opportunity for retirement savings. We believe that, to a limited degree, these programs tend to reward long-term service or loyalty to us. Change in control agreements: These agreements, or comparable provisions in an employment or similar agreement, provide a form of severance payable in the event we are the subject of a change in control. They are primarily intended to align the interests of our executives with our stockholders by providing for a secure financial transition in the event of termination in connection with a change in control. General Compensation Policies To reward both short- and long-term performance in the compensation program and in furtherance of our compensation objectives noted above, our executive officer compensation philosophy includes the following principles: Compensation should be related to performance. The Compensation Committee believes that a significant portion of an executive officer’s compensation should be tied not only to individual performance, but also the company’s performance measured against both financial and non-financial goals and objectives. Incentive compensation should represent a portion of an executive officer’s total compensation. The Compensation Committee is committed to providing competitive compensation that reflects our performance and that of the individual officer or employee. Compensation levels should be competitive. The Compensation Committee reviews available data to ensure that our compensation is competitive with that provided by other comparable companies. The Compensation Committee believes that competitive compensation enhances our ability to attract and retain executive officers. Incentive compensation should balance short-term and long-term performance. The Compensation Committee seeks to achieve a balance between encouraging strong short-term annual results and ensuring our long-term viability and success. To reinforce the importance of balancing these perspectives, executive officers generally will be provided both short- and long-term incentives. Prior to 2009, we provided our executive officers, non-employee directors and employees with the means to become stockholders and to share accretion in value with our external stockholders through our 2005 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan. In 2009, we continued that process through the adoption and approval by our stockholders of our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, which was amended and restated in 2014. The Compensation Committee does not make automatic equity grants each fiscal year, preferring instead to utilize such grants on an as-needed basis to provide additional long-term incentives. Such long-term equity incentives historically have not vested immediately, but rather require the officers and directors who receive such grants to earn them over a period of years with the company. The Compensation Committee does not use a specific formula to determine the amount allocated to each element of compensation. Instead, the Compensation Committee analyzes the total compensation paid to each executive and makes individual compensation decisions as to the mixture between base salary, annual short-term cash incentives and equity-based incentives. To date, in determining the amount or mixture of compensation to be paid to any executive, the Compensation Committee has not considered any severance payment to be paid under an employment agreement or change in control agreement or any equity-based incentives previously awarded. Further, because of the significant stock ownership of all but one of our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee has not adopted any specific stock ownership or holding guidelines that would affect such determinations. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 17 For fiscal year 2019, an average of 28.46% of our named executive officers’ compensation was in annual short-term cash incentives which, as described below, are largely performance-based awards. None of our named executive officers’ compensation was in long-term equity-based incentives or stock options for fiscal year 2019; however, Mr. Broughton received a restricted stock award in connection with his service on the board which is reflected in the table below. The following table illustrates the percentage of each named executive officer’s total compensation, as reported in the “Summary Compensation Table” below, related to base salary, annual short-term cash incentives and long-term equity-based incentives: Named Executive Officer Percentage of Total Compensation (Fiscal Year 2019) Annual Base Salary Annual Short Term Cash Incentives Equity- Based Incentives Perquisites and Benefits Thomas A. Broughton III, Principal Executive Officer (“PEO”) William M. Foshee, Principal Financial Officer (“PFO”) Clarence C. Pouncey III Rodney E. Rushing Henry F. Abbott 43.84% 65.81% 66.67% 66.50% 74.35% 48.01% 1.67% 0% 24.42% 0% 27.78% 0% 26.85% 0% 15.25% 6.48% 6.77% 5.55% 6.65% 10.39% Chief Executive Officer Compensation The compensation of Thomas A. Broughton III, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is discussed throughout the following paragraphs. The Compensation Committee establishes Mr. Broughton’s compensation package each year with the intent of providing compensation designed to retain Mr. Broughton’s services and motivate him to perform to the best of his abilities. Mr. Broughton’s 2019 base salary and incentive compensation reflect the Compensation Committee’s and our board’s determination of the total compensation package necessary to meet this objective. Chief Executive Officer Pay Ratio Rules adopted by the SEC following passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act require us to provide a reasonable estimate of the ratio of the annual total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median annual total compensation of our employees. As a result of a significant change in our employee population in 2019, we re-identified our median employee using the same methodologies and assumptions used in identifying the median employee in 2017, by comparing all salary, matching contributions to our 401(k) plan, annual incentive compensation, long-term incentive awards vested in 2019 and the Company’s payment of insurance premiums and provision of other perquisites, as reported to the Internal Revenue Service on Form W-2 for 2019 for all of our employees (excluding our Chief Executive Officer) as of December 31, 2019. As further detailed in the paragraphs and Summary Compensation Table below, Mr. Broughton’s total annual compensation in fiscal 2019 was $1,197,563. The company has determined that the median annual compensation for all company employees, excluding Mr. Broughton, as of the same date was approximately $75,074. Accordingly, we believe that the ratio of the annual total compensation of Mr. Broughton, our Chief Executive Officer, to the median of the annual total compensation of all our employees in 2019 was 15.95 to 1. Annual Base Salary The Compensation Committee endeavors to establish base salary levels for executives that are consistent and competitive with those provided for similarly situated executives of other similar financial institutions, taking into account each executive’s areas and level of responsibility. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Compensation Committee elected not to increase the base salaries of our named executive officers, and all base salaries remain the same for the 2020 fiscal year. None of our named executive officers have employment agreements, although two of our named executive officers have change in control agreements. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below for a more detailed discussion. 18 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Annual Short-Term Cash Incentive Compensation For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Compensation Committee relied on various performance measurements for determining executive officer cash incentive compensation for the named executive officers which included, among other factors, our net income, loan growth and asset quality. Each of the performance measurements was applied and determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The potential award level for Mr. Broughton is purely discretionary, but the potential cash award level for each of our other named executive officers is generally limited to 50% of their respective base salaries. The Compensation Committee also has discretionary authority to establish “stretch” performance goals for individual officers, potentially allowing for cash incentive compensation in excess of 50% of an officer’s base salary. In 2019, the Committee established such “stretch” goals for Messrs. Foshee, Pouncey and Rushing, meaning that each of such officers had the opportunity to earn cash incentive compensation of 60% or more of their respective base salaries. Mr. Abbott has “stretch” performance goals that would potentially allow for cash incentive compensation of 30% of his base salary. We do not have any contractual obligations to provide the opportunity to earn specified levels of cash incentive compensation or to limit cash incentive compensation to a specified percentage, and thus such determination is entirely within the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee makes a determination of awards based on the information available to it at the time the award is made. As discussed in more detail in “Corporate Governance—Other Governance Practices—Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy,” our board adopted a Clawback Policy to recover awards or payments if the relevant company performance measures upon which they are based are restated in a manner that would reduce the size of an award or payment. Although the achievement of any of the specific and objective numerical targets set by the Compensation Committee does not alone ensure an incentive compensation award, the Compensation Committee believed that, based upon our overall performance and the specific individual performance levels of our named executive officers, it was appropriate to provide significant cash incentive bonuses to all of our named executive officers for 2019; however, none of our named executive officers received the maximum incentive opportunity available under the 2019 incentive bonus structure. Accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2019 and based upon the attainment of the specific objective numerical targets, our overall performance and such officers’ individual performance for 2019, the Compensation Committee awarded the cash incentive compensation set forth in the table below. The table below details, for each named executive officer, the range of cash incentive compensation each was eligible to earn (expressed as a percentage of base salary), cash incentive compensation paid as a percentage of base salary and cash incentive compensation paid for 2019 performance. Name Thomas A. Broughton III William M. Foshee Clarence C. Pouncey III Rodney E. Rushing Henry F. Abbott Equity-Based Incentive Compensation 2019 Incentive Range (%) None 0%-60% 0%-60% 0%-60% 0%-30% 2019 Incentive as a Percentage of Base Salary (%) 109.52% 41.67% 41.67% 40.37% 20.51% 2019 Incentive Paid ($) $575,000 $125,000 $140,000 $132,000 $40,000 In general, we have granted stock options to our executive officers only in connection with their initial hiring, but with vesting schedules designed to enhance their retention and align their interests with those of our stockholders. These stock options generally vest within seven years from their date of grant, with many grants not beginning to vest until three years following their date of grant. However, in recognition of the contributions made by our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Broughton has received both stock options and restricted stock awards from time to time, and is eligible to receive awards in connection with his service on our board. Mr. Broughton received a board-related grant of 579 shares of restricted stock in 2019 which vests on the one year anniversary of grant. See “Executive Compensation — Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” for a detailed description of the vesting schedules of each of the options and restricted stock awards granted to the named executive officers that were outstanding at December 31, 2019. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 19 Our Stock Incentive Plans allow for the accelerated vesting of equity awards in the event of a change in control. In general, under these Plans a “change in control” means a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the company or the bank with or into another entity where our stockholders before the transaction own less than 50% of our combined voting power after the transaction, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a purchase of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by one “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) or more than one person acting in concert. Severance and Change in Control We do not have an employment or other agreement with Messrs. Broughton, Rushing or Abbott that would require us to pay them severance payments upon termination of employment. We have entered into change in control agreements with Mr. Foshee and Mr. Pouncey. See “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for more information. Key Policies and Supplemental Information Director Resignation Policy: In the event that, in an uncontested election, a director receives more “Withhold” votes than votes “For” his or her election, such director shall promptly tender his or her resignation to the Chairman of our board. The company’s CG&N Committee will then consider the offer of resignation and make a recommendation to our board which, in turn, must act on the recommendation. Robust Clawback Policy: In the event the company is required to restate financial results, the Compensation Committee may adjust future compensation, cancel outstanding stock or performance-based awards, or seek recoupment of previous awards from company officers. Significant Executive Investment in Company Stock: Long-term stock ownership is deeply engrained in our culture, and it reflects our board’s strong commitment to the company’s success. For more information, see “Corporate Governance—Other Governance Practices—Stock Ownership of Board and Executives.” Restrictions on Hedging or Pledging Company Stock: Executive officers and directors of the company are not permitted to use options, contracts or other arrangements to hedge their holdings of company stock. They also are prohibited from pledging company stock as security for loans without approval from our Insider Trading Compliance Officer. Compensation Committee Report The Compensation Committee of the board of directors of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis for the company for the year ended December 31, 2019 with management. In reliance on the reviews and discussions with management, the Compensation Committee recommended to the board of directors, and the board of directors has approved, that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the required company filings with the SEC, including the Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed incorporated by reference in any document previously or subsequently filed with the SEC that incorporates by reference all or any portion of this Proxy Statement. 20 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Submitted by the Compensation Committee: Hatton C.V. Smith, Chairman J. Richard Cashio James J. Filler Summary Compensation Table The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid by us or the bank to our named executive officers: Name and Principal Position Held (a) Year (b) Thomas A. Broughton III 2019 2018 President and Chief Executive Officer 2017 Clarence C. Pouncey III 2019 2018 EVP and Chief 2017 Operating Officer 2019 William M. Foshee 2018 EVP and Chief 2017 Financial Officer 2019 Rodney E. Rushing 2018 EVP and Executive for 2017 Correspondent Banking 2019 Henry F. Abbott SVP and Chief Credit 2018 Officer Stock Awards (e) ($) Salary (c) ($) Bonus (d) ($) 525,000 575,000 20,022 (1) 475,000 775,000 425,000 625,000 336,000 140,000 312,000 188,000 300,000 180,000 300,000 125,000 280,000 168,000 270,000 155,000 327,000 132,000 297,000 179,000 286,000 172,000 195,000 40,000 175,000 37,406 24,726 - - - - - - - - - - - Option Awards (f) ($) - - - - - - - - - - - - - Non- Equity Incentive Plan Comp (g) ($) - - - - - - - - - - Change in Pension Value and Non- Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings (h) ($) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - All Other Compensation (i) ($) 77,541(2) 62,366 61,113 27,968(3) 27,793 27,177 30,842(4) 30,835 29,510 32,690(5) 32,719 33,361 27,256(6) 24,305 Total (j) ($) 1,197,563 1,312,366 1,111,113 503,968 527,793 507,177 455,842 478,835 454,510 491,690 508,719 491,361 262,256 261,437 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Represents the grant date fair value of the grants of restricted stock under our 2009 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 of awards made during 2019. A grant of 579 shares of restricted stock was made to Mr. Broughton on April 17, 2019 and was based on a grant date fair value of $34,58 per share, the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, with a total fair value of $20,022. Please refer to Note 13 (Employee and Director Benefits) in our 2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate this amount. All Other Compensation for 2019 includes car allowance ($9,000), director’s fees ($37,200), country club allowance ($8,180), healthcare premiums ($10,431), matching contributions to 401(k) plan ($11,200) and group life and long-term disability insurance premiums ($1,530). Mr. Broughton’s spouse travels with him on business trips using the company aircraft from time to time. The company has determined that Mrs. Broughton’s travel results in no additional incremental cost to the company. All Other Compensation for 2019 includes car allowance ($9,000), country club allowance ($8,158), group life and long-term disability insurance premiums ($1,530) and healthcare premiums ($9,280). All Other Compensation for 2019 includes car allowance ($9,000), matching contributions to 401(k) plan ($11,200), healthcare premiums ($9,280) and group life and long-term disability insurance premiums ($1,362). All Other Compensation for 2019 includes car allowance ($9,000), healthcare premiums ($9,280), matching contributions to 401(k) plan ($11,200), group life and long-term disability insurance premiums ($1,530) and club dues ($1,680). All Other Compensation for 2019 includes car allowance ($5,400), healthcare premiums ($10,431), matching contributions to 401(k) plan ($8,298), group life and long-term disability insurance premiums ($1,057) and club dues ($2,070). Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2019 The table below sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers during 2019. Name (a) Thomas A. Broughton III (PEO) William M. Foshee (PFO) Clarence C. Pouncey III Rodney E. Rushing Henry F. Abbott All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) (i) 579(1) - - - - All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) (j) - - - - - Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh) (k) - - - - - Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($) (j) 20,022 - - - - Grant Date (b) 04/17/2019 - - - - (1) Restricted stock award that vests 100% on April 17, 2020, the one year anniversary of the grant date. Restricted shares are subject to restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 21 Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End The below table details all outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2019. All equity awards identified below were granted under our 2009 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan. Option Awards Stock Awards Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) (d) - $ $ - - - - - $ $ $ Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) Exercisable (b) - - - - - - Number of Securities underlying unexercised options (#) Unexercisable (c) - 20,000 - - 15,000 2,000 - Option exercise price ($) (e) - 15.085 - - 6.915 19.155 - Option expiration date (f) - 01/20/2025 - - 02/10/2024 01/25/2026 - Name (a) Thomas A. Broughton III (CEO) (1) William M. Foshee (CFO) Clarence C. Pouncey III Rodney E. Rushing (2) Henry F. Abbott (3) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) (i) - Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($) (j) - Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) (g) 579 Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (h) 21,817 - - - - 600 - - - - 22,608 - - - - - - - - - - (1) (2) (3) The award of 579 shares of restricted stock made on April 17, 2019 vests 100% on April 16, 2020. The market value of this restricted stock award is based on $37.68 per share, the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2019. The option to purchase 20,000 shares at $15.085 per share granted to Mr. Broughton on January 20, 2015 vests 100% on January 20, 2020. Share numbers and exercise price reflect 3-for-1 stock split that occurred on July 16, 2014 and 2-for-1 stock split that occurred on December 20, 2016. The option to purchase 15,000 shares at $6.915 per share granted to Mr. Rushing on February 10, 2014 vests 100% on February 10, 2021. Share numbers and exercise price reflect 3-for-1 stock split that occurred on July 16, 2014 and 2-for-1 stock split that occurred on December 20, 2016. The option to purchase 2,000 shares at $19.155 per share granted to Mr. Abbott on January 26, 2016 vests 100% on January 26, 2021. The award of 600 shares of restricted stock made to Mr. Abbott on February 20, 2018 vests 100% on February 20, 2023. Share numbers and exercise price reflect 3-for-1 stock split that occurred on July 16, 2014 and 2-for-1 stock split that occurred on December 20, 2016. The market value of this restricted stock award is based on $37.68 per share, the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2019. 22 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2019 The following table sets forth information regarding option exercises by and restricted stock vesting for our named executive officers during 2019: Name (a) Thomas A. Broughton III(1) William M. Foshee Clarence C. Pouncey III Rodney E. Rushing(2) Henry F. Abbott Option Awards Stock Awards Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) (b) Value Realized on Exercise ($) (c) Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) (d) Value Realized on Vesting ($) (e) 33,000 - - 112,500 - $ $ 718,530 - - $ 3,055,500 - - - - - - - - - - - (1) (2) Mr. Broughton exercised options for 10,000 shares at a price of $5.00 per share, for 10,000 shares at a price of $5.00 per share and for 13,000 shares at a price of $18.57 per share. Based upon a value of $32.16 per share, the closing price of the company’s common stock on the date of exercise of 10,000 shares, the value realized by Mr. Broughton on the exercise of such options was $271,600. Based upon a value of $32.39, the closing price of the company’s common stock on the date of exercise of 10,000 shares, the value realized by Mr. Broughton on the exercise of such options was $273,900. Based upon a value of $31.88 per share, the closing price of the company’s common stock on the date of exercise of 13,000 shares, the value realized by Mr. Broughton on the exercise of such options was $173,030. Mr. Rushing exercised options for 112,500 shares at a price of $5.00 per share. Based upon a value of $32.16 per share, the closing price of the company’s common stock on the date of such exercise, the value realized by Mr. Rushing on the exercise of such option was $3,055,500. Pension Benefits The company does not maintain any benefit plan that provides for payments or other benefits at, following or in connection with retirement, other than the company’s 401(k) plan. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans The company does not maintain any defined contribution or other plans that provide for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified. Effect of Compensation Policies and Practices on Risk Management and Risk-Taking Incentives There is inherent risk in the business of banking. However, we do not believe that any of our compensation policies and practices provide incentives to our employees to take risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. We believe that our compensation policies and practices are consistent with those of similar bank holding companies and their banking subsidiaries and are intended to encourage and reward performance that is consistent with sound practice in the industry. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 23 Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Change in Control Agreements We have two change in control severance agreements with named executive officers, William M. Foshee and Clarence C. Pouncey III. Each of these change in control agreements was originally entered into with the bank in 2005, but each has been amended and restated to apply to a change in control of the company as well as the bank. Messrs. Foshee and Pouncey’s agreements generally provide for a lump sum payment (equal to two times annual base salary for Mr. Foshee and one times annual base salary for Mr. Pouncey) in the event of the termination of their respective employment by the bank or the company, other than for “cause” or upon death, disability or attainment of normal retirement date, or by the employee in certain specific instances, in each case if such termination occurs within 24 months after a change in control. These agreements are not employment agreements and do not guarantee employment for any term or period; they only apply if a change in control occurs. The size of each benefit was set through arm’s-length negotiations with each individual upon his employment and consistent with general industry standards. Each of these agreements was approved by the board of directors of the bank and the company. The term “change in control” is defined in these change in control agreements as any of the following events: • a merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization (other than a holding company reorganization) involving either the company or the bank in which we do not survive, or if we survive, our stockholders before such transaction do not own more than 50% of, respectively, (i) the common stock of the surviving entity, and (ii) the combined voting power of any other outstanding securities entitled to vote on the election of directors of the surviving entity; • the acquisition, other than from us, by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of either the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that neither of the following shall constitute a change in control: (i) any acquisition by us, by any of our subsidiaries, or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of us or our subsidiaries, or (ii) any acquisition by any corporation, entity, or group, if, following such acquisition, more than 50% of the then-outstanding voting rights of such corporation, entity or group are owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the persons who were the owners of our common stock immediately prior to such acquisition; • individuals who, as of the effective date of the change in control agreement, constituted our board of directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of our board of directors, except as otherwise provided in the agreement; or • approval by our stockholders of: (i) our or the bank’s complete liquidation or dissolution, or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all our assets, other than to an entity with respect to which immediately following such sale or other disposition, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of our outstanding common stock and our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or disposition, of our outstanding common stock and our outstanding securities, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code would apply to any payment or right arising under the change in control agreements as a result of a change in control as described above, then with respect to such right or payment the only events that would constitute a change in control will be deemed to be those events that would constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the company in accordance with Section 409A. 24 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement The change in control payments are due in the event that we terminate Mr. Foshee or Mr. Pouncey without “cause” (as defined in the change in control agreement) any time within two years after a change in control. In addition, the change in control payment is triggered in the event that Mr. Foshee or Mr. Pouncey terminates his employment any time within two years after a change in control for any of the following reasons: (i) he is assigned to duties or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with his position, duties, responsibilities or status immediately preceding such change in control, or a change in his reporting responsibilities or titles in effect at such time resulting in a reduction of his responsibilities or position; (ii) the reduction of his base salary or, to the extent such has been established by the board of directors or its Compensation Committee, target bonus (including any deferred portions thereof) or substantial reduction in his level of benefits or supplemental compensation from those in effect immediately preceding such change in control; or (iii) his transfer to a location requiring a change in residence or a material increase in the amount of travel normally required of him in connection with his employment. In addition to the cash payments set forth in the change in control agreements, any stock options and restricted stock awards granted to the affected employee will immediately vest upon a change in control. Estimated Payments upon a Termination or Change in Control Under the agreements, Mr. Foshee is entitled to a change in control payment equal to two times his annual base salary at the time of the change in control and Mr. Pouncey is entitled to a change in control payment equal to one times his annual base salary at the time of the change in control. Assuming that we had a change in control as of December 31, 2019, as defined in both the change in control agreements above, and assuming further that each of the requisite triggering events had occurred as of such date, we estimate that the following officers would receive the following benefits in a lump sum payment within 30 days of their respective termination: Cash Payment Pouncey Foshee $ 336,000 $ 600,000 Furthermore, assuming we had a change in control as of December 31, 2019, as defined in either of our stock incentive plans, and further assuming that the value of the stock as of that date was $37.68 per share (the closing price on such date), then each of the named executive officers would become immediately vested in their unvested stock options as of such date. The following table contains a schedule of unvested stock options that would vest upon a change in control and the value of such unvested options based upon the difference between $37.68 per share and their respective exercise prices per share: Name Broughton Pouncey Foshee Rushing Abbott Shares Represented by Unvested Options (#) 20,000 - - 15,000 2,000 Value of Unvested Options ($) 451,900 - - 461,475 37,050 $ $ $ Additionally, in the event Mr. Broughton’s or Mr. Abbott’s employment was terminated as of December 31, 2019 due to a change in control, all unvested shares of restricted stock held by Mr. Broughton or Mr. Abbott would become immediately vested. Mr. Broughton held 579 shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 2019, with a value of $21,816 as of such date. Mr. Abbott held 600 shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 2019, with a value of $22,608 as of such date. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 25 PROPOSAL 3: RATIFY APPOINTMENT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees Subject to the ratification by our stockholders, our board of directors intends to engage Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. The submission of this matter for ratification by stockholders is not legally required; however, our board of directors believes that such submission is consistent with best practices in corporate governance and affords stockholders an opportunity to provide direct feedback to the directors on an important issue of corporate governance. A majority of the total votes cast at the Annual Meeting, either in person or by proxy, will be required for the ratification of the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm. If our stockholders do not ratify the selection of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm will be reconsidered by the Audit Committee and the board of directors. The Board of Directors Unanimously Recommends a Vote “FOR” the Ratification of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Year Ending December 31, 2020. Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019 have been audited by Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing in our 2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP was initially engaged as our independent registered public accounting firm on June 18, 2014. Representatives of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP are expected to be in attendance at our Annual Meeting, will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and are expected to be available to respond to appropriate questions. Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy The Audit Committee’s charter provides that the Audit Committee must pre-approve services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. In accordance with that requirement, the Audit Committee pre-approved the engagement of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP pursuant to which it provided the audit and audit-related services described below for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. One hundred percent of the fees set forth below were pre-approved by the Audit Committee. Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP (1) Audit fees (2) Audit-related fees (3) Tax fees (4) All other fees ___________________ 2019 2018 $ 545,700(1) $ 444,100(1) $ 62,000(2) $ 110,000(2) 30,660(3) $ 35,000(3) $ 3,525(4) 4,400(4) $ $ (1) Consists of fees incurred in connection with the audit of the company’s financial statements, the review of quarterly financial statements, and SEC filings. (2) Consists of fees incurred in connection with the audit of the company’s FHA lending program, 401(k) plan, real estate investment trusts and certain Tennessee public fund pledging. (3) Consists of fees incurred in connection with tax return filings for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. (4) In 2019, consists of fees incurred in connection with accounting for payment resulting from the termination of a loan guarantee program operated by the State of Alabama and certain community investment tax credits offered by the State of Tennessee. In 2018, consists of fees incurred in connection with research and consultation related to new accounting pronouncements, Alabama tax withholdings, and creation of special purpose entities to be used to carry out hedging activities. 26 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Audit Committee Report The Audit Committee of the board of directors of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. has reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial statements of the company and its subsidiary, ServisFirst Bank, with management of the company and Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, independent registered public accountants for the company for the year ended December 31, 2019. Management represented to the Audit Committee that the company’s audited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The Audit Committee has discussed with Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP the matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the PCAOB and the SEC. The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and confirming letter from Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, “Independence Discussions with Audit Committees,” and, in compliance with PCAOB Rule 3520, has discussed with Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP their independence from the company. Based on these reviews and discussions with management of the company and Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP referred to above, the Audit Committee has recommended to our board of directors that the audited consolidated financial statements of the company and its subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 be included in the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. This Audit Committee Report shall not be deemed incorporated by reference in any document previously or subsequently filed with the SEC that incorporates by reference all or any portion of this Proxy Statement. Submitted by the Audit Committee: Michael D. Fuller, Chairman J. Richard Cashio Irma L. Tuder SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 27 GENERAL INFORMATION Other Business As of the date of this Proxy Statement, the board of directors does not know of any other business to be presented for consideration or action at the Annual Meeting, other than that stated in the notice of the Annual Meeting. If other matters properly come before the Annual Meeting, the persons named in the accompanying form of proxy will vote thereon in their best judgment. Questions and Answers About the 2020 Annual Meeting and Voting What is a proxy? It is your legal designation of another person to vote the stock you own. The person so designated is called a proxy. If you designate someone as your proxy in a written document, that document is called a proxy or a proxy card. We have designated Thomas A. Broughton III and William M. Foshee (the “management proxies”) as proxies for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. What are the purposes of the Annual Meeting? At the Annual Meeting, stockholders will vote on: (1) the election of seven directors; (2) an advisory vote on our executive compensation; (3) the ratification of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2020; and (4) such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting. Our board of directors is not aware of any matters that will be brought before the Annual Meeting, other than procedural matters, that are not listed above. However, if any other matters properly come before the Annual Meeting, the individuals named on the proxy card, or their substitutes, will be authorized to vote on those matters in their own judgment. How do I receive a printed copy of proxy materials? To request a printed copy of the proxy materials, please call 1-866-641-4276, visit www.investorvote.com/SFBS or email investorvote@computershare.com with “Proxy Materials ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc.” in the subject line. To make your request, you will need the 15-digit control number printed on your Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials or proxy card. Who is entitled to vote? Stockholders of record at the close of business on February 24, 2020, the record date for the Annual Meeting, are entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting and to vote shares of common stock held as of the record date at the Annual Meeting. As of the record date, 53,713,811 shares of our common stock were outstanding and entitled to vote. Each outstanding share of common stock entitles its holder to cast one vote on each matter to be voted upon. There are no cumulative voting rights. How do I vote? If you hold your shares in a brokerage account in your broker’s or another nominee’s name (held in “street name”), you are a beneficial owner and you should follow the voting directions provided by your broker or nominee: • You may complete and mail a voting instruction form to your broker or nominee. • If your broker allows, you may submit voting instructions by telephone or the Internet. • You may use a mobile device, scanning the QR barcode on your voter instruction form or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and following the prompts that appear on your mobile device. • You may cast your vote in person at the 2020 Annual Meeting, but you must request a legal proxy from your broker or nominee and bring it to the Annual Meeting. 28 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement If you hold your shares in your own name as a holder of record with our transfer agent, Computershare, you are a “stockholder of record” and may vote using any of the following methods: • By going to the website www.investorvote.com/SFBS and following the instructions for Internet voting on the proxy card or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials that you received in the mail. You will need the 15-digit control number printed therein. You may also access instructions for telephone voting on the website. • By using your mobile device to scan the QR barcode on your proxy card or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and following the prompts that appear on your mobile device. • If you received a printed copy of the proxy materials, by completing and mailing your proxy card in the prepaid return envelope, or if you reside in the United States or Canada, by dialing 1-800-652-8683 and following the instructions for telephone voting provided by the recorded message at that number. You will need your 15-digit control number printed on your proxy card. • By casting your vote in person at the 2020 Annual Meeting. If you invest in our common stock through the company stock fund in the ServisFirst Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, you will receive instructions for submitting your voting directions from the 401(k) plan’s administrator, Lincoln Financial. The 401(k) plan’s trustees will vote shares held by the 401(k) plan in accordance with the tabulation. Any shares for which the trustees do not received timely voting directions will be voted by the trustees in proportion to the shares for which directions were actually received. To allow the trustees sufficient time to process voting directions, the voting deadline for 401(k) plan participants is 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on April 20, 2020. What if I change my mind after I vote my shares? You can revoke or change your proxy at any time before it is voted at the 2020 Annual Meeting. If you hold your shares in a brokerage account in your broker’s or another nominee’s name (“street name”), you may revoke or change your vote: • Via telephone or Internet, using the voting directions provided by your broker or nominee; or • By casting your vote in person at the 2020 Annual Meeting, but you must present a legal proxy at the Annual Meeting. If you are a registered stockholder, you may revoke or change your vote by: • Voting by telephone or the Internet, using the voting directions provided on the proxy card or Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials that you received in the mail; • Notifying our Secretary, William M. Foshee, in writing; • Sending another executed proxy card dated later than the first proxy card; or • Voting in person at the 2020 Annual Meeting. Attendance at the Annual Meeting will not revoke any proxy you have previously granted unless you specifically so request. If you invest in our common stock through the company stock fund in the ServisFirst Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, you may revoke or change your vote by following the instructions provided by the 401(k) plan’s administrator, Lincoln Financial. To allow the trustees sufficient time to process voting directions, the deadline for 401(k) plan participants to revoke or change their voting directions is 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on April 20, 2020. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 29 How many shares must be present to hold the 2020 Annual Meeting? More than one-half of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of the record date must be represented at the 2020 Annual Meeting in person or by proxy in order to hold the Annual Meeting. This is called a quorum. We will count your shares as present at the Annual Meeting if you: • Are present and vote in person at the Annual Meeting; • Have properly submitted a proxy card or a voter instruction form, or voted by telephone or the Internet on a timely basis; or • Hold your shares through a broker or otherwise in street name, and your broker uses its discretionary authority to vote your shares on Proposal Number 3. As of the record date, 53,713,811shares of our common stock, $0.001 par value per share, held by 531 stockholders of record, were issued and outstanding. Proxies received but marked as abstentions will be included in the calculation of the number of shares considered to be present at the Annual Meeting. How many votes are needed to approve each item? Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast. A “plurality vote” means that the winning candidate only needs to get more votes than a competing candidate. If a director runs unopposed, he or she only needs one vote to be elected. However, if any nominee for director receives a greater number of “withhold” votes than votes “for” such election, our director resignation policy requires that such person must promptly tender his resignation to the Chairman of our board following certification of the Annual Meeting results. Any other matter that may properly come before the Annual Meeting must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote that are present or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting. What is the effect of an “abstain” vote or a “broker non-vote” on the proposals? Under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, an abstention from voting on any proposal will have the same legal effect as an “against” vote, except election of directors, where an abstention has no effect under plurality voting. A “broker non-vote” occurs if your shares are not registered in your name (that is, you hold your shares in “street name”) and you do not provide the record holder of your shares (usually a bank, broker or other nominee) with voting instructions on any matter as to which a broker may not vote without instructions from you, but the broker nevertheless provides a proxy for your shares. Shares as to which a “broker non-vote” occurs are considered present for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists, but are not considered votes cast or shares entitled to vote with respect to a voting matter. The election of directors and the advisory vote on executive compensation are considered “non-routine” matters on which a broker may not vote without your instructions. However, the ratification of the appointment of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm is a “routine” matter, and brokers who do not receive instructions from you on how to vote on that matter generally may vote on that matter in their discretion. Why did I receive a “Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials” but no proxy materials? We distribute our proxy materials to stockholders via the Internet under the “Notice and Access” approach permitted by the rules of the SEC. This approach conserves natural resources and reduces our distribution costs, while providing a timely and convenient method of accessing the materials and voting. On or about March 11, 2020, we mailed a “Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials” to stockholders, containing instructions on how to access the proxy materials on the Internet. 30 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement What are the Board’s recommendations? Our board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote your shares: (1) “FOR” the election of the seven nominees for the board of directors, as more fully described in Proposal 1; (2) “FOR” the proposal regarding an advisory vote on executive compensation, as more fully described in Proposal 2; and (3) “FOR” the ratification of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for 2020, as more fully described in Proposal 3. If you timely submit voting instructions by telephone or by Internet, or if your proxy card is properly executed and received in time for voting, and not revoked, your shares will be voted in accordance with your instructions. In the absence of any instructions or directions to the contrary on any proposal on a proxy card, the management proxies will vote all shares of common stock for which such proxy cards have been received “for” Proposals 1, 2 and 3. Our board of directors does not know of any matters other than the above proposals that may be brought before the Annual Meeting. If any other matters should come before the Annual Meeting, the management proxies will have discretionary authority to vote all proxies not marked to the contrary with respect to such matters in accordance with their best judgment. In particular, the management proxies will have discretionary authority to vote with respect to the following matters that may come before the Annual Meeting: (i) approval of the minutes of the prior meeting if such approval does not amount to ratification of the action or actions taken at that meeting; (ii) any proposal omitted from the Proxy Statement and form of proxy pursuant to Rules 14a-8 and 14a-9 under the Exchange Act; and (iii) matters incident to the conduct of the Annual Meeting. In connection with such matters, the management proxies will vote in accordance with their best judgment. Who pays for this proxy solicitation? We do. We will pay all costs in connection with the meeting, including the cost of preparing, assembling and, as applicable, mailing the Notice of the Annual Meeting, Proxy Statement, proxy card and our Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2019, as well as handling and tabulating the proxies returned. In addition, proxies may be solicited by directors, officers and regular employees of the company, without additional compensation, in person or by other electronic means. We will reimburse brokerage houses and other nominees for their expenses in forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners of our common stock. Who can help answer your questions? If you have questions about the Annual Meeting, you should contact our Secretary, William M. Foshee, 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209, telephone (205) 949-0307. Annual Report on Form 10-K On written request, we will provide, without charge, a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (including a list briefly describing the exhibits thereto), as filed with the SEC (including any amendments filed with the SEC), to any record holder or beneficial owner of our common stock as of the close of business on February 24, 2020, the record date, or to any person who subsequently becomes such a record holder or beneficial owner. Requests should be directed to the attention of our Secretary at the address set forth above. Stockholder Proposals Under Exchange Act Rule 14a-8, any stockholder desiring to submit a proposal for inclusion in our proxy materials for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders must provide the company with a written copy of that proposal by no later than November 11, 2020, which is 120 days before the first anniversary of the date on which the company’s proxy materials for the 2020 Annual Meeting were first made available to stockholders. However, if the date of our Annual Meeting in 2021 changes by more than 30 days from the date of our 2020 Annual Meeting, then the deadline would be a reasonable time before we begin distributing our proxy materials for our 2021 Annual Meeting. Matters pertaining to such proposals, including the number and length thereof, eligibility of persons entitled to have such proposals included and other aspects are governed by the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder and other laws and regulations, to which interested stockholders should refer. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement 31 If a stockholder desires to bring other business before the 2021 Annual Meeting without including such proposal in the company’s proxy statement, the stockholder must notify the company in writing on or before January 25, 2021. Our CG&N Committee will consider nominees for election to our board of directors. See “Corporate Governance—Board Committees and Their Functions—Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee” for details to be included in any such nomination. Nominations should be submitted in a timely manner in care of our Chief Financial Officer. Solicitation of Proxies Our board of directors solicits the accompanying proxy for use at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on Thursday, April 23, 2020, at 10:30 a.m., Central Daylight Time, at 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209. The Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders and this Proxy Statement are being made available on or about March 11, 2020 to our stockholders of record as of the close of business on February 24, 2020, the record date for the Annual Meeting. Our corporate headquarters is located at 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209 and our toll free telephone number is (866) 317-0810. By Order of the Board of Directors SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. William M. Foshee Secretary and Chief Financial Officer Birmingham, Alabama March 11, 2020 32 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. – Notice of 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement Our Name is Our Mission 2019 Annual Report ServisFirst Bank www.servisfirstbank.com ServisFirst Bancshares www.servisfirstbancshares.com Atlanta (cid:402) Birmingham (cid:402) Charleston (cid:402) Dothan (cid:402) Huntsville (cid:402) Mobile (cid:402) Montgomery (cid:402) Nashville (cid:402) Pensacola (cid:402) Sarasota (cid:402) Tampa Bay March 11, 2020 Dear Fellow Stockholder, We are pleased to report 2019 was a year of solid growth and increased profitability. Net income per share was $2.76, a 9% increase over 2018. In addition, the Board approved an increase of our quarterly dividend from $0.15 share to $0.175 per share, a 17% increase from 2018. This marks another consecutive year of dividend growth to our stockholders, underlining our commitment to healthy and profitable growth. Total assets were slightly under $9 billion at December 31, 2019. All of our growth since 2005 has been organic, with the exception of the acquisition of the Atlanta bank with total assets of approximately $150 million. Our return on equity was 19% in 2019. Another highlight in our 2019 growth and performance was the addition of our new Sarasota office and its strong team of bankers to our West Florida region. We are pleased with our momentum in that dynamic market and believe its future is very strong. Continuing our commitment to focused and healthy growth, we are expanding our Fort Walton loan production office to a full-service banking center to support our strong team of bankers and our valued customers in that region. In 2019, our Nashville and Charleston regions added teams of highly experienced and talented service focused bankers. Calendar year 2019 marks a year for our bank in which each of our regions ended the year profitable. This was a goal set in 2018 and, we are glad to report it was achieved in 2019. Our story continues to be one of hard work, commitment to mission and a dedication to serving our customer first. We have a very strong financial condition and feel confident about the future. I appreciate your investment in our Company and will continue to strive to make it an investment you can be proud of. Sincerely, Thomas A. Broughton III Chairman of the Board President and Chief Executive Officer 2 Total Return Performance ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. NASDAQ Composite NASDAQ Bank 300 250 200 e u l a V x e d n I 150 100 50 0 12/31/14 12/31/15 12/31/16 12/31/17 12/31/18 12/31/19 Index: ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. . NASDAQ Composite ........... NASDAQ Bank ................... 12/31/2014 100.00 100.00 100.00 12/31/2015 144.74 105.73 106.62 12/31/2016 228.52 113.66 143.97 12/31/2017 254.26 145.76 149.02 12/31/2018 198.97 140.10 122.34 12/31/2019 237.40 189.45 148.32 Date 3 Selected Balance Sheet Data: Total Assets ............................................................... $ Total Loans ............................................................... Loans, net .................................................................. Securities available for sale ....................................... Securities held to maturity ....................................... Cash and due from banks .......................................... Interest-bearing balances with banks ........................ Federal funds sold ..................................................... Mortgage loans held for sale ..................................... Premises and equipment, net ..................................... Deposits ..................................................................... Federal funds purchased ............................................ Other borrowings .................................................... Other liabilities .......................................................... Stockholders' Equity ................................................. Selected Income Statement Data: Interest income .......................................................... $ Interest expense ......................................................... Net interest income .................................................. Provision for loan losses ........................................... Net interest income after provision for loan losses ......................................................... Noninterest income ................................................... Noninterest expense .................................................. Income before income taxes ..................................... Income tax expense ................................................... Net income ................................................................ Net income available to common stockholders ........ Per Common Share Data: Net income, basic ...................................................... $ Net income, diluted ................................................... Book value ................................................................. Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic .......................................................................... Diluted ....................................................................... Actual shares outstanding ......................................... Selected Performance Ratios: Return on average assets ........................................... Return on average stockholders' equity .................... Dividend payout ratio ................................................ Net interest margin (1) .............................................. Efficiency ratio (2) .................................................... Adjusted Performance Data (3) Adjusted net income available to common stockholders ........................................... $ Adjusted earnings per share, basic ............................ Adjusted earnings per share, diluted ......................... Adjusted return on average assets ............................. Adjusted return on average stockholders' equity ...... Adjusted return on average common stockholders' equity .............................................. Adjusted efficiency ratio ........................................... Asset Quality Ratios: Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding................................................... Non-performing loans to total loans ......................... Non-performing assets to total assets ....................... Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans ............................................................. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA As of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 (Dollars in thousands except for share and per share data) $ $ 8,947,653 7,261,451 7,184,867 759,399 250 78,618 451,509 100,473 6,312 56,496 7,530,433 470,749 64,703 39,086 842,682 390,803 103,158 287,645 22,638 265,007 23,982 102,128 186,861 37,618 149,243 149,180 $ $ $ $ 8,007,382 6,533,499 6,464,899 590,184 - 97,516 360,534 223,845 120 57,822 6,915,708 288,725 64,666 23,080 715,203 326,627 63,948 262,679 21,402 241,277 19,440 91,875 168,842 31,902 136,940 136,877 7,082,384 5,851,261 5,791,855 538,080 250 86,213 151,849 239,524 4,459 58,900 6,091,674 301,797 64,832 16,477 607,604 262,756 35,333 227,423 23,225 204,198 17,361 84,209 137,350 44,258 93,092 93,030 $ $ 6,370,448 4,911,770 4,859,877 422,375 62,564 56,855 566,707 160,435 4,675 40,314 5,420,311 355,944 55,262 16,042 522,889 212,902 25,805 187,097 13,398 173,699 17,007 79,888 110,818 29,339 81,479 81,432 $ 2.79 2.76 15.71 $ 2.57 2.53 13.40 $ 1.76 1.72 11.47 $ 1.55 1.52 9.93 5,095,509 4,216,375 4,172,956 342,938 27,426 46,614 270,836 34,785 8,249 19,434 4,223,888 352,360 55,637 14,477 449,147 179,975 17,704 162,271 12,847 149,424 12,732 73,151 89,005 25,465 63,540 63,260 1.23 1.20 8.65 53,530,766 54,103,074 53,623,740 53,172,695 54,169,879 53,375,195 52,887,359 54,123,957 52,992,586 52,450,896 53,608,372 52,636,896 51,426,466 52,885,108 51,945,396 1.73 % 19.16 % 21.76 % 3.46 % 32.77 % 1.88 % 20.96 % 15.04 % 3.75 % 32.57 % 1.43 % 16.38 % 11.64 % 3.68 % 34.40 % 1.42 % 16.64 % 10.53 % 3.42 % 39.14 % $ 147,932 2.76 2.73 1.71 % 19.00 % $ 136,877 2.57 2.53 1.88 % 20.96 % $ 96,304 1.82 1.78 1.48 % 16.96 % $ 81,432 1.55 1.52 1.42 % 16.64 % 18.99 % 33.31 % 20.95 % 32.57 % 16.95 % 34.26 % 16.63 % 39.14 % 0.32 % 0.50 % 0.50 % 0.20 % 0.43 % 0.41 % 0.29 % 0.19 % 0.26 % 0.11 % 0.34 % 0.34 % 1.38 % 14.56 % 10.04 % 3.75 % 41.80 % 65,027 1.27 1.23 1.42 % 14.96 % 15.73 % 40.32 % 0.13 % 0.18 % 0.26 % 1.05 % 1.05 % 1.02 % 1.06 % 1.03 % 4 Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans ............................................ Liquidity Ratios: Net loans to total deposits ......................................... Net average loans to average earning assets ........................................................ Noninterest-bearing deposits to 212.07 % 247.03 % 548.79 % 307.30 % 559.02 % 95.41 % 93.48 % 95.08 % 89.66 % 98.79 % 81.48 % 86.55 % 84.93 % 80.44 % 86.24 % total deposits ......................................................... 23.24 % 22.52 % 23.64 % 23.64 % 24.94 % Capital Adequacy Ratios: Stockholders' Equity to total assets ........................... CET1 capital (4) ........................................................ Tier 1 capital (5) ........................................................ Total capital (6) ......................................................... Leverage ratio (7) ...................................................... Growth Ratios: Percentage change in net income .............................. Percentage change in diluted net income per share ................................................... Percentage change in assets ...................................... Percentage change in net loans ................................. Percentage change in deposits................................... Percentage change in stockholders' equity ............... 9.42 % 10.50 % 10.50 % 12.31 % 9.13 % 8.93 % 10.12 % 10.13 % 12.05 % 9.07 % 8.58 % 9.51 % 9.52 % 11.52 % 8.51 % 8.21 % 9.78 9.78 % 11.84 % 8.22 % 8.81 % 9.72 % 9.73 % 11.95 % 8.55 % 8.98 % 47.10 % 14.25 % 28.23 % 21.31 % 9.12 % 11.74 % 11.14 % 8.89 % 17.82 % 46.91 % 13.06 % 11.62 % 13.53 % 17.71 % 13.16 % 11.18 % 19.18 % 12.39 % 16.20 % 26.67 % 25.02 % 16.46 % 28.32 % 16.41 % 14.35 % 24.32 % 25.53 % 24.30 % 10.30 % (1) Net interest margin is the net yield on interest earning assets and is the difference between the interest yield earned on interest-earning assets and interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, divided by average earning assets. (2) Efficiency ratio is the result of noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. (3) Adjusted performance data are non-GAAP measures which exclude the impact of a $1.7 million credit for FDIC and other regulatory assessments as a result of the FDIC’s Small Bank Assessment Credit during 2019, expenses attributable to our net deferred tax asset revaluation due to lower corporate income tax rates provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act passed into law in December 2017 and lease termination and moving expenses associated with our move to our new headquarters building during 2017, and expenses related to our acquisition of Metro Bancshares, Inc. and the merger of Metro Bank with and into the Bank and an initial funding of reserves for unfunded loan commitments consistent with guidance provided in the Federal Reserve Bank's Interagency Policy Statement SR 06-17 during 2015. For a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP measure, see "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." None of the other periods included in our selected consolidated financial information are affected by such adjustments. (4) CET1 capital ratio includes common stockholders' equity excluding unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net of taxes, and intangible assets divided by total risk-weighted assets. (5) Tier 1 capital ratio includes CET1 and qualifying minority interest divided by total risk-weighted assets. (6) Total capital ratio includes Tier 1 capital plus qualifying portions of subordinated debt and allowance for loan losses (limited to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets) divided by total risk-weighted assets. (7) Tier 1 leverage ratio includes Tier 1 capital divided by average assets less intangible assets. GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures We recorded a $1.7 million credit to our FDIC and other regulatory assessments expense in 2019 as a result of the FDIC’s Small Bank Assessment Credit. We recorded $3.1 million of additional tax expense as a result of revaluing our net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017 due to lower corporate income tax rates provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act passed into law in December 2017. The revaluation adjustment of our net deferred tax asset position was impacted by a number of factors, including increased loan charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2017, increases in deferred tax liabilities relating to depreciation expense on our new headquarters building, and dividends from our captive real estate investment trusts. In 2017 we also recorded expenses of $347,000 related to terminating the lease agreement on our previous headquarters building in Birmingham, Alabama and expenses of moving into our new headquarters building. We recorded expenses of $2.1 million in 2015 related to the acquisition of Metro Bancshares, Inc. and the merger of Metro Bank with and into the bank, and recorded an expense of $500,000 resulting from the initial funding of reserves for unfunded loan commitments, consistent with guidance provided in the Federal Reserve Bank’s Interagency Policy Statement SR 06-17. The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures which exclude the significant adjustments discussed above. These non-GAAP financial measures include “adjusted net income available to common stockholders,” “adjusted earnings per share, basic,” “adjusted earnings per share, diluted,” “adjusted return on average assets,” “adjusted return on average stockholders’ equity,” “adjusted return on average common stockholders’ equity” and “adjusted efficiency ratio.” Adjusted earnings per share, basic is adjusted net income available to common stockholders divided by weighted average shares outstanding. Adjusted earnings per share, diluted is adjusted net income available to common stockholders 5 divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding. Adjusted return on average assets is adjusted net income divided by average total assets. Adjusted return of average stockholders’ equity is adjusted net income divided by average total stockholders’ equity. Adjusted return of average common stockholders’ equity is adjusted net income divided by average common stockholders’ equity. The adjusted efficiency ratio is adjusted non-interest expense divided by the sum of adjusted net interest income and adjusted non-interest income. Our management and board use these non-GAAP measures for reporting financial performance to internal users for management purposes and externally as part of presentations to investors. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to management, our board and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that these non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not audited and are not required to be uniformly applied. The following reconciliation table provides a more detailed analysis of the non-GAAP financial measures for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2017 and 2015. All amounts are in thousands, except share and per share data. Provision for income taxes – GAAP .......................................................... $ Adjustments: Tax (benefit) of adjustments (1) ............................................................ Adjusted income tax expense - non-GAAP ............................................... $ Net income available to common stockholders - GAAP ........................... $ Adjustments: Adjustment for merger expenses ........................................................... Adjustment for reserve for unfunded loan commitments ...................... Adjustment for revaluing net deferred tax assets .................................. Adjustment for lease termination and moving expenses ....................... Adjustment for FDIC assessment credit ............................................... Tax (benefit) of adjustments (1) ............................................................ Adjusted net income available to common stockholders - non-GAAP .......................................................................................... $ Earnings per share, basic - GAAP ............................................................. $ Weighted average shares outstanding, basic .............................................. Adjusted earnings per share, basic - non-GAAP ....................................... $ Earnings per share, diluted - GAAP .......................................................... $ Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted ........................................... Adjusted earnings per share, diluted - non-GAAP ..................................... $ Return on average assets - GAAP .............................................................. Net income - GAAP ................................................................................... $ Adjustments: Adjustment for merger expenses ........................................................... Adjustment for reserve for unfunded loan commitments ...................... Adjustment for revaluing net deferred tax assets .................................. Adjustment for lease termination and moving expenses ....................... Adjustment for FDIC assessment credit ............................................... Tax (benefit) of adjustments (1) ............................................................ Adjusted net income - non-GAAP ............................................................. $ Average assets ........................................................................................... $ Adjusted return on average assets - non-GAAP ........................................ Return on average stockholders' equity - GAAP ....................................... Average stockholders' equity ..................................................................... $ Adjusted return on average stockholders' equity - non-GAAP ............................................................................................ Return on average common stockholders' equity....................................... Average common stockholders' equity ...................................................... $ 6 2019 2017 2015 37,618 $ 44,258 $ 25,465 421 38,039 $ 149,180 $ (132 ) 44,126 $ 93,030 $ 829 26,294 63,260 2,096 500 (1,669 ) 421 147,932 $ 2.79 $ 53,530,766 2.76 $ 2.76 $ 54,103,074 2.73 $ 1.73 % 149,243 $ (1,669 ) 421 147,995 $ 8,638,604 $ 1.71 % 19.16 % 779,071 $ 3,059 347 (132 ) 829 96,304 $ 1.76 $ 52,887,359 1.82 $ 1.72 $ 54,123,957 1.78 $ 1.43 % 93,092 $ 3,059 347 (132 ) 96,366 $ 6,495,067 $ 1.48 % 16.38 % 568,228 $ 65,027 1.23 51,426,466 1.27 1.20 52,885,108 1.23 1.38 % 63,540 2,096 500 829 65,307 4,591,861 1.42 % 15.30 % 436,544 19.00 % 19.15 % 779,071 $ 16.96 % 16.37 % 568,228 $ 14.96 % 15.30 % 413,445 Adjusted return on average common stockholders' equity - non-GAAP…………………………………………………………… Efficiency ratio – GAAP…………………………………………………. Non-interest expense – GAAP…………………………………………… $ Adjustments: Adjustment for merger expenses ........................................................... Adjustment for reserve for unfunded loan commitments ...................... Adjustment for lease termination and moving expenses ....................... Adjustment for FDIC assessment credit ............................................... Adjusted non-interest expense - non-GAAP .............................................. $ Net interest income .................................................................................... Non-interest income ................................................................................... Total net interest income and non-interest income ............................... $ Adjusted efficiency ratio - non-GAAP ...................................................... 18.99 % 32.77 % 102,128 $ 16.95 % 34.40 % 84,209 $ 1,669 103,797 $ 287,645 23,982 311,627 $ 33.31 % 347 83,862 $ 227,423 17,361 244,784 $ 34.26 % 15.73 % 41.80 % 73,151 2,096 500 70,555 162,271 12,732 175,003 40.32 % 7 PRINCIPAL OFFICERS: SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. Thomas A. Broughton III Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer William M. Foshee Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary Clarence C. Pouncey III Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer PRINCIPAL OFFICERS: SERVISFIRST BANK Thomas A. Broughton III Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer William M. Foshee Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary Clarence C. Pouncey III Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer G. Carlton Barker Executive Vice President, Montgomery President and Chief Executive Officer Gregory W. Bryant Executive Vice President, Tampa Bay President and Chief Executive Officer J. Hal Clemmer Executive Vice President, Atlanta President and Chief Executive Officer Andrew N. Kattos Executive Vice President, Huntsville President and Chief Executive Officer W. Bibb Lamar, Jr. Executive Vice President, Mobile President and Chief Executive Officer B. Harrison Morris III Executive Vice President, Dothan President and Chief Executive Officer Rex D. McKinney Executive Vice President, Pensacola President and Chief Executive Officer Rodney R. Rushing Executive Vice President, Correspondent Division Paul M. Schabacker Executive Vice President, Commercial Sales Thomas G. Trouche Executive Vice President, Charleston President and Chief Executive Officer Bradford A. Vieira Executive Vice President, Nashville President and Chief Executive Officer Henry F. Abbot Senior Vice President Chief Credit Officer OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SERVISFIRST BANK Thomas A. Broughton III, J. Richard Cashio James J. Filler Michael D. Fuller Christopher J. Mettler Hatton C. V. Smith Irma L. Tuder SERVISFIRST BANK REGIONAL DIRECTORS ATLANTA, GEORGIA Jeffrey B. Baker Michael A. Bohling Paul Conley John Loud Zach Parker Brent Reid CHARLESTON, SOUTH CAROLINA Peter McKellar Christopher J. Mettler Weesie Newton Skip Sawin Daniel Vallini DOTHAN, ALABAMA Jerry Adams Charles H. Chapman Ronald Devane John Downs Watson Downs Steve McCarroll Charles Owens William C. Thompson HUNTSVILLE, ALABAMA Dennis Bragg E. Wayne Bonner Tres Childs David Mathis David Slyman Irma L. Tuder Sidney White Danny Windham Tom Young 8 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. COMMITTEES NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE J. Richard Cashio Michael D. Fuller Irma L. Tuder AUDIT J. Richard Cashio Michael D. Fuller Irma L. Tuder COMPENSATION J. Richard Cashio James J. Filler Hatton C.V. Smith MOBILE, ALABAMA Stephen G. Crawford Lowell J. Friedman Barry E. Gritter James M. Harrison, Jr. James L. Henderson Richard D. Inge Kenneth S. Johnson John H. Lewis, Jr. Hunter Lyons MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA John Jernigan Ray B. Petty Edward M Stivers III Todd Strange Pete Taylor Ken Upchurch Alan E. Weil, Jr. Taylor Williams NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE Charles R. Bone Mary Margaret Borbeau Joseph A. Cashia Ryan Chapman Todd Robinson PENSACOLA, FLORIDA Thomas M. Bizzell Thomas B. Carter Leo J. Cyr Matthew W. Durney Mark S. Greskovich Ray Russenberger Sandy Sansing OFFICES AND LOCATIONS Atlanta Main Office 300 Galleria Parkway SE, Suite 100 Atlanta, Georgia 30339 Huntsville Main Office Pensacola Cordova Office 401 Meridian Street, Suite 100 4980 North 12th Avenue Huntsville, Alabama 35801 Pensacola, Florida 32504 678.504.2700 Atlanta Douglasville Office 2801 Chapel Hill Road Douglasville, Georgia 30135 770.489.4443 Atlanta Kennesaw Office 2454 Kennesaw Due West Road Kennesaw, Georgia 30152 770.429.8400 Birmingham Main Office 2500 Woodcrest Place Birmingham, Alabama 35209 205.949.0345 256.722.7800 Huntsville Research Park 1267-A Enterprise Way Huntsville, Alabama 35806 256.722.7880 Mobile Main Office 2 North Royal Street Mobile, Alabama 36602 251.544.6950 Mobile Spring Hill Office 4400 Old Shell Road Mobile, Alabama 36608 251.544.6900 850.266.9160 Pensacola Fort Walton Loan Production Office 1500 Freedom Self Storage Road, Suite 12 Fort Walton Beach, Florida 32547 850.266.9145 Sarasota Loan Production Office 240 South Pineapple Ave., Suite 401 Sarasota, FL 34236 813.528.8162 Tampa Bay Office 4221 West Boy Scout Blvd, Suite 100 Tampa, Florida 33607 813.751.0801 Birmingham Downtown Mobile Fairhope Office 324 Richard Arrington Jr. Boulevard N. 561 Fairhope Avenue, Suite 101 Birmingham, Alabama 35203 Fairhope, Alabama 36532 205.949.2200 251.316.7145 Birmingham Greystone Montgomery Main Office 5403 Highway 280, Suite 401 One Commerce Street, Suite 100 Birmingham, Alabama 35242 Montgomery, Alabama 36104 205.949.0870 Charleston Main Office 334.223.5800 Montgomery East 701 East Bay Street, Suite 104 7256 Halcyon Park Drive Charleston, SC 29403 843.414.3900 Dothan Main Office 4801 West Main Street Dothan, Alabama 36305 334.340.4300 Dothan Cottonwood Corners 1640 Ross Clark Circle, Suite 307 Dothan, Alabama 36301 334.340.4400 Montgomery, Alabama 36117 334.223.5600 Nashville Main Office 1801 West End Avenue. Suite 850 Nashville, TN 37203 615.921.3500 Pensacola Main Office 219 East Garden Street, Suite 100 Pensacola, Florida 32502 850.266.9100 9 STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION ANNUAL MEETING The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. will be held at the Company’s Corporate Headquarters, 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209 on April 23, 2020, at 10:30 AM Central Daylight Time. FORM 10-K Form 10-K is ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc.’s annual report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and is included within this document. A copy of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc.’s 10-K may be obtained, free of charge, if you address a written request to our Secretary, William M. Foshee, 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209. TRANSFER AGENT Computershare P.O. Box 30170 College Station, TX 77842-3170 1.800.368.5948 AVAILABLE INFORMATION Our corporate website is: http://servisfirstbancshares.com/. We have direct links on this website to our Code of Ethics and the charters for our Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees by clicking on the “Investor Relations” tab. We also have direct links to our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including, but not limited to, our first annual report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and any amendments to these reports. You may also obtain a copy of any such report free of charge by requesting such copy in writing to 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama 35209 Attn.: Investor Relations. This annual report and accompanying exhibits and all other reports and filings that we file with the SEC will be available for the public to view and copy (at prescribed rates) at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of such information at the prescribed rates from the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains such reports, proxy and information statements, and other information as we file electronically with the SEC by clicking on http://www.sec.gov. INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP 191 Peachtree Street NE Suite 2700 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 404.575.8900 SECURITIES COUNSEL Bradley Arant Boult Cummings LLP One Federal Place 1819 Fifth Avenue North Birmingham, Alabama 35203 205.521.8000 10 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) (cid:1409) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 OR (cid:1407) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from _______to_______ Commission file number 001-36452 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) Delaware (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 26-0734029 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 2500 Woodcrest Place, Birmingham, Alabama (Address of Principal Executive Offices) 35209 (Zip Code) (205) 949-0302 (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common stock, par value $.001 per share Trading symbol(s) SFBS Name of exchange on which registered NASDAQ Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None (Title of Class) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:1409) No (cid:1407) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:1407) No (cid:1409) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:1409) No (cid:1407) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes (cid:1409) No (cid:1407) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “small reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer (cid:1409) Accelerated filer (cid:1407) Non-accelerated filer (cid:1407) Smaller reporting company (cid:1407) Emerging growth company (cid:1407) If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act (cid:1407) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:1407) No (cid:1409) As of June 30, 2019, the aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on a stock price of $34.26 per share of Common Stock, was $1,581,146,000. Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. Outstanding as of February 21, 2020 53,703,632 Class Common stock, $.001 par value DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS FORM 10-K DECEMBER 31, 2019 CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ......................................................... 4 PART I. ............................................................................................................................................................................. 5 ITEM 1. ITEM 1A. ITEM 1B. ITEM 2. ITEM 3. ITEM 4. BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................................. 5 RISK FACTORS .................................................................................................................................... 25 UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ................................................................................................. 36 PROPERTIES ......................................................................................................................................... 36 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ....................................................................................................................... 37 MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES .......................................................................................................... 37 PART II. ............................................................................................................................................................................ 37 ITEM 5 ITEM 6. ITEM 7. ITEM 7A. ITEM 8. ITEM 9. ITEM 9A. ITEM 9B. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES .................................................................... 37 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA .......................................................................................................... 38 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 42 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ............................................................................................................... QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ....................... 60 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ....................................................... 63 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES ............................................................................................................... 106 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ....................................................................................................... 106 OTHER INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................... 106 PART III. ........................................................................................................................................................................... 107 ITEM 10. ITEM 11. ITEM 12. ITEM 13. ITEM 14. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ................................ 107 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION .......................................................................................................... 107 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ............................................................................................ CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE .................................................................................................................................. 107 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ........................................................................ 107 107 PART IV. .......................................................................................................................................................................... 108 ITEM 15. ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .............................................................. 108 FORM 10-K SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................... 110 SIGNATURES .................................................................................................................................................................. 111 3 CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This annual report on Form 10-K and other publicly available documents, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These “forward-looking statements” reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. The words “may,” “plan,” “contemplate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “continue,” “expect,” “project,” “predict,” “estimate,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements, but other statements not based on historical information may also be considered forward-looking. All forward- looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These statements should be considered subject to various risks and uncertainties, and are made based upon management’s belief as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, management pursuant to “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such risks include, without limitation: (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) the effects of adverse changes in the economy or business conditions, either nationally or in our market areas; credit risks, including the deterioration of the credit quality of our loan portfolio, increased default rates and loan losses or adverse changes in our portfolio or in specific industry concentrations of our loan portfolio; the effects of governmental monetary and fiscal policies and legislative, regulatory and accounting changes applicable to banks and other financial service providers, including the impact on us and our customers of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act; the effects of hazardous weather in our markets; the effects of competition from other financial institutions and financial service providers; (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) our ability to keep pace with technology changes, including with respect to cyber-security and preventing breaches of our and third-party security systems involving our customers and other sensitive and confidential data; (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) our ability to attract new or retain existing deposits, or to initiate new or retain current loans; (cid:404) the effect of any merger, acquisition or other transaction to which we or any of our subsidiaries may from time to time be a party, including our ability to successfully integrate any business that we acquire; the effect of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest sensitive assets and liabilities; the effects of terrorism and efforts to combat it; the effects of force majeure events, including war, natural disasters and other national or international crises; an increase in the incidence or severity of fraud, illegal payments, security breaches or other illegal acts impacting our customers; the results of regulatory examinations; the effect of inaccuracies in our assumptions underlying the establishment of our loan loss reserves; and (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) other factors that are discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A. The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. 4 PART I Unless this Form 10-K indicates otherwise, the terms “we,” ”our,” “us,” “the Company,” “ServisFirst Bancshares” and “ServisFirst” as used herein refer to ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc., and its subsidiaries, including ServisFirst Bank, which sometimes is referred to as “our bank subsidiary,” “our bank” or “the Bank,” and its other subsidiaries. References herein to the fiscal years 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 mean our fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. ITEM 1. BUSINESS Overview We are a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and are headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary bank, we operate 20 full-service banking offices located in Jefferson, Shelby, Madison, Montgomery, Houston, Mobile and Baldwin Counties of Alabama, Escambia and Hillsborough Counties of Florida, Cobb and Douglas Counties of Georgia, Charleston County, South Carolina and Davidson County, Tennessee, which are located in the metropolitan statistical areas (“MSAs”) of Birmingham-Hoover, Huntsville, Montgomery, Dothan, Daphne-Fairhope-Foley and Mobile, Alabama, Pensacola-Ferry Pass-Brent and Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, Florida, Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell, Georgia, Charleston-North Charleston, South Carolina and Nashville-Davidson-Murfreesboro-Franklin, Tennessee. We also operate loan production offices in Fort Walton and Sarasota, Florida. Through our bank, we originate commercial, consumer and other loans and accept deposits, provide electronic banking services, such as online and mobile banking, including remote deposit capture, deliver treasury and cash management services and provide correspondent banking services to other financial institutions. As of December 31, 2019, we had total assets of approximately $8.9 billion, total loans of approximately $7.3 billion, total deposits of approximately $7.5 billion and total stockholders’ equity of approximately $842.7 million. We operate our bank using a simple business model based on organic loan and deposit growth, generated through high quality customer service, delivered by a team of experienced bankers focused on developing and maintaining long-term banking relationships with our target customers. We utilize a uniform, centralized back office risk and credit platform to support a decentralized decision-making process executed locally by our regional chief executive officers. This decentralized decision- making process allows individual lending officers varying levels of lending authority, based on the experience of the individual officer. When the total amount of loans to a borrower exceeds an officer’s lending authority, further approval must be obtained by the applicable regional chief executive officer (G. Carlton Barker – Montgomery, Andrew N. Kattos – Huntsville, B. Harrison Morris, III – Dothan, Rex D. McKinney – Pensacola, W. Bibb Lamar, Jr. – Mobile, Thomas G. Trouche – Charleston, J. Harold Clemmer – Atlanta, Bradford A. Vieira – Nashville or Gregory W. Bryant – Tampa Bay) and/or our senior management team. Rather than relying on a more traditional retail bank strategy of operating a broad base of multiple brick and mortar branch locations in each market, our strategy focuses on operating a limited and efficient branch network with sizable aggregate balances of total loans and deposits housed in each branch office. We believe that this approach more appropriately addresses our customers’ banking needs and reflects a best-of-class delivery strategy for commercial banking services. Our principal business is to accept deposits from the public and to make loans and other investments. Our principal sources of funds for loans and investments are demand, time, savings and other deposits and the amortization and prepayment of loans and borrowings. Our principal sources of income are interest and fees collected on loans, interest and dividends collected on other investments, and service charges. Our principal expenses are interest paid on savings and other deposits, interest paid on our other borrowings, employee compensation, office expenses and other overhead expenses. Certain of our subsidiaries hold and manage participations in residential mortgages and commercial real estate loans originated by our bank in Alabama, Florida, Georgia and Tennessee, respectively, and have elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. income tax purposes. Each of these entities is consolidated into the Company. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve. We are required to file reports with the Federal Reserve and are subject to regular examinations by that agency. History Our bank was founded by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Thomas A. Broughton, III, and commenced banking operations in May 2005 following an initial capital raise of $35 million, the largest capital raise by a de novo bank in the history of Alabama. We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in August 2007 for the purpose of acquiring all of the common stock of our bank and, in November 2007, our holding company became the sole shareholder of the bank by virtue 5 of a plan of reorganization and agreement of merger. In May 2008, following our filing of a registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC, we became a reporting company within the meaning of the Exchange Act. On May 19, 2014, we completed our initial public offering of our common stock. Business Strategy We are a full service commercial bank focused on providing competitive products, state of the art technology and quality service. Our business philosophy is to operate as a metropolitan community bank emphasizing prompt, personalized customer service to the individuals and businesses located in our primary markets. We aggressively market to our target customers, which include privately held businesses generally with $2 million to $250 million in annual sales, professionals and affluent consumers whom we believe are underserved by the larger regional banks operating in our markets. We also seek to capitalize on the extensive relationships that our management, directors, advisory directors and stockholders have with the businesses and professionals in our markets. Focus on Core Banking Business. We deliver a broad array of core banking products to our customers. While many large regional competitors and national banks have chosen to develop non-traditional business lines to supplement their net interest income, we believe our focus on traditional commercial banking products driven by a high margin delivery system is a superior method to deliver returns to our stockholders. We emphasize an internal culture of keeping our operating costs as low as practical, which we believe leads to greater operational efficiency. Additionally, our centralized technology and process infrastructure contribute to our low operating costs. We believe this combination of products, operating efficiency and technology make us attractive to customers in our markets. In addition, we provide correspondent banking services to more than 350 community banks located in 20 states throughout the United States. We provide a source of clearing and liquidity to our correspondent bank customers, as well as a wide array of account, credit, settlement and international services. Commercial Bank Emphasis. We have historically focused on people as opposed to places. This strategy translates into a smaller number of brick and mortar branch locations relative to our size, but larger overall branch sizes in terms of total deposits. As a result, as of December 31, 2019, our branches averaged approximately $358.6 million in total deposits. In the more typical retail banking model, branch banks continue to lose traffic to other banking channels which may prove to be an impediment to earnings growth for those banks that have invested in large branch networks. In addition, unlike many traditional community banks, we place a strong emphasis on originating commercial and industrial loans, which comprised approximately 37% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019. Scalable, Decentralized Business Model. We emphasize local decision-making by experienced bankers supported by centralized risk and credit oversight. We believe that the delivery by our bankers of in-market customer decisions, coupled with risk and credit support from our corporate headquarters, allows us to serve our borrowers and depositors directly and in person, while managing risk centrally and on a uniform basis. We intend to continue our growth by repeating this scalable model in each market in which we are able to identify a strong banking team. Our goal in each market is to employ the highest quality bankers in that market. We then empower those bankers to implement our operating strategy, grow our customer base and provide the highest level of customer service possible. We focus on a geographic model of organizational structure as opposed to a line of business model employed by most regional banks. This structure assigns significant responsibility and accountability to our regional chief executive officers, who we believe will drive our growth and success. We have developed a business culture whereby our management team, from the top down, is actively involved in sales, which we believe is a key differentiator from our competition. Identify Opportunities in Vibrant Markets. Since opening our original banking facility in Birmingham in 2005, as of December 31, 2019, we had expanded into nine additional markets. Our focus has been to expand opportunistically when we identify a strong banking team in a market with attractive economic characteristics and market demographics where we believe we can achieve a minimum of $300 million in deposits within five years of market entry. There are two primary factors we consider when determining whether to enter a new market: (cid:404) (cid:404) the availability of successful, experienced bankers with strong reputations in the market; and the economic attributes of the market necessary to drive quality lending opportunities coupled with deposit- related characteristics of the potential market. Prior to entering a new market, historically we have identified and built a team of experienced, successful bankers with market-specific knowledge to lead the bank’s operations in that market, including a regional chief executive officer. Generally, we or members of our senior management team are familiar with these individuals based on prior work experience and reputation, and strongly believe in the ability of such individuals to successfully execute our business model. We also often assemble a non-voting advisory board of directors in our markets, comprised of members representing a broad spectrum 6 of business experience and community involvement in the market. We currently have advisory boards in each of the Huntsville, Montgomery, Dothan, Mobile, Pensacola, Nashville, Atlanta and Charleston markets. In addition to organic expansion, we may seek to expand through targeted acquisitions. Markets and Competition Our primary markets are broadly defined as the MSAs of Birmingham-Hoover, Huntsville, Montgomery, Dothan, Daphne- Fairhope-Foley and Mobile, Alabama, Pensacola-Ferry Pass-Brent, Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater and North Port- Sarasota-Bradenton, Florida, Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell, Georgia, Charleston-North Charleston, South Carolina and Nashville-Davidson-Murfreesboro-Franklin, Tennessee. We draw most of our deposits from, and conduct most of our lending transactions in, these markets. According to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) reports, total deposits in each of our primary market areas have expanded from 2009 to 2019 (deposit data reflects totals as reported by financial institutions as of June 30th of each year) as follows: 2019 2009 (Dollars in Billions) Compound Annual Growth Rate Jefferson/Shelby County, Alabama .............................................................. $ Madison County, Alabama ........................................................................... Montgomery County, Alabama .................................................................... Houston County, Alabama ........................................................................... Mobile County, Alabama ............................................................................. Baldwin County, Alabama ........................................................................... Escambia County, Florida ............................................................................ Hillsborough County, Florida ...................................................................... Sarasota County, Florida .............................................................................. Cobb County, Georgia ................................................................................. Douglas County, Georgia ............................................................................. Charleston County, South Carolina .............................................................. Davidson County, Tennessee ....................................................................... 36.0 $ 7.4 6.9 2.8 7.2 4.5 5.8 31.0 14.8 15.6 1.7 11.7 36.9 22.3 6.3 6.5 2.1 5.7 3.2 4.0 21.2 12.6 10.5 1.5 7.7 18.7 4.91 % 1.62 % 0.60 % 2.92 % 2.36 % 3.47 % 3.79 % 3.87 % 1.62 % 4.04 % 1.26 % 4.27 % 7.03 % Our bank is subject to intense competition from various financial institutions and other financial service providers. Our bank competes for deposits with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions and issuers of commercial paper and other securities, such as money-market and mutual funds. In making loans, our bank competes with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, consumer finance companies, credit unions, leasing companies, interest- based lenders and other lenders. The following table illustrates our market share, by insured deposits, in our primary service areas at June 30, 2019 (the most recent date such numbers were reported by the FDIC), as reported by the FDIC: Market Number of Branches Our Market Deposits Total Market Deposits (Dollars in Millions) Ranking Market Share Percentage Alabama: Birmingham-Hoover MSA ........................................... Huntsville MSA ........................................................... Montgomery MSA ....................................................... Dothan MSA ................................................................ Mobile MSA ................................................................ Daphne-Fairhope-Foley MSA ...................................... Florida: Pensacola-Ferry Pass-Brent MSA ................................ Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater MSA ....................... Georgia: Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell MSA .......................... South Carolina: Charleston-North Charleston MSA .............................. Tennessee: Nashville-Davidson-Murfreesboro MSA ..................... 3 $ 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 3,033.1 $ 888.3 743.2 553.7 337.1 39.8 41,431.3 8,225.7 8,476.4 3,413.9 7,325.2 4,554.0 393.6 298.6 7,418.7 87,122.4 4 3 3 1 8 19 7 30 7.32 % 10.80 % 8.77 % 16.22 % 4.60 % 0.71 % 5.31 % 0.34 % 3 486.0 177,260.7 26 0.27 % 1 201.5 14,740.3 13 1.37 % 1 446.0 64,106.2 18 0.70 % 7 The following table illustrates the combined total deposits for all financial institutions in the counties in which we operate as a percent of the total of all deposits in each state at June 30, 2019, as reported by the FDIC: Alabama ............................................................... Florida .................................................................. Georgia ................................................................. South Carolina ...................................................... Tennessee ............................................................. 59.9 % 8.6 % 6.8 % 13.1 % 23.1 % Our retail and commercial divisions operate in highly competitive markets. We compete directly in retail and commercial banking markets with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers and mortgage companies, mutual funds, securities brokers, consumer finance companies, other lenders and insurance companies, locally, regionally and nationally. Many of our competitors compete by using offerings by mail, telephone, computer and/or the Internet. Interest rates, both on loans and deposits, and prices of services are significant competitive factors among financial institutions generally. Providing convenient locations, desired financial products and services, convenient office hours, quality customer service, quick local decision making, a strong community reputation and long-term personal relationships are all important competitive factors that we emphasize. In our markets, our five largest competitors are Regions Bank, Wells Fargo Bank, BBVA Compass, BB&T and Synovus Bank. These institutions, as well as other competitors of ours, have greater resources, serve broader geographic markets, have higher lending limits, offer various services that we do not offer and can better afford, and make broader use of, media advertising, support services, and electronic technology than we can. To offset these competitive disadvantages, we depend on our reputation for greater personal service, consistency, flexibility and the ability to make credit and other business decisions quickly. Lending Services Lending Policy Our lending policies are established to support the credit needs of our primary market areas. Consequently, we aggressively seek high-quality borrowers within a limited geographic area and in competition with other well-established financial institutions in our primary service areas that have greater resources and lending limits than we have. Loan Approval and Review Our loan approval policies set various levels of officer lending authority. When the total amount of loans to a single borrower exceeds an individual officer’s lending authority, further approval, up to $5.0 million secured, must be obtained from the Regional CEO and/or our senior management team, based on our loan policies. Commercial Loans Our commercial lending activity is directed principally toward businesses and professional service firms whose demand for funds falls within our legal lending limits. We make loans to small- and medium-sized businesses in our markets for the purpose of upgrading plant and equipment, buying inventory and for general working capital. Typically, targeted business borrowers have annual sales generally between $2 million and $250 million. This category of loans includes loans made to individual, partnership and corporate borrowers, and such loans are obtained for a variety of business purposes. We offer a variety of commercial lending products to meet the needs of business and professional service firms in our service areas. These commercial lending products include seasonal loans, bridge loans and term loans for working capital, expansion of the business, or acquisition of property, plant and equipment. We also offer commercial lines of credit. The repayment terms of our commercial loans will vary according to the needs of each customer. Our commercial loans usually are collateralized. Generally, collateral consists of business assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, or real estate. Collateral is subject to the risk that we may have difficulty converting it to a liquid asset if necessary, as well as risks associated with degree of specialization, mobility and general collectability in a default situation. To mitigate this risk, we underwrite collateral to strict standards, including valuations and general acceptability based on our ability to monitor its ongoing condition and value. 8 We underwrite our commercial loans primarily on the basis of the borrower’s cash flow, ability to service debt, and degree of management expertise. As a general practice, we take as collateral a security interest in any available real estate, equipment or personal property. Under limited circumstances, we may make commercial loans on an unsecured basis. Commercial loans may be subject to many different types of risks, including fraud, bankruptcy, economic downturn, deteriorated or non-existent collateral, and changes in interest rates. Perceived and actual risks may differ depending on the particular industry in which a borrower operates. General risks to an industry, such as an economic downturn or instability in the capital markets, or to a particular segment of an industry are monitored by senior management on an ongoing basis. When warranted, loans to individual borrowers who may be at risk due to an industry condition may be more closely analyzed and reviewed by the credit review committee or board of directors. Commercial and industrial borrowers are required to submit financial statements to us on a regular basis. We analyze these statements, looking for weaknesses and trends, and will assign the loan a risk grade accordingly. Based on this risk grade, the loan may receive an increased degree of scrutiny by management, up to and including additional loss reserves being required. Real Estate Loans We make commercial real estate loans, construction and development loans and residential real estate loans. Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate loans are generally limited to terms of five years or less, although payments are usually structured on the basis of a longer amortization. Interest rates may be fixed or adjustable, although rates generally will not be fixed for a period exceeding five years. In addition, we generally will require personal guarantees from the principal owners of the property supported by a review by our management of the principal owners’ personal financial statements. Commercial real estate lending presents risks not found in traditional residential real estate lending. Repayment is dependent upon successful management and marketing of properties and on the level of expense necessary to maintain the property. Repayment of these loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate market or the general economy. Also, commercial real estate loans typically involve relatively large loan balances to a single borrower. To mitigate these risks, we closely monitor our borrower concentration. These loans generally have shorter maturities than other loans, giving us an opportunity to reprice, restructure or decline renewal. As with other loans, all commercial real estate loans are graded depending upon strength of credit and performance. A higher risk grade will bring increased scrutiny by our management, the credit review committee and the board of directors. Construction and Development Loans. We make construction and development loans both on a pre-sold and speculative basis. If the borrower has entered into an agreement to sell the property prior to beginning construction, then the loan is considered to be on a pre-sold basis. If the borrower has not entered into an agreement to sell the property prior to beginning construction, then the loan is considered to be on a speculative basis. Construction and development loans are generally made with a term of 12 to 36 months, with interest payable monthly. The ratio of the loan principal to the value of the collateral as established by independent appraisal typically will not exceed 80% of residential construction loans. Speculative construction loans will be based on the borrower’s financial strength and cash flow position. Development loans are generally limited to 75% of appraised value. Loan proceeds will be disbursed based on the percentage of completion and only after the project has been inspected by an experienced construction lender or third-party inspector. During times of economic stress, construction and development loans typically have a greater degree of risk than other loan types. To mitigate the risk of construction loan defaults in our portfolio, the board of directors and management tracks and monitors these loans closely. Total construction loans decreased $11.8 million to $521.4 million at December 31, 2019. Our allocation of loan loss reserve for these loans decreased $0.7 million to $2.8 million at December 31, 2019 compared to $3.5 million at the end 2018. There were no charge-offs on construction loans during 2019 and 2018. The amount of construction loans that are rated as substandard increased from $1.4 million at December 31, 2018 to $4.3 million at December 31, 2019. We received a pay-off totaling $2.3 million on construction loans rated as substandard at December 31, 2019 during January 2020. We believe that the quality of the construction portfolio overall is stable. Residential Real Estate Loans. Our residential real estate loans consist primarily of residential second mortgage loans, residential construction loans and traditional mortgage lending for one-to-four family residences. We will originate fixed- rate mortgages with long-term maturities. The majority of our fixed-rate loans are sold in the secondary mortgage market. All loans are made in accordance with our appraisal policy, with the ratio of the loan principal to the value of collateral as established by independent appraisal generally not exceeding 85%. Risks associated with these loans are generally less significant than those of other loans and involve bankruptcies, economic downturn, customer financial problems and fluctuations in the value of real estate, and homes in our primary service areas may experience significant price declines in the future. We have not made and do not expect to make any “Alt-A” or subprime loans. 9 Consumer Loans We offer a variety of loans to retail customers in the communities we serve. Consumer loans in general carry a moderate degree of risk compared to other loans. They are generally more risky than traditional residential real estate loans but less risky than commercial loans. Risk of default is usually determined by the well-being of the local economies. During times of economic stress, there is usually some level of job loss both nationally and locally, which directly affects the ability of the consumer to repay debt. Risk on consumer-type loans is generally managed through policy limitations on debt levels consumer borrowers may carry and limitations on loan terms and amounts depending upon collateral type. Our consumer loans include home equity loans (open- and closed-end), vehicle financing, loans secured by deposits, and secured and unsecured personal loans. These various types of consumer loans all carry varying degrees of risk. Commitments and Contingencies As of December 31, 2019, we had commitments to extend credit beyond current amounts funded of $2.3 billion, had issued standby letters of credit in the amount of $48.4 million, and had commitments for credit card arrangements of $248.6 million. Policy for Determining the Loan Loss Allowance The allowance for loan losses represents our management’s assessment of the risk associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. In calculating the adequacy of the loan loss allowance, our management evaluates the following factors: (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) the asset quality of individual loans; changes in the national and local economy and business conditions/development, including underwriting standards, collections, and charge-off and recovery practices; changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio; changes in the experience, ability and depth of our lending staff and management; changes in the trend of the volume and severity of past-due loans and classified loans, and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and other modifications; (cid:404) possible deterioration in collateral segments or other portfolio concentrations; (cid:404) historical loss experience (when available) used for pools of loans (i.e., collateral types, borrowers, purposes, etc.); (cid:404) (cid:404) changes in the quality of our loan review system and the degree of oversight by our board of directors; and the effect of external factors such as competition and the legal and regulatory requirement on the level of estimated credit losses in our current loan portfolio. These factors are evaluated quarterly, and changes in the asset quality of individual loans are evaluated as needed. We assign all of our loans individual risk grades when they are underwritten. We have established minimum general reserves based on the risk grade of the loan. We also apply general reserve factors based on historical losses, management’s experience and common industry and regulatory guidelines. After a loan is underwritten and booked, it is monitored by the account officer, management, internal loan review, and representatives of our independent external loan review firm over the life of the loan. Payment performance is monitored monthly for the entire loan portfolio; account officers contact customers during the regular course of business and may be able to ascertain whether weaknesses are developing with the borrower; independent loan consultants perform a review annually; and federal and state banking regulators perform annual reviews of the loan portfolio. If we detect weaknesses that have developed in an individual loan relationship, we downgrade the loan and assign higher reserves based upon management’s assessment of the weaknesses in the loan that may affect full collection of the debt. We have established a policy to discontinue accrual of interest (non-accrual status) after any loan has become 90 days delinquent as to payment of principal or interest unless the loan is considered to be well collateralized and is actively in process of collection. In addition, a loan will be placed on non-accrual status before it becomes 90 days delinquent if management believes that the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of interest or principal is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but uncollected on such loans is reversed and charged against current income when the receivable is determined to be uncollectible. Interest income on non-accrual loans is recognized only as received. If a loan will not be collected in full, we increase the allowance for loan losses to reflect our management’s estimate of any potential exposure or loss. Our net loan losses to average total loans increased to 0.32% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 0.20% for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was down from 0.29% for the year ended December 31, 2017. Historical performance, however, is not an indicator of future performance, and our future results could differ materially. As of December 31, 2019, 10 we had $30.1 million of non-accrual loans. We have allocated approximately $2.8 million of our allowance for loan losses to real estate construction, acquisition and development, and lot loans, $43.7 million to commercial and industrial loans, $29.6 million to real estate mortgage loans and $0.5 million to consumer loans and have a total loan loss reserve as of December 31, 2019 of $76.6 million. The loan loss reserve methodology incorporates qualitative factors which are based on management’s judgment regarding various external and internal factors including macroeconomic trends, management’s assessment of the Company’s loan growth prospects and evaluations of internal risk controls. Our management believes, based upon historical performance, known factors, overall judgment, and regulatory methodologies, that the current methodology used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is reasonable. Our allowance for loan losses is also subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance for loan losses and the size of the allowance for loan losses in comparison to a group of peer banks identified by the regulators. During their routine examinations of banks, regulatory agencies may require a bank to make additional provisions to its allowance for loan losses when, in the opinion of the regulators, credit evaluations and allowance for loan loss methodology differ materially from those of management. While it is our policy to charge off in the current period loans for which a loss is considered probable, there are additional risks of future losses that cannot be quantified precisely or attributed to particular loans or classes of loans. Because these risks include the state of the economy, our management’s judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance is necessarily approximate and imprecise. Investments In addition to loans, we purchase investments in securities, primarily in mortgage-backed securities and state and municipal securities. No investment in any of those instruments will exceed any applicable limitation imposed by law or regulation. Our board of directors reviews the investment portfolio on an ongoing basis in order to ensure that the investments conform to the policy as set by the board of directors. Our investment policy provides that no more than 60% of our total investment portfolio may be composed of municipal securities. All securities held are traded in liquid markets, and we have no auction- rate securities. We had no investments in any one security, restricted or liquid, in excess of 10% of our stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2019. Deposit Services We seek to establish solid core deposits, including checking accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts and a variety of certificates of deposit and IRA accounts. To attract deposits, we employ an aggressive marketing plan throughout our service areas that features a broad product line and competitive services. The primary sources of core deposits are residents of, and businesses and their employees located in, our market areas. We have obtained deposits primarily through personal solicitation by our officers and directors, through reinvestment in the community, and through our stockholders, who have been a substantial source of deposits and referrals. We make deposit services accessible to customers by offering direct deposit, wire transfer, night depository, banking-by-mail and remote capture for non-cash items. Our bank is a member of the FDIC, and thus our deposits (subject to applicable FDIC limits) are FDIC-insured. Other Banking Services Given client demand for increased convenience and account access, we offer a range of products and services, including 24- hour telephone banking, direct deposit, Internet banking, mobile banking, traveler’s checks, safe deposit boxes, attorney trust accounts and automatic account transfers. We also participate in a shared network of automated teller machines and a debit card system that our customers are able to use, and, in certain accounts subject to certain conditions, we rebate to the customer the ATM fees automatically after each business day. Additionally, we offer Visa® credit cards. Asset, Liability and Risk Management We manage our assets and liabilities with the aim of providing an optimum and stable net interest margin, a profitable after- tax return on assets and return on equity, and adequate liquidity. These management functions are conducted within the framework of written loan and investment policies. To monitor and manage the interest rate margin and related interest rate risk, we have established policies and procedures to monitor and report on interest rate risk, devise strategies to manage interest rate risk, monitor loan originations and deposit activity and approve all pricing strategies. We attempt to maintain a balanced position between rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. Specifically, we chart assets and liabilities on a matrix by maturity, effective duration, and interest adjustment period, and endeavor to manage any gaps in maturity ranges. 11 Seasonality and Cycles We do not consider our commercial banking business to be seasonal. Employees We had 505 employees as of December 31, 2019. We consider our employee relations to be good, and we have no collective bargaining agreements with any employees. Supervision and Regulation Both we and our bank are subject to extensive state and federal banking laws and regulations that impose restrictions on, and provide for general regulatory oversight of, our operations. These laws and regulations restrict our permissible activities and investments, impose conditions and requirements on the products and services we offer and the manner in which they are offered and sold, and require compliance with protections for loan, deposit, brokerage, fiduciary, and other customers, among other things. They also restrict our ability to repurchase stock or pay dividends, or to receive dividends from our bank subsidiary, and impose capital adequacy and liquidity requirements. These laws and regulations generally are intended to protect customers (including depositors), the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of stockholders or other investors. The consequences of noncompliance with these, or other applicable laws or regulations, can include substantial monetary and nonmonetary sanctions. In addition, we are subject to comprehensive supervision and periodic examination by, among other regulatory bodies, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Alabama State Banking Department (the “Alabama Banking Department”). These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory policies of the agency, but also capital levels, asset quality, risk management effectiveness, the ability and performance of management and the board of directors, the effectiveness of internal controls, earnings, liquidity and various other factors. The results of examination activity by any of our federal bank regulators potentially can result in the imposition of significant limitations on our activities and growth. These regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity and take enforcement action, including the imposition of substantial monetary penalties and nonmonetary requirements, against a regulated entity where the relevant agency determines, amount other things, that such operations fail to comply with applicable law or regulations or are conducted in an unsafe or unsound manner. This supervisory framework, including the examination reports and supervisory ratings (which are not publicly available) of the agencies, could materially impact the conduct, growth and profitability of our operations. The following discussion describes select material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to us. The description is not intended to summarize all laws, regulations and supervisory policies applicable to us and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and supervisory policies described. Bank Holding Company Supervision and Regulation Since we own all of the capital stock of the bank, we are a bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). As a result, we are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Acquisition of Banks The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the Federal Reserve’s prior approval before: (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company will, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of the bank’s voting shares; acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. Additionally, the BHC Act provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any of these transactions if such transaction would result in or tend to create a monopoly or substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve also is required to consider the financial and 12 managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve’s consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed in the section below titled “Supervision and Regulation—Bank Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy” and the consideration of convenience and needs of the community to be served includes the institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act. Under the interstate banking and branching sections of the BHC Act, if adequately capitalized and adequately managed, we or any other bank holding company located in Alabama may purchase a bank located outside of Alabama. Conversely, an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company located outside of Alabama may purchase a bank located inside Alabama. In each case, however, restrictions may be placed on the acquisition of a bank that has only been in existence for a limited amount of time or will result in specified concentrations of deposits. Change in Bank Control Subject to various exceptions, the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any person’s or company’s acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the bank holding company. In addition, any person or group of persons must obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that is already a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding common stock of a bank holding company, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over the bank holding company. Permissible Activities Under the BHC Act Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company is generally permitted to engage in or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in the following activities: (cid:404) (cid:404) banking or managing or controlling banks; and any activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking. Activities that the Federal Reserve has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking include: factoring accounts receivable; making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities; leasing personal property; operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association; trust company functions; financial and investment advisory activities; certain agency securities brokerage activities; underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments; providing specified management consulting and counseling activities; performing selected data processing services and support services; acting as an agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and performing selected insurance underwriting activities. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries. In addition to the permissible bank holding company activities listed above, a bank holding company may qualify and elect to become a financial holding company, permitting the bank holding company to engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activity without posing a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. The BHC Act expressly lists the following activities as financial in nature: lending, trust and other banking activities; insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss or harm, or providing and issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for these purposes, in any state; providing financial, investment, or advisory services; issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets permissible for a bank to hold directly; underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities; other activities that the Federal Reserve may determine to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident to managing or controlling banks; activities permitted outside of the United States if the Federal Reserve has determined them to be usual in connection with banking operations abroad; merchant banking through securities or insurance affiliates; and insurance company portfolio investments. For us to qualify to become a financial holding company, the bank and any other depository institution subsidiary of ours must be well-capitalized and well-managed and must have a Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) rating of at least “satisfactory”. Additionally, we must file an election with the Federal Reserve to become a financial holding company and must provide the Federal Reserve with 30 days written notice prior to engaging in a permitted financial activity. We have not elected to become a financial holding company at this time. 13 Support of Subsidiary Institutions The Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Federal Reserve policy require a bank holding company to act as a source of financial strength to its bank subsidiaries and to take measures to preserve and protect its bank subsidiaries in situations where additional investments in a troubled bank may not otherwise be warranted. In addition, where a bank holding company has more than one bank or thrift subsidiary, each of the bank holding company’s subsidiary depository institutions is responsible for any losses to the FDIC as a result of an affiliated depository institution’s failure. As a result, a bank holding company may be required to loan money to a bank subsidiary in the form of subordinate capital notes or other instruments which qualify as capital under bank regulatory rules. However, any loans from the holding company to such subsidiary banks likely will be unsecured and subordinated to such bank’s depositors and perhaps to other creditors of the bank. Repurchase or Redemption of Securities A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its own then-outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has adopted an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain conditions. Bank Supervision and Regulation Generally The bank is an Alabama state-chartered bank and, as such, is subject to examination and regulation by the Alabama Banking Department. The bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System but is subject to various regulations and requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), the Federal Trade Commission, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), and other federal regulatory agencies. State non-member banks are, in addition to regulation by the applicable state regulatory authority, subject to supervision and regular examination by the FDIC. The FDIC and the Alabama Banking Department regularly examine the bank’s operations and have the authority to approve or disapprove mergers, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. Both regulatory agencies have the power to prevent the development or continuance of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. Additionally, the bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law. The extensive state and federal banking laws and regulations to which the bank is subject are generally intended to protect the bank’s customers (including depositors), the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of stockholders or other investors. The following discussion describes the material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to the bank. Branching Under current Alabama law, and subject to applicable FDIC rules and regulations, the bank may open branch offices throughout Alabama with the prior approval of the Alabama Banking Department. In addition, with prior regulatory approval, the bank may acquire branches of existing banks located in Alabama. While prior law imposed various limits on the ability of banks to establish new branches in states other than their home state, the Dodd-Frank Act allows a bank to branch into a new state by acquiring a branch of an existing institution or by setting up a new branch, without merging with an existing institution in the target state, if, under the laws of the state in which the branch is to be located, a bank chartered by that state would be permitted to establish the branch. This makes it much simpler for banks to open de novo branches in other states. We opened our initial offices in Pensacola, Florida, Nashville, Tennessee, Charleston, South Carolina, and Tampa Bay, Florida, using this mechanism. FDIC Insurance Assessments The bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to the full extent provided in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and the bank pays assessments to the FDIC for that coverage. Under the FDIC’s risk-based deposit insurance assessment system, an insured institution’s deposit insurance premium is computed by multiplying the institution’s assessment base by the institution’s assessment rate. An institution’s assessment base equals the institution’s average consolidated total assets during a particular assessment period, minus the institution’s average tangible equity capital (that is, Tier 1 capital) during such period. An institution’s assessment rate is assigned by the FDIC on a quarterly basis and is based on a number of factors related to the risk the institution poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Those factors include, among other things, the 14 institution’s capital adequacy, liquidity, loan and deposit portfolio characteristics, asset quality, earnings, and rate of growth. For the fourth quarter of 2019, the bank’s assessment rate was set at $0.01315, or $0.0526 annually, per $100 of assessment base. In addition to its risk-based insurance assessments, the FDIC also imposed Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments to help pay the $780 million in annual interest payments on the $8 billion of bonds issued in the late 1980’s as part of the government rescue of the savings and loan industry. The last remaining FICO bonds matured in September 2019. The final FICO assessment was collected on the March 31, 2019 FDIC invoice and we do not expect any further FICO assessments to be made. The FDIC is responsible for maintaining the adequacy of the Deposit Insurance Fund, and the amount the bank pays for deposit insurance is affected not only by the risk the bank poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund, but also by the adequacy of the fund to cover the risk posed by all insured institutions. From 2008 to 2013, the United States experienced an unusually high number of bank failures, resulting in significant losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the standard maximum deposit insurance amount from $100,000 to $250,000, and raised the minimum required Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio (i.e., the ratio of the amount on reserve in the Deposit Insurance Fund to the total estimated insured deposits) from 1.15% to 1.35%. To support the Deposit Insurance Fund in response to those circumstances, the FDIC took several extraordinary actions, including imposing a one-time special assessment on insured institutions and requiring institutions to prepay quarterly assessments attributable to a three-year period. We cannot predict whether, as a result of an adverse change in economic conditions or other reasons, the FDIC will take similar extraordinary actions or otherwise increase deposit insurance assessment levels in the future. Any such future increases could have a negative impact on our bank’s earnings. On September 30, 2018, the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio reached 1.36 percent. Banks with less than $10 billion in total assets, such as ServisFirst Bank, received assessment credits for the portion of their assessments that grew the reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35 percent. The credit began to be applied when the reserve ratio exceeded a target 1.38 percent ratio. We recognized a credit of $1.7 million during 2019 as a result of this credit. Termination of Deposit Insurance The FDIC may terminate its insurance of deposits of a bank if it finds that the bank has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Liability of Commonly Controlled Depository Institutions Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an FDIC-insured depository institution can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to any commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default. “Default” is defined generally as the appointment of a conservator or receiver, and “in danger of default” is defined generally as the existence of certain conditions indicating that a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. The FDIC’s claim for damage is superior to claims of stockholders of the insured depository institution but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors, other general and senior creditors, and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the institution. Community Reinvestment Act The CRA requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their respective jurisdictions, the Federal Reserve or the FDIC will evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the needs of its local community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open an office or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on the bank. Additionally, we must publicly disclose the terms of various CRA-related agreements. Interest Rate Limitations Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. 15 Federal Laws Applicable to Consumer Credit and Deposit Transactions The bank’s loan and deposit operations are subject to a number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations, including, among others: (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) the Truth-In-Lending Act, as implemented by Regulation Z issued by the CFPB, governing, among other things, the disclosure of credit terms to consumers; the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, as implemented by Regulation X issued by the CFPB, prescribing, among other things, requirements in connection with residential mortgage loan applications, settlements, and servicing; the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, as implemented by Regulation C issued by the CFPB, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves; the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, as implemented by Regulation B issued by the CFPB, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age, or certain other prohibited factors in all aspects of credit transactions, imposing certain requirements regarding credit applications, and prescribing certain disclosure obligations; the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as implemented in part by Regulation V issued by the CFPB, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies by imposing, among other things, requirements for financial institutions to develop policies and procedures to identify potential identity theft, requirements for entities that furnish information to consumer reporting agencies (which would include the bank) to implement procedures and policies regarding the accuracy and integrity of the furnished information and respond to disputes from consumers regarding credit reporting issues, requirements for mortgage lenders to disclose credit scores to consumers, and limitations on the ability of a business that receives consumer information from an affiliate to use that information for marketing purposes; the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, as implemented in part by Regulation F issued by the CFPB, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by debt collectors; the Servicemembers’ Civil Relief Act, governing the repayment terms of, and property rights underlying, secured obligations of persons in military service; the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, as implemented by Regulation E issued by the CFPB, governing automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and the Truth in Savings Act, as implemented by Regulation DD issued by the CFPB, governing, among other things, the disclosure of deposit terms to consumers Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations. Capital Adequacy General Information. The federal banking regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. In this regard, we and the bank are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve (in our case) and the FDIC and the Alabama Banking Department (in the case of the bank). Such standards are based on the December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards, known as Basel III, of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The implementation of Basel III for United States institutions began on January 1, 2015. Prior to that date, the risk-based capital rules applicable to us and the bank were based on the 1988 Capital Accord, known as Basel I, of the Basel Committee 16 Current capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance-sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance-sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet items. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank or bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, and certain other restrictions on its business. Significant additional restrictions can be imposed on FDIC- insured depository institutions that fail to meet applicable capital requirements. United States Implementation of Basel III. In July 2013, the federal banking agencies published final rules (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) to implement, in part, the Basel III framework issued by the Basel Committee and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules apply to banking organizations, including us and the bank. Among other things, the Basel III Capital Rules: (i) emphasize common equity tier 1 capital, or “CET1,” which is predominately made up of retained earnings and common stock instruments; (ii) specify that an institution’s tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and additional financial instruments satisfying specified requirements that permit inclusion in tier 1 capital; (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions or adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions or adjustments from capital as compared to the previous regulations. The Basel III Capital Rules also provide a permanent exemption from a proposed phase out of existing trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock from regulatory capital for banking organizations with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009. The Basel III Capital Rules provide for the following minimum capital to risk-weighted assets ratios: (cid:404) 4.5% based upon CET1; (cid:404) 6.0% based upon tier 1 capital; and (cid:404) 8.0% based upon total regulatory capital. A minimum leverage ratio (tier 1 capital as a percentage of total assets) of 4.0% is also required under the Basel III Capital Rules. The Basel III Capital Rules additionally require institutions to retain a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above these required minimum capital ratio levels. The capital conservation buffer, which must consist of CET1, is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking organizations that fail to maintain the minimum 2.5% capital conservation buffer could face restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective as applied to us and the bank on January 1, 2015, with a phase in period that generally extended from January 1, 2015 through January 1, 2019. We and the bank are currently in compliance with Basel III Capital Rules. The Basel Committee, the U.S. federal banking regulators, and other interested parties may propose changes to the Basel III Capital Rules from time to time based on a number of factors, including prevailing economic conditions and policy initiatives. For example, in September 2017 the U.S. federal banking regulators proposed revisions to the Basel III Capital Rules to simplify the capital treatment of certain types of assets, including certain types of mortgage servicing rights, tax deferred assets, and commercial real estate loans. If adopted, those revisions could provide regulatory relief to all but the largest and most internationally active U.S. banks and bank holding companies. Similarly, in December 2017, the Basel Committee published revisions to its regulatory framework in an effort to strengthen credibility in the calculation of risk-weighted assets and otherwise improve existing capital rules in certain respects. At this time, it is unknown whether proposals and revisions such as these will become final rules binding upon U.S. bank holding companies and banks, and it is unclear how they may affect us and the bank. We will continue to monitor these and similar proposals and revisions for adoption and implementation. In December 2017, the Basel Committee published revisions to its regulatory framework that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms. Among other things, these revisions are meant to strengthen credibility in the calculation of risk-weighted assets by enhancing the robustness and risk sensitivity of the standardized approaches for credit risk and operational risk and to add new capital requirements for certain “unconditional cancellable commitments,” such as credit card lines. These revisions will be generally effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. Operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor only apply to advanced approaches institutions under current U.S. capital rules. 17 Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 established a system of “prompt corrective action” to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, which was modified by the Basel III Capital Rules, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) into which all institutions are placed. The federal banking agencies have also specified by regulation the relevant capital thresholds for each of those categories. At December 31, 2019, the bank was well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, the bank had to maintain minimum total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based, CET1 risk-based, and tier 1 leverage ratios of 10%, 8%, 6.5% and 5%, respectively. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. A bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to various limitations. The controlling holding company’s obligation to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of (i) 5% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized and (ii) the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution also is generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval. The regulations also establish procedures for downgrading an institution to a lower capital category based on supervisory factors other than capital. Liquidity Financial institutions are subject to significant regulatory scrutiny regarding their liquidity positions. This scrutiny has increased during recent years, as the economic downturn that began in the late 2000’s negatively affected the liquidity of many financial institutions. Various bank regulatory publications, including FDIC Financial Institution Letter FIL-13-2010 (Funding and Liquidity Risk Management) and FDIC Financial Institution Letter FIL-84-2008 (Liquidity Risk Management), address the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of funding and liquidity risk by financial institutions. Basel III also addresses liquidity management by proposing two new liquidity metrics for financial institutions. The first metric is the “Liquidity Coverage Ratio”, and it aims to require a financial institution to maintain sufficient high quality liquid resources to survive an acute stress scenario that lasts for one month. The second metric is the “Net Stable Funding Ratio,” and its objective is to require a financial institution to maintain a minimum amount of stable sources relative to the liquidity profiles of the institution’s assets, as well as the potential for contingent liquidity needs arising from off-balance sheet commitments, over a one-year horizon. In the Basel III Capital Rules, the federal banking regulators did not address either the Liquidity Coverage Ratio or the Net Stable Funding Ratio. However, in September 2014, the federal banking agencies adopted final rules implementing a Liquidity Coverage Ratio requirement in the United States for larger banking organizations. In May 2016, the federal banking agencies issued proposed rules implementing a Net Stable Funding Ratio requirement, also for larger U.S. banking organizations, which proposed rule was still pending final approval as of fall 2018. Neither we nor the bank is subject to either set of rules. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio and the Net Stable Funding Ratio continue to be monitored for implementation, and we cannot yet provide concrete estimates as to how those requirements, or any other regulatory positions regarding liquidity and funding, might affect us or our bank. However, increased liquidity requirements generally would be expected to cause the bank to invest its assets more conservatively—and therefore at lower yields—than it otherwise might invest. Such lower- yield investments likely would reduce the bank’s revenue stream, and in turn its earnings potential. Payment of Dividends We are a legal entity separate and distinct from the bank. Our principal source of cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to our stockholders, is dividends the bank pays to us as the bank’s sole shareholder. Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to the bank’s payment of dividends to us as well as to our payment of dividends to our stockholders. The requirement that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks also results in the position of the Federal Reserve that a bank holding company should not maintain a level of cash dividends to its stockholders that places undue pressure on the capital of its bank subsidiaries or that can be funded only through additional borrowings or 18 other arrangements that may undermine the bank holding company’s ability to serve as such a source of strength. Our ability to pay dividends is also subject to the provisions of Delaware corporate law. The Alabama Banking Department also regulates the bank’s dividend payments. Under Alabama law, a state-chartered bank may not pay a dividend in excess of 90% of its net earnings until the bank’s surplus is equal to at least 20% of its capital (our bank’s surplus currently exceeds 20% of its capital). Moreover, our bank is also required by Alabama law to obtain the prior approval of the Superintendent of Banks (“Superintendent”) for its payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by the bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of (i) the bank’s net earnings (as defined by statute) for that year, plus (ii) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. Based on this, our bank would be limited to paying $339.0 million in dividends as of December 31, 2019, subject to maintaining certain required capital levels. In addition, no dividends, withdrawals or transfers may be made from the bank’s surplus without the prior written approval of the Superintendent. The bank’s payment of dividends may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, a depository institution may not pay any dividends if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. If, in the opinion of the federal banking regulators, the bank were engaged in or about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, the federal banking regulators could require, after notice and a hearing, that the bank stop or refrain from engaging in the questioned practice. Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders We are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, which places limits on the amount of: a bank’s loans or extensions of credit to affiliates; a bank’s investment in affiliates; assets a bank may purchase from affiliates, except for real and personal property exempted by the Federal Reserve; loans or extensions of credit made by a bank to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates; a bank’s guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate; a bank’s transactions with an affiliate involving the borrowing or lending of securities to the extent they create credit exposure to the affiliate; and a bank’s derivative transactions with an affiliate to the extent they create credit exposure to the affiliate. The total amount of the above transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of a bank’s capital and surplus. In addition to the limitation on the amount of these transactions, certain of these transactions must also meet specified collateral requirements. The bank must also comply with other provisions designed to avoid the taking of low-quality assets. We are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in these transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. The bank is also subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and their related interests. These extensions of credit (i) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties and (ii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions. Alabama state banking laws also have similar provisions. Lending Limits Under Alabama law, the amount of loans which may be made by a bank in the aggregate to one person is limited. Alabama law provides that unsecured loans by a bank to one person may not exceed an amount equal to 10% of the capital and unimpaired surplus of the bank or 20% in the case of secured loans. For purposes of calculating these limits, loans to various business interests of the borrower, including companies in which a substantial portion of the stock is owned or partnerships in which a person is a partner, must be aggregated with those made to the borrower individually. Loans secured by certain readily marketable collateral are exempt from these limitations, as are loans secured by deposits and certain government securities. 19 Commercial Real Estate Concentration Limits In December 2006, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies issued guidance entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” to address increased concentrations in commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. The guidance describes the criteria the agencies will use as indicators to identify institutions potentially exposed to CRE concentration risk. An institution that has (i) experienced rapid growth in CRE lending, (ii) notable exposure to a specific type of CRE, (iii) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land representing 100% or more of the institution’s capital, or (iv) total CRE loans representing 300% or more of the institution’s capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution’s CRE portfolio has increased by 50% or more in the prior 36 months, may be identified for further supervisory analysis of the level and nature of its CRE concentration risk. In December 2015, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies issued guidance titled “Statement on Prudent Risk Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending” to remind financial institutions of existing guidance on prudent risk management practices for CRE lending activity, including the 2006 guidance described above. In the 2015 guidance, the agencies noted their belief that financial institutions had eased CRE underwriting standards in recent years. The 2015 guidance went on to identify actions that financial institutions should take to protect themselves from CRE-related credit losses during difficult economic cycles. The 2015 guidance also indicated that the agencies would pay special attention in the future to potential risks associated with CRE lending. Privacy and Data Security Under federal law as implemented by Regulation P, financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting the non-public personal information of their consumer customers. Consumer customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing non-public personal information with nonaffiliated third parties except under certain circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer or when the financial institution is jointly offering a product or service with a nonaffiliated financial institution. Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing to consumers. The federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management standards among financial institutions. In addition, financial institutions are subject to various state privacy laws that may, among other things, impose data security requirements on all customer information, whether consumer or commercial customer information, and impose data breach notification obligations. The state data breach notification requirements generally apply based on the residence of the consumer and not on the bank’s presence in the state, location of the collateral property, or other variables. Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Legislation Our bank is subject to federal laws that are designed to counter money laundering and terrorist financing, and transactions with persons, companies, or foreign governments sanctioned by the United States. These include the USA Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act, and the requirements of the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). These statutes and related rules and regulations impose requirements and limitations on specified financial transactions and account or other relationships, including obligations of a depository institution to verify customer identity, conduct customer due diligence, report on suspicious activity file reports of transactions in currency, and conduct enhanced due diligence on certain accounts. They also prohibit us from engaging in transactions with certain designated restricted countries and persons. We are required by our regulators to maintain policies and procedures to comply with the foregoing restrictions. Failure to comply with these statutes, rules and regulations, or failure to maintain an adequate compliance program, could lead to monetary penalties and reputational damage to our bank. Our banking regulators evaluate the effectiveness of our policies and procedures when determining whether to approve certain proposed banking activities. We believe the policies and procedures implemented by our Board are sufficient to be compliant with these laws. Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies Our bank’s earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve affect the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its control over the issuance of United States government securities, 20 its regulation of the discount rate applicable to member banks and its influence over reserve requirements to which member banks are subject. We cannot predict, and have no control over, the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents a comprehensive revision of laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations and corporate reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act is applicable to all companies with equity securities registered, or that file reports, under the Exchange Act. In particular, the act established (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise and responsibilities; (ii) responsibilities regarding financial statements for the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the reporting company and new requirements for them to certify the accuracy of periodic reports; (iii) standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (iv) disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and its directors and executive officers; and (v) civil and criminal penalties for violations of the federal securities laws. The legislation also established a new accounting oversight board to enforce auditing standards and restrict the scope of services that accounting firms may provide to their public company audit clients. Overdraft Fees Regulation E imposes restrictions on banks’ abilities to charge overdraft fees. The rule prohibits financial institutions from charging fees for paying overdrafts on ATM and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Interchange Fees The Dodd-Frank Act, through a provision known as the Durbin Amendment, required the Federal Reserve to establish standards for interchange fees that are “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of processing a debit card transaction and imposes other requirements on card networks. In June 2011, the Federal Reserve implemented a rule, which includes a cap of 21 cents plus .05% of the transaction on the interchange fee for debit card issuers with $10 billion or more in assets. Institutions like the bank with less than $10 billion in assets are exempt. However, while the bank is under the $10 billion level that caps income per transaction, the bank has been affected by federal regulations that prohibit network exclusivity arrangements and routing restrictions. Essentially, issuers and networks must allow transaction processing through a minimum of two unaffiliated networks. Our compensation practices are subject to guidance provided by federal banking regulators designed to ensure that incentive compensation arrangements at banking organizations take into account risk and are consistent with safe and sound practices. During May 2016, several financial regulators jointly issued a proposed rule designed to prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that could encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation or that could lead to a material financial loss. The proposed rule would require incentive-based compensation arrangements to adhere to three basic principles; (1) a balance between risk and reward, (2) effective risk management and controls, and (3) effective governance. It also would require appropriate board of directors (or committee) oversight and recordkeeping and disclosures to the appropriate agency. The proposed rule uses a tiered approach that applies its provisions to covered financial institutions according to the size of the institution. The Volcker Rule In December 2013, five U.S. financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, adopted a final rule implementing the so-called “Volcker Rule.” The Volcker Rule was created by Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and prohibits “banking entities” from engaging in “proprietary trading” and making investments and conducting certain other activities with “private equity funds and hedge funds.” Although the final rule provides some tiering of compliance and reporting obligations based on size, the fundamental prohibitions of the Volcker Rule apply to banking entities of any size, including us and the bank. Banking entities that do not engage in any of the activities covered by the Volcker Rule (other than with respect to certain U.S. government, agency, and/or municipal obligations) are not required to adopt any formal compliance program specific to the Volcker Rule. We have concluded that we do not engage in the activities covered by the Volcker Rule and that the Volcker Rule does not impact our operations. 21 The Dodd-Frank Act The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law in July 2010 and has significantly changed the bank regulatory environment and the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act required various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies were given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations. Although many of the final rules and regulations called for by the Dodd-Frank Act have been adopted, the implementation of some of those rules and regulations is in its early stages, and rulemaking has not yet become final for certain Dodd-Frank Act provisions. As a result, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many years. In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) was signed into law. In many instances the EGRRCPA increased the Dodd-Frank mandated asset thresholds, to which enhanced supervision and prudential standards are applied. Previously, bank holding companies with assets of $10 billion or more were subject to stress testing. The asset threshold has been increased to $250 billion. A number of the effects of the Dodd-Frank Act are described or otherwise accounted for in various parts of this Supervision and Regulation section. The following items provide a brief description of certain other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that may be relevant to us and the bank. (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB and gave it broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB now has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Institutions with less than $10 billion in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer laws by their primary bank regulator. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed new requirements regarding the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans. The law created a variety of new consumer protections, including limitations on the manner by which loan originators may be compensated and an obligation on the part of lenders to verify a borrower’s “ability to repay” a residential mortgage loan. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation rules that have affected most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act (i) requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and golden parachute payments; (ii) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (iii) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers; (iv) authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials; and (v) directs the federal banking regulators to issue rules prohibiting incentive compensation that encourages inappropriate risks. Although insured depository institutions have long been subject to the FDIC’s resolution process, the Dodd- Frank Act creates a new mechanism for the FDIC to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain “covered financial companies,” including bank holding companies and systemically significant non-bank financial companies. Upon certain findings being made, the FDIC may be appointed receiver for a covered financial company, and would conduct an orderly liquidation of the entity. The FDIC liquidation process is modeled on the existing Federal Deposit Insurance Act bank resolution process, and generally gives the FDIC more discretion than in the traditional bankruptcy context. As noted above, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act is ongoing, and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are still subject to rulemaking. As a result, it is difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the bank and us. However, compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations has resulted in, and is expected to continue to result in, additional operating and compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to regulations issued by the Alabama Banking Department and federal banking regulators, we are subject to regulations issued by other state and federal agencies with respect to certain financial products and services we offer and our operations generally. These include, for example, the SEC, various taxing authorities, and various state insurance regulators. 22 Other Legislation and Regulatory Action relating to Financial Institutions Government efforts made over the last decade to strengthen the United States financial system, including the Dodd-Frank Act and its related rules and regulations, subject us and the bank to a number of new regulatory compliance obligations, many of which may impose additional fees, costs, requirements, and restrictions. These fees, costs, requirements, and restrictions, as well as any others that may be imposed in the future, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. New proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently introduced in the United States Congress, in the state legislatures and before the various bank regulatory agencies. The likelihood and timing of any such changes and the impact such changes might have on us and the bank, however, cannot be determined at this time. In this regard, bills are presently pending before Congress and certain state legislatures, and additional bills may be introduced in the future in Congress and state legislatures, to alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of financial institutions. We cannot predict whether or in what form any of these proposals will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute. Available Information Our corporate website is www.servisfirstbank.com. We have direct links on this website to our Code of Ethics and the charters for our Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance and Nominations Committees by clicking on the “Investor Relations” tab. We also have direct links to our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including, but not limited to, our annual reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and any amendments to these filings, which are available free of charge through our corporate website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Executive Officers of the Registrant A brief description of the background of each of our named executive officers is set forth below. Thomas A. Broughton, III (64) – Mr. Broughton has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director since 2007 and as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Bank since its inception in May 2005. Mr. Broughton was appointed Chairman of the Board effective January 1, 2019, following the retirement of our former Chairman. Mr. Broughton has spent the entirety of his banking career in the Birmingham area. In 1985, Mr. Broughton was named President of the de novo First Commercial Bank. When First Commercial Bank was acquired by Synovus Financial Corp. in 1992, Mr. Broughton continued as President and was named Chief Executive Officer of First Commercial Bank. In 1998, he became Regional Chief Executive Officer of Synovus Financial Corp., responsible for the Alabama and Florida markets. In 2001, Mr. Broughton’s Synovus region shifted, and he became Regional Chief Executive Officer for the markets of Alabama, Tennessee and parts of Georgia. He continued his work in this position until his retirement from Synovus in August 2004. Mr. Broughton’s experience in banking has afforded him opportunities to work in many areas of banking and has given him exposure to all bank functions. Mr. Broughton served on the Board of Directors of Cavalier Homes, Inc. from 1986 until 2009, when the company was sold to a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway. Clarence C. Pouncey, III (63) – Mr. Pouncey has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since 2007 and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank since November 2006. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Pouncey was employed by SouthTrust Bank (subsequently, Wachovia Bank and now Wells Fargo Bank) at its corporate headquarters in Birmingham, in various capacities from 1978 to 2006, most recently as the Senior Vice President and Regional Manager of Real Estate Financial Services. During his employment with SouthTrust, Mr. Pouncey oversaw various operational and production functions in its nine-state footprint of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia, and while employed by Wachovia, Mr. Pouncey oversaw various operational and production functions in Alabama, Arizona, Tennessee and Texas. William M. Foshee (65) – Mr. Foshee has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary since 2007 and as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Bank since 2005. Mr. Foshee served as the Chief Financial Officer of Heritage Financial Holding Corporation, a publicly traded bank holding company headquartered in Decatur, Alabama, from 2002 until it was acquired in 2005. Mr. Foshee is a Certified Public Accountant. 23 Rodney E. Rushing (62) – Mr. Rushing has served as the Executive Vice President and Executive for Correspondent Banking for us and the bank since 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rushing was employed at BBVA Compass from 1982 to 2011, most recently serving as Executive Vice President of Correspondent Banking. At the time of his departure in March 2011, the correspondent banking division of BBVA Compass provided correspondent banking services to over 600 financial institutions. Henry Abbott (39) – Mr. Abbott has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for us and the bank since April 2018. From 2013 to 2018, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for our Correspondent Banking Division. Prior to joining us, Mr. Abbott was employed at BB&T from 2004 to 2013 in various senior lending and credit administration roles. A brief description of the background of each of our regional chief executive officers is set forth below. J. Harold Clemmer (51) – Mr. Clemmer has served as Executive Vice President and Atlanta President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since March, 2018. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Clemmer held several leadership positions with Fifth Third Bank including Regional President of Tennessee and Regional President of Georgia. Mr. Clemmer has over 25 years of commercial banking experience. G. Carlton Barker (71) – Mr. Barker has served as Executive Vice President and Montgomery President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since February 1, 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Barker was employed by Regions Bank for 19 years in various capacities, most recently as the Regional President for the Southeast Alabama Region. Mr. Barker serves on the Huntingdon College Board of Trustees. Gregory W. Bryant (56) – Mr. Bryant has served as Executive Vice President and Tampa Bay Area President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since January 2016. Previously, Mr. Bryant was the President and CEO of Bay Cities Bank in Tampa, Florida from 2000 until its sale to Centennial Bank in October 2015. While at Bay Cities, Mr. Bryant was a member of the bank’s loan committee, compensation committee, audit committee, and ALCO committee. Mr. Bryant also served as the President of Florida Business BancGroup, the parent company of Bay Cities Bank. From 2005 to 2015, Mr. Bryant served as a Director of the Independent Banker’s Bank (Lake Mary, FL), a correspondent bank serving over 100 banks in Florida and South Georgia. While at IBB, Mr. Bryant served on the loan and executive committees. Prior to Bay Cities Bank, Mr. Bryant worked in various management capacities with GE Capital and SouthTrust Bank. Mr. Bryant served as Chair of the Florida Banker’s Association in 2012, and is active in the CEO Council of Tampa Bay and the Greater Tampa Chamber of Commerce. Andrew N. Kattos (50) – Mr. Kattos has served as Executive Vice President and Huntsville President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since April 2006. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kattos was employed by First Commercial Bank for 14 years, most recently as an Executive Vice President and Senior Lender in the Commercial Lending Department. Mr. Kattos also serves on the Advisory Board for the Junior League as a Board Member and Finance Committee Member for the Huntsville Hospital Foundation, a member of the University of Alabama in Huntsville College of Business Executive Advisory Board, and a board member for the National Children’s Advocacy Center. William Bibb Lamar, Jr. (75) – Mr. Lamar has served as the Mobile Regional Chief Executive Officer of the bank since March 2013. Mr. Lamar is a seasoned Mobile banker with over 40 years of leadership responsibilities. Mr. Lamar graduated from the University of Mobile. Mr. Lamar began his banking career with Merchants National, now Regions Bank where he spent more than 20 years in various leadership roles. Most recently, Mr. Lamar was the CEO of BankTrust for over 20 years. Mr. Lamar has served on the State Banking Board for 16 years and was formerly President of the Alabama Bankers Association. Rex D. McKinney (57) – Mr. McKinney has served as Executive Vice President and Pensacola President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since January 2011. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. McKinney held several leadership positions, including the senior lender position, at First American Bank/Coastal Bank and Trust (owned by Synovus Financial Corporation) starting in 1997. Mr. McKinney is a Past Board Member of the Rotary Club of Pensacola. He is Past President of the Pensacola Sports Association, a Past President of the Irish Politicians Club, a Member of the Pensacola Sports Association Foundation, Vice President of the Pensacola Country Club Board of Directors and also a Board Member of the Florida Bankers Association. B. Harrison Morris, III (43) – Mr. Morris has served as Dothan Regional Chief Executive Officer since February 2015 when the outgoing CEO, Ronald DeVane, retired from the Company. Prior to his promotion, Mr. Morris served as Executive Vice President and Dothan President since June 2010, following his promotion from Senior Lending Officer of the Dothan Region. Mr. Morris joined the Company in September 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Morris held various positions 24 with Wachovia Bank and SouthTrust Bank since 1998. Mr. Morris is a trustee of the Wallace Community College Foundation Board, a member of the Dothan Area Chamber of Commerce Board, a member of the Wiregrass United Way Board and a member of the Wiregrass Chapter of the American Red Cross. Thomas G. Trouche (55) – Mr. Trouche has served as Executive Vice President and Charleston President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since December 2014. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Trouche served in various roles with First Citizens Bank for over 13 years, most recently as their Coastal Division Executive. Mr. Trouche currently serves on the Board of Directors for the American Red Cross, and previously served as Chairman of the Board for Mason Preparatory School in Charleston. Bradford A. Vieira (44) – Mr. Vieira has served as Executive Vice President and Nashville President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since June 2017 and as Senior Vice President and Nashville President since 2013 until his promotion to Nashville CEO. Mr. Vieira began his career in banking with SouthTrust Bank and held several positions in lending and credit. He also was with Fifth Third Bank as a commercial middle market sales manager. Mr. Vieira has been named Power Leader in Finance by the Nashville Business Journal. Under his leadership, ServisFirst Bank was also named a Best Place to work by the Nashville Business Journal for 2016 through 2018. Mr. Vieira was personally named a Nashville Business Journal “Power Leader” in conjunction with the Bank award during the same three years. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks or by other risks identified in this annual report, as well as by other risks we may not have anticipated or viewed as material. Such risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements presented elsewhere by management. The following list identifies and briefly summarizes certain risk factors. This list should not be viewed as complete or comprehensive, and the risks identified below are not the only risks facing our company. See also “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Risks Related To Our Business As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by weak economic conditions. Our businesses and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the U.S. economy weakens, our growth and profitability could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process and the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder U.S. economic growth. Weak economic conditions are characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. The current economic environment is characterized by rising interest rates, though rates currently remain relatively low, which may impact our ability to attract deposits and to generate attractive earnings through our investment portfolio. An increase in interest rates could increase competition for deposits, decrease customer demand for loans due to the higher cost of obtaining credit, result in an increased number of delinquent loans and defaults or reduce the value of securities held for investment. All of these factors can individually or in the aggregate be detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Our business also is significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We are dependent on the services of our management team and board of directors, and the unexpected loss of key officers or directors may adversely affect our business and operations. We are led by an experienced core management team with substantial experience in the markets that we serve, and our operating strategy focuses on providing products and services through long-term relationship managers. Accordingly, our success depends in large part on the performance of our key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business plan may be lengthy. If any of our or the bank’s executive officers, other key personnel, or directors leaves us or the bank, our operations may be adversely affected. In particular, we believe that our named executive officers and our regional chief executive officers are extremely 25 important to our success and the success of our bank. If any of them leaves for any reason, our results of operations could suffer in such markets. With the exception of the key officers in charge of our Atlanta, Huntsville and Montgomery banking offices, and our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we do not have employment agreements or non- competition agreements with any of our executive officers, including our named executive officers. In the absence of these types of agreements, our executive officers are free to resign their employment at any time and accept an offer of employment from another company, including a competitor. Additionally, our directors’ and advisory board members’ community involvement and diverse and extensive local business relationships are important to our success. Any material changes in the composition of our board of directors or the respective advisory boards of the bank could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may not be able to expand successfully into new markets. We have opened new offices and operations in five primary markets (Mobile, Alabama, Atlanta, Georgia, Nashville, Tennessee, Charleston, South Carolina and Tampa Bay, Florida) in the past five years. We may not be able to successfully manage this growth with sufficient human resources, training and operational, financial and technological resources. Any such failure could limit our ability to be successful in these new markets and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. A prolonged downturn in the real estate market, especially in our primary markets, could result in losses and adversely affect our profitability. As of December 31, 2019, 54.8% of our loan portfolio was composed of commercial and consumer real estate loans, of which 56.1% was owner-occupied commercial or 1-4 family mortgage loans. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value after the time the credit is initially extended. A decline in real estate values, either in the regions we serve or across the country as occurred in the U.S. recession from 2007 to 2009, could impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure, which would likely require us to increase our provision for loan losses. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, the amounts we receive upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover the outstanding principal and interest on the loan. If we are required to re-value the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values or to increase our allowance for loan losses, our profitability could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our largest loan relationships currently make up a significant percentage of our total loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, our 10 largest borrowing relationships totaled $405.8 million in commitments (including unfunded commitments), or approximately 6% of our total loan portfolio. The concentration risk associated with having a small number of relatively large loan relationships is that, if one or more of these relationships were to become delinquent or suffer default, we could be at risk of material losses. The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover losses associated with any of these relationships, and any loss or increase in the allowance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our decisions regarding credit risk could be inaccurate and our allowance for loan losses may be inadequate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Our earnings are affected by our ability to make loans, and thus we could sustain significant loan losses and consequently significant net losses if we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers resulting in loans to borrowers who fail to repay their loans in accordance with the loan terms, the value of the collateral securing the repayment of their loans, or we fail to detect or respond to a deterioration in our loan quality in a timely manner. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we consider adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on our assessment of the information available. In determining the size of our allowance for loan losses, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio based on historical loss experience, volume and types of loans, trends in classification, volume and trends in delinquencies and non-accruals, national and local economic conditions and other pertinent information. We target small and medium-sized businesses as loan customers. Because of their size, these borrowers may be less able to withstand competitive or economic pressures than larger borrowers in periods of economic weakness. Also, as we expand into new markets, our determination of the size of the allowance could be understated due to our lack of familiarity with market-specific factors. We believe our allowance for loan losses is adequate. Our allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2019 was $76.6 million, or 1.05% of total gross loans. If our assumptions are inaccurate, we may incur loan losses in excess of our current allowance for loan losses and be required to make material additions to our allowance for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect 26 on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. However, even if our assumptions are accurate, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and could require us to materially increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs based on judgments different than those of our management. Any material increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, the adoption of ASU 2016-13, as amended, on January 1, 2020 will impact our methodology for estimating the allowance for loan losses. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data elsewhere in this report. The internal controls that we have implemented in order to mitigate risks inherent to the business of banking might fail or be circumvented, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls and procedures that are designed to manage the various risks in our business, including credit risk, operational risk, and interest rate risk. No system of controls, however well- designed and operated, can provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the system will be met. If there were a failure of such a system, or if a system were circumvented, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our corporate structure provides for decision-making authority by our regional chief executive officers and banking teams. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be negatively affected if our employees do not follow our internal policies or are negligent in their decision-making. We attract and retain our management talent by empowering them to make certain business decisions on a local level. Lending authorities are assigned to regional chief executive officers and their banking teams based on their experience. Additionally, all loan relationships in excess of $5.0 million and every loan internally risk-grade as special mention or below are reviewed by our centralized credit administration department in Birmingham, Alabama. Moreover, for decisions that fall outside of the assigned authorities, our regional chief executive officers are required to obtain approval from our senior management team. Our local bankers may not follow our internal procedures or otherwise act in our best interests with respect to their decision-making. A failure of our employees to follow our internal policies, or actions taken by our employees that are negligent could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our business strategy includes the continuation of our growth plans, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. Our current strategy is to grow organically and, if appropriate, supplement that growth with select acquisitions. Our ability to grow organically depends primarily on generating loans and deposits of acceptable risk and expense, and we may not be successful in continuing this organic growth. Our ability to identify appropriate markets for expansion, recruit and retain qualified personnel, and fund growth at a reasonable cost depends upon prevailing economic conditions, maintenance of sufficient capital, competitive factors, and changes in banking laws, among other factors. Failure to manage our growth effectively could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our continued pace of growth may require us to raise additional capital in the future to fund such growth, and the unavailability of additional capital on terms acceptable to us could adversely affect our growth and/or our financial condition and results of operations. We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. To support our recent and ongoing growth, we have completed a series of capital transactions during the past five years, including: (cid:404) (cid:404) the sale of $34,750,000 in 5% subordinated notes due July 15, 2025 to accredited investor purchasers in July 2015; and the sale of $30,000,000 in 4.5% subordinated notes due November 8, 2027 to accredited investor purchasers in November 2017 and concurrent redemption of $20,000,000 in 5.5% subordinated notes due November 9, 2022. 27 After giving effect to these transactions, we believe that we will have sufficient capital to meet our capital needs for our immediate growth plans. However, we will continue to need capital to support our longer-term growth plans. Our ability to access the capital markets, if needed, on a timely basis or at all will depend on a number of factors, such as the state of the financial markets, including prevailing interest rates, a loss of confidence in financial institutions generally, negative perceptions of our business or our financial strength, or other factors that would increase our cost of borrowing. If capital is not available on favorable terms when we need it, we will either have to issue common stock or other securities on less than desirable terms or reduce our rate of growth until market conditions become more favorable. Either of such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Competition from financial institutions and other financial service providers may adversely affect our profitability. The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our markets from many other financial institutions. We compete with these other financial institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans. In addition, we must attract our customer base from other existing financial institutions and from new residents. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial resources, larger lending limits, larger branch networks and less regulatory oversight than we do, and are able to offer a broader range of products and services than we can. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete with an array of financial institutions in our service areas. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, including, among other things: (cid:404) our ability to build and maintain long-term customer relationships while ensuring high ethical standards and safe and sound banking practices; the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services that we offer; customer satisfaction with our products and services; industry and general economic trends; and (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) (cid:404) our ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology. Increased competition could require us to increase the rates that we pay on deposits or lower the rates that we offer on loans, which could reduce our profitability. Our failure to compete effectively in our markets could restrain our growth or cause us to lose market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Unpredictable economic conditions or a natural disaster in any of our market areas may have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. Substantially all of our borrowers and depositors are individuals and businesses located and doing business in our markets. Therefore, our success will depend on the general economic conditions in these areas, which we cannot predict with certainty. Unlike with many of our larger competitors, the majority of our borrowers are commercial firms, professionals and affluent consumers located and doing business in such local markets. As a result, our operations and profitability may be more adversely affected by a local economic downturn or natural disaster in such markets than those of larger, more geographically diverse competitors. Our entry into Pensacola and Tampa Bay, Florida, Mobile, Alabama and Charleston, South Carolina increased our exposure to potential losses associated with hurricanes and similar natural disasters that are more common in coastal areas than in our other markets. Accordingly, any regional or local economic downturn, or natural or man-made disaster, that affects any of the markets in which we operate, including existing or prospective property or borrowers in such markets may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our more geographically diversified competitors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We encounter technological change continually and have fewer resources than many of our competitors to invest in technological improvements. The banking and financial services industries are undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to serving customers better, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our success will depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technological improvements, and we may not be able to implement new technology-driven products and services, which could reduce our ability to effectively compete or increase our overall expenses and have a material adverse effect on our net income. 28 Our information systems may experience a failure or interruption. We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure or interruption in the operation of these systems could impair or prevent the effective operation of our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, lending, or other functions. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure or interruption in the operation of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions impacting our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny, civil litigation, and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We use information technology in our operations and offer online banking services to our customers. Unauthorized access to our or our customers’ confidential or proprietary information could expose us to reputational harm and litigation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers. Information security risks for financial institutions have increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. We are under continuous threat of loss due to hacking and cyber-attacks. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature and complexity, and the increasing frequency, of these threats from cybercriminals and hackers, our plans to continue to provide internet banking and mobile banking channels, and our plans to continue to develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve our customers. Therefore, the secure processing, transmission, and storage of information in connection with our online banking services are critical elements of our operations. However, our network is vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other malware, phishing schemes, human error or other security failures. In addition, our customers may use personal smartphones, tablet PCs, or other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems in order to access our products and services. Our technologies, systems and networks, and our customers’ devices, have been and will continue to be the target of cyber-attacks, electronic fraud, or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss, or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary, and other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we continue to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against these threats or to alleviate or investigate problems caused by such threats. To the extent that our activities or the activities of our customers involve the processing, storage, or transmission of confidential customer information, any breaches or unauthorized access to such information would present significant regulatory costs and expose us to litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent these types of security threats could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation and ability to generate deposits. While we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches to date, we may suffer such losses in the future. The occurrence of any cyber-attack or information security breach could result in potential liability to clients, reputational damage, damage to our competitive position, and the disruption of our operations, all of which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. We are dependent upon outside third parties for the processing and handling of our records and data. We rely on software developed by third-party vendors to process various transactions. In some cases, we have contracted with third parties to run their proprietary software on our behalf. These systems include, but are not limited to, general ledger, payroll, employee benefits, loan and deposit processing, and securities portfolio accounting. While we perform a review of controls instituted by the applicable vendors over these programs in accordance with industry standards and perform our own testing of user controls, we must rely on the continued maintenance of controls by these third-party vendors, including safeguards over the security of customer data. In addition, we maintain, or contract with third parties to maintain, daily backups of key processing outputs in the event of a failure on the part of any of these systems. Nonetheless, we may incur a temporary disruption in our ability to conduct business or process transactions, or incur damage to our reputation, if the third- party vendor fails to adequately maintain internal controls or institute necessary changes to systems. Such a disruption or breach of security may have a material adverse effect on our business. Our recent results may not be indicative of our future results and may not provide guidance to assess the risk of an investment in our common stock. We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth and may not be able to further expand our business. In addition, our recent growth may distort some of our historical financial ratios and statistics. Various factors, such as economic conditions, regulatory and legislative considerations and competition, may impede or prohibit our ability to expand our market presence. We have different lending risks than larger banks. We provide services to our local communities; thus, our 29 ability to diversify our economic risks is limited by our own local markets and economies. We lend to primarily small to medium-sized businesses, which may expose us to greater lending risks than those faced by other banks that lend to larger, better-capitalized businesses with longer operating histories. We manage our credit exposure through careful monitoring of loan applicants and loan concentrations in particular industries, and through our loan approval and review procedures. Our use of historical and objective information in determining and managing credit exposure may not be accurate in assessing our risk. Our failure to sustain our historical rate of growth or adequately manage the factors that have contributed to our growth could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral and own the underlying real estate, subjecting us to the costs associated with the ownership of the real property. Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we are exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. As of December 31, 2019, we held $8.2 million in other real estate owned. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to: general or local economic conditions; environmental cleanup liability; neighborhood assessments; interest rates; real estate tax rates; operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; supply of, and demand for, rental units or properties; ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; zoning laws; governmental and regulatory rules; fiscal policies; and natural disasters. Our inability to manage the amount of costs or size of the risks associated with the ownership of real estate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Regulatory requirements affecting our loans secured by commercial real estate could limit our ability to leverage our capital and adversely affect our growth and profitability. The federal bank regulatory agencies have indicated their view that banks with high concentrations of loans secured by commercial real estate are subject to increased risk and should hold higher capital than regulatory minimums to maintain an appropriate cushion against loss that is commensurate with the perceived risk. Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is dependent on commercial real estate, a change in the regulatory capital requirements applicable to us as a result of these policies could limit our ability to leverage our capital, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We are subject to interest rate risk, which could adversely affect our profitability. Our profitability, like that of most financial institutions, depends to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We have positioned our asset portfolio to benefit in a higher or lower interest rate environment, but this may not remain true in the future. Our interest sensitivity profile was somewhat liability sensitive as of December 31, 2019, generally meaning that our net interest income would decrease more from rising interest rates than from falling interest rates. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or, the “Federal Reserve”). Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain or retain deposits, customer demand for loans, the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and the average duration of our assets. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, an increase in interest rates could also have a negative impact on our results of operations by reducing the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations. These circumstances could not only result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures and charge-offs, but also necessitate further increases to the allowance for loan losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due. Liquidity is essential to our business. Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. In particular, 30 approximately 84% of the bank’s liabilities as of December 31, 2019 were checking accounts and other liquid deposits, which are payable on demand or upon several days’ notice, while by comparison, 81% of the assets of the bank were loans, which cannot be called or sold in the same time frame. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Market conditions or other events could also negatively affect the level or cost of funding, affecting our ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, satisfy regulatory capital requirements, and fund asset growth and new business transactions at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner and without adverse consequences. Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet deposit withdrawals and other customer needs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control. As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of our investment securities portfolio was approximately $759.6 million. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, and changes in market interest rates or instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The process for determining whether impairment of a security is other-than-temporary usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Our failure to assess any currency impairments or losses with respect to our securities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Deterioration in the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government and downgrades in Treasury and federal agency securities could adversely affect us and our banking operations. The long-term outlook for the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government is uncertain, as illustrated by the 2011 downgrade by certain rating agencies of the credit rating of the U.S. government and federal agencies and questions concerning the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on the long-term fiscal position of the U.S. federal government. However, in addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, any future downgrade, failure to continue to raise the U.S. statutory debt limit as needed, or deterioration in the fiscal outlook of the U.S. federal government, could, among other things, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. and other government and governmental agency securities that we hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. In particular, it could increase interest rates and disrupt payment systems, money markets, and long-term or short- term fixed income markets, adversely affecting the cost and availability of funding, which could negatively affect our profitability. Also, the adverse consequences of any downgrade could extend to those to whom we extend credit and could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions. Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, and other relationships. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties, and through transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. These losses or defaults could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with our lending activities. In the course of our business, we may purchase real estate, or we may foreclose on and take title to real estate. As a result, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In 31 addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. Any significant environmental liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Risks Related to Our Industry We are subject to extensive regulation in the conduct of our business, which imposes additional costs on us and adversely affects our profitability. As a bank holding company, we are subject to federal regulation under the BHC Act, as amended, and the examination and reporting requirements of various federal and state agencies, including the FDIC and the Alabama Banking Department. Federal regulation of the banking industry, along with tax and accounting laws, regulations, rules, and standards, may limit our operations significantly and control the methods by which we conduct business, as they limit those of other banking organizations. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, deposit insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, and not stockholders or other creditors. These regulations affect lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and overall growth, among other things. For example, federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations limit the manner in which we may offer and extend credit. In addition, the laws governing bankruptcy generally favor debtors, making it more expensive and more difficult to collect from customers who become subject to bankruptcy proceedings. We also may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations, particularly as a result of regulations adopted under the Dodd- Frank Act. This allocation of resources, as well as any failure to comply with applicable requirements, may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in laws, government regulation, monetary policy or accounting standards may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Financial institutions have been the subject of significant legislative and regulatory changes and may be the subject of further significant legislation or regulation in the future, none of which is within our control. New proposals for legislation could be introduced in the United States Congress that could substantially increase regulation of the bank and non-bank financial services industries and impose restrictions on the operations and general ability of firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. Changes to statutes, regulations, accounting standards or regulatory policies, including changes in their interpretation or implementation by regulators, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could, among other things, subject us to additional costs and lower revenues, limit the types of financial services and products that we may offer, ease restrictions on non-banks and thereby enhance their ability to offer competing financial services and products, increase compliance costs, and require a significant amount of management’s time and attention. Changes in accounting standards could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of our operations. Failure to comply with statutes, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil monetary penalties, or reputational damage, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, like all regulated financial institutions, we are affected by monetary policies implemented by the Federal Reserve and other federal instrumentalities. A primary instrument of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve is the restriction or expansion of the money supply through open market operations. This instrument of monetary policy frequently causes volatile fluctuations in interest rates, and it can have a direct, material adverse effect on the operating results of financial institutions including our business. Borrowings by the United States government to finance government debt may also cause fluctuations in interest rates and have similar effects on the operating results of such institutions. We do not have any control over monetary policies implemented by the Federal Reserve or otherwise and any changes in these policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Alabama Banking Department periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal or state banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, compliance with various regulations or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any 32 law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship. Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. FDIC deposit insurance assessments may materially increase in the future, which would have an adverse effect on earnings. As an FDIC-insured institution, the bank is assessed a quarterly deposit insurance premium. The amount of the premium is affected by a number of factors, including the risk the bank poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund and the adequacy of the fund to cover the risk posed by all insured institutions. If either the bank or insured institutions as a whole present a greater risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund in the future than they do today, if the Deposit Insurance Fund becomes depleted in any material respect, or if other circumstances arise that lead the FDIC to determine that the Deposit Insurance Fund should be strengthened, the bank could be required to pay significantly higher deposit insurance premiums and/or additional special assessments to the FDIC. Those premiums and/or assessments could have a material adverse effect on the bank’s earnings, thereby reducing the availability of funds to pay dividends to us. We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The CFPB, the U.S. Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters with respect to the financial services industry, including those directly involving the Company or the Bank, could adversely affect us or the financial services industry in general. We have been, and may in the future be, subject to various legal and regulatory proceedings. It is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters, and there can be no assurance that we will prevail in any proceeding or litigation. Any such matter could result in substantial cost and diversion of our management’s efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Further, adverse determinations in such matters could result in actions by our regulators that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We establish reserves for legal claims when payments associated with the claims become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. We may still incur legal costs for a matter even if we have not established a reserve. In addition, due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal proceedings, the actual cost of resolving a legal claim may be substantially higher than any amounts reserved for that matter. The ultimate resolution of a pending legal proceeding, depending on the remedy sought and granted, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations. The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The Federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the OFAC. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs 33 to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The replacement of LIBOR as an interest rate index could adversely affect our business and results of operations. At December 31, 2019, approximately 14% of our loan portfolio is indexed to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) to calculate interest on the loans. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, publicly announced that it intends to cease persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot be guaranteed after 2021 and may cause the LIBOR benchmark to perform differently than it has in the past. Financial institutions, including our bank, must begin to transition credit and other arrangements which currently utilize LIBOR as an interest rate index to new indices for interest rates. As of the beginning of 2020, we are not entering into any new commercial loans, or renewing existing loans, utilizing the LIBOR benchmark for interest rates, and maturing commercial loans are being revised to use one of several different substitute indices, chiefly Ameribor®, as well as Wall Street Journal Prime or ServisFirst Prime. Our consumer mortgage portfolio is transitioning to the use of the Secured Overnight Finance Rate (SOFR) in order to ensure marketability of these mortgages. The implementation of a substitute index or indices for the calculation of interest rates under our loan agreements with our customers may result in the incurrence of additional expense as part of the transition and may result in disputes with customers over the appropriate substitute index or indices, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Risks Related to Our Common Stock The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for you to resell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may impact the market price and trading volume of our common stock, including, without limitation: (cid:404) actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition or asset quality; (cid:404) changes in economic or business conditions; (cid:404) the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve; (cid:404) publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage; future issuances of our common stock or other securities; (cid:404) operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us; (cid:404) (cid:404) additions to or departures of key personnel; (cid:404) proposed or adopted changes in laws, regulations or policies affecting us; (cid:404) perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors and/or us; (cid:404) significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us; (cid:404) other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and (cid:404) other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our core market or the financial services industry. The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, may experience substantial fluctuations, which may be unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. The rights of our common stockholders are subordinate to the rights of the holders of our outstanding debt and will be subordinate to the rights of the holders of any preferred securities or any debt that we may issue in the future. Our board of directors has the authority to issue in the aggregate up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, and to determine the terms of each issue of preferred stock, without stockholder approval. Accordingly, you should assume that any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future will also be senior to our common stock. Because our decision to issue debt 34 or equity securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts is uncertain. Because our ability to pay dividends on our common stock in the future will depend on our and our bank’s financial condition as well as factors outside of our control, our common stockholders bear the risk that no dividends will be paid on our common stock in future periods or that, if paid, such dividends will be reduced or eliminated, which may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. We and our bank are subject to capital and other requirements which restrict our ability to pay dividends. In 2014, we began paying quarterly cash dividends. Future declarations of quarterly dividends will be subject to the approval of our board of directors, subject to limits imposed on us by our regulators. In order to pay any dividends, we will need to receive dividends from our bank or have other sources of funds. Under Alabama law, a state-chartered bank may not pay a dividend in excess of 90% of its net earnings until the bank’s surplus is equal to at least 20% of its capital (our bank’s surplus currently exceeds 20% of its capital). Moreover, our bank is also required by Alabama law to obtain the prior approval of the Superintendent for its payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by our bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of (1) our bank’s net earnings (as defined by statute) for that year, plus (2) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. In addition, the bank must maintain certain capital levels, which may restrict the ability of the bank to pay dividends to us and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. As of December 31, 2019, our bank could pay approximately $339.0 million of dividends to us without prior approval of the Superintendent. However, the payment of dividends is also subject to declaration by our board of directors, which takes into account our financial condition, earnings, general economic conditions and other factors, including statutory and regulatory restrictions. There can be no assurance that dividends will in fact be paid on our common stock in future periods or that, if paid, such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated. Alabama and Delaware law limit the ability of others to acquire the bank, which may restrict your ability to fully realize the value of your common stock. In many cases, stockholders receive a premium for their shares when one company purchases another. Alabama and Delaware law make it difficult for anyone to purchase the bank or us without approval of our board of directors. Thus, your ability to realize the potential benefits of any sale by us may be limited, even if such sale would represent a greater value for stockholders than our continued independent operation. An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss. Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, an investor may lose some or all of their investment in our common stock. Our corporate governance documents, and certain corporate and banking laws applicable to us, could make a takeover more difficult. Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, as amended (or our “charter”), and bylaws, as amended, and corporate and federal banking laws, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our organization, even if those events were perceived by many of our stockholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions, and the corporate and banking laws and regulations applicable to us: (cid:404) provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman of our board of directors, by the President or by order of the board of directors; (cid:404) enable our board of directors to issue preferred stock up to the authorized amount, with such preferences, limitations and relative rights, including voting rights, as may be determined from time to time by the board; (cid:404) enable our board of directors to increase the number of persons serving as directors and to fill the vacancies created as a result of the increase by a majority vote of the directors present at the meeting; (cid:404) enable our board of directors to amend our bylaws without stockholder approval; and (cid:404) do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose). These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, including under circumstances in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium over the market price of our shares. 35 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES. As of December 31, 2019, we operated through 20 banking offices and 2 loan production offices. Our Woodcrest Place office also includes our corporate headquarters. We believe that our banking offices are in good condition, are suitable to our needs and, for the most part, are relatively new or refurbished. The following table gives pertinent details about our banking offices. State, MSA, Office Address City Zip Code Owned or Leased Date Opened Alabama: Birmingham-Hoover: 2500 Woodcrest Place (1) ................................................................... Birmingham 324 Richard Arrington Jr. Boulevard North ....................................... Birmingham 5403 Highway 280, Suite 401 ............................................................. Birmingham 35209 35203 35242 Owned Leased Leased 3/2/2005 12/19/2005 8/15/2006 Total .......................................................................................................... 3 Offices Huntsville: 401 Meridian Street, Suite 100 ............................................................ Huntsville 1267 Enterprise Way, Suite A (1) ....................................................... Huntsville 35801 35806 Leased Leased 11/21/2006 8/21/2006 Total .......................................................................................................... 2 Offices Montgomery: 1 Commerce Street, Suite 200 ............................................................. Montgomery 7256 Halcyon Park Drive (1) .............................................................. Montgomery 36104 36117 Leased Leased 6/4/2007 9/26/2007 Total .......................................................................................................... 2 Offices Dothan: 4801 West Main Street (1) .................................................................. Dothan 1640 Ross Clark Circle, Suite 307 ...................................................... Dothan 36305 36301 Leased Leased 10/17/2008 2/1/2011 Total .......................................................................................................... 2 Offices Mobile: 2 North Royal Street (1) ...................................................................... Mobile 4400 Old Shell Road ........................................................................... Mobile Total .......................................................................................................... Daphne-Fairhope-Foley: 561 Fairhope Ave. Suite 101 (1) ......................................................... Fairhope Total .......................................................................................................... Total Offices in Alabama .......................................................................... 2 Offices 1 Office 12 Offices 36602 36608 Leased Leased 7/9/2012 9/3/2014 36532 Leased 9/29/2017 Florida: Pensacola-Ferry Pass-Brent: 219 East Garden Street Suite 100 (1) .................................................. Pensacola 4980 North 12th Avenue ..................................................................... Pensacola 1500 Freedom Self Storage Road, Suite 12 (2) .................................. Ft. Walton Bch. 32502 32504 32547 Leased Owned Leased 4/1/2011 8/27/2012 8/1/2018 Total .......................................................................................................... 3 Offices Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater: 4221 West Boy Scout Blvd. (1) .......................................................... Tampa Total .......................................................................................................... North Port-Sarasota-Bradenton: 240 South Pineapple Ave. (2) ............................................................. Sarasota Total .......................................................................................................... Total Offices in Florida ............................................................................. 1 Office 1 Office 5 Offices 33607 Leased 1/4/2016 34236 Leased 8/1/2019 Georgia: Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell 300 Galleria Parkway SE, Suite 100 ................................................... Atlanta 2801 Chapel Hill Road ........................................................................ Douglasville 2454 Kennesaw Due West Road ......................................................... Kennesaw 30339 30135 30152 Leased Owned Owned 7/1/2015 1/28/2008 12/12/2011 Total Offices in Georgia ........................................................................... 3 Offices South Carolina: Charleston-North Charleston 701 East Bay Street Suite 503 (1) ....................................................... Charleston 29403 Leased 4/20/2015 Total Offices in South Carolina ................................................................ 1 Office Tennessee: Nashville: 1801 West End Avenue, Suite 850 (1) ................................................ Nashville Total Offices in Tennessee ........................................................................ Total Offices ............................................................................................. (1) Offices relocated to this address. Original offices opened on date indicated. (2) Property serves as a loan production office. 36 37203 Leased 6/4/2013 1 Office 22 Offices ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. Neither we nor the bank is currently subject to any material legal proceedings. In the ordinary course of business, the bank is involved in routine litigation, such as claims to enforce liens, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and other issues incident to the bank’s business. Management does not believe that there are any threatened proceedings against us or the bank which will have a material effect on our or the bank’s business, financial position or results of operations. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE. Not applicable. PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SFBS.” As of February 21, 2020, there were 537 holders of record of our common stock. As of the close of business on February 21, 2020, the price of our common stock was $40.17 per share. All share and per share data in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is adjusted to reflect our two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend effective on December 20, 2016 for stockholders of record on December 5, 2016. Dividends On October 21, 2019, our board of directors increased our quarterly cash dividend from $0.15 per share to $0.175 per share. Subject to the board of directors’ approval and applicable regulatory requirements, we expect to continue paying cash dividends on a quarterly basis. The principal source of our cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends, comes from dividends that the bank pays to us as its sole shareholder. Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to the bank’s payment of dividends to us, as well as our payment of dividends to our stockholders. For a more complete discussion on the restrictions on dividends, see “Supervision and Regulation - Payment of Dividends” in Item 1. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities We had no sales of unregistered securities in 2019 other than those previously reported in our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Registrant and Affiliated Purchasers We made no repurchases of our equity securities, and no “affiliated purchasers” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) purchased any shares of our equity securities during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 37 Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2019 relating to stock options granted under our 2009 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan and other options or warrants issued outside of such plans, if any. All awards under our 2005 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan have vested, have been exercised or have been forfeited as of December 31, 2019, and no further awards shall be made under the 2005 Plan. Plan Category Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders ............. Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders ...... Total ........................................................................................... Number of Securities To Be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Awards Weighted- average Exercise Price of Outstanding Awards 965,248 $ - 965,248 $ 15.19 - 15.19 Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 3,202,060 - 3,202,060 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data from our consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements including the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” which are included below. Except for the data under “Selected Performance Ratios,” “Performance Data-adjusted for non-recurring items,” “Asset Quality Ratios,” “Liquidity Ratios,” “Capital Adequacy Ratios” and “Growth Ratios,” the selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes. 2019 As of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 (Dollars in thousands except for share and per share data) 2016 2018 2015 6,533,499 6,464,899 590,184 - 97,516 360,534 223,845 120 57,822 6,915,708 288,725 64,666 23,080 715,203 7,261,451 7,184,867 759,399 250 78,618 451,509 100,473 6,312 56,496 7,530,433 470,749 64,703 39,086 842,682 Selected Balance Sheet Data: Total Assets ...................................... $ 8,947,653 $ 8,007,382 $ 7,082,384 $ 6,370,448 $ 5,095,509 4,216,375 Total Loans ....................................... 4,172,956 Loans, net ......................................... 342,938 Securities available for sale .............. 27,426 Securities held to maturity ................ Cash and due from banks ................. 46,614 Interest-bearing balances with banks 270,836 34,785 Federal funds sold ............................ Mortgage loans held for sale ............ 8,249 Premises and equipment, net ............ 19,434 4,223,888 Deposits ............................................ Federal funds purchased ................... 352,360 55,637 Other borrowings .............................. Other liabilities ................................. 14,477 Stockholders' Equity ......................... 449,147 Selected Income Statement Data: Interest income ................................. $ Interest expense ................................ Net interest income ........................... Provision for loan losses ................... Net interest income after provision for loan losses ............................... Noninterest income .......................... Noninterest expense ......................... Income before income taxes ............. 5,851,261 5,791,855 538,080 250 86,213 151,849 239,524 4,459 58,900 6,091,674 301,797 64,832 16,477 607,604 4,911,770 4,859,877 422,375 62,564 56,855 566,707 160,435 4,675 40,314 5,420,311 355,944 55,262 16,042 522,889 262,756 $ 35,333 227,423 23,225 212,902 $ 25,805 187,097 13,398 390,803 $ 103,158 287,645 22,638 326,627 $ 63,948 262,679 21,402 204,198 17,361 84,209 137,350 173,699 17,007 79,888 110,818 265,007 23,982 102,128 186,861 241,277 19,440 91,875 168,842 179,975 17,704 162,271 12,847 149,424 12,732 73,151 89,005 38 149,180 37,618 149,243 Income tax expense ............................ Net income ......................................... Net income available to common stockholders ........................................ Per Common Share Data: Net income, basic ............................... $ Net income, diluted ............................ Book value ......................................... Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic ................................................... 53,530,766 Diluted ................................................ 54,103,074 Actual shares outstanding ................... 53,623,740 Selected Performance Ratios: Return on average assets .................... Return on average stockholders' 2.79 2.76 15.71 31,902 136,940 44,258 93,092 29,339 81,479 25,465 63,540 136,877 93,030 81,432 63,260 $ $ 2.57 2.53 13.40 $ 1.76 1.72 11.47 $ 1.55 1.52 9.93 1.23 1.20 8.65 53,172,695 54,169,879 53,375,195 52,887,359 54,123,957 52,992,586 52,450,896 53,608,372 52,636,896 51,426,466 52,885,108 51,945,396 1.73 % 1.88 % 1.43 % 1.42 % 1.38 % equity .............................................. Dividend payout ratio ......................... Net interest margin (1) ....................... Efficiency ratio (2) ............................. Adjusted Performance Data (3) Adjusted net income available to common stockholders ..................... $ Adjusted earnings per share, basic ..... Adjusted earnings per share, diluted .. Adjusted return on average assets ...... Adjusted return on average 19.16 % 21.76 % 3.46 % 32.77 % 20.96 % 15.04 % 3.75 % 32.57 % 16.38 % 11.64 % 3.68 % 34.40 % 16.64 % 10.53 % 3.42 % 39.14 % 14.56 % 10.04 % 3.75 % 41.80 % $ 147,932 2.76 2.73 1.71 % $ 136,877 2.57 2.53 1.88 % $ 96,304 1.82 1.78 1.48 % $ 81,432 1.55 1.52 1.42 % 65,027 1.27 1.23 1.42 % stockholder's equity ........................ 19.00 % 20.96 % 16.96 % 16.64 % 14.96 % Adjusted return on average common stockholders' equity ........................ Adjusted efficiency ratio .................... Asset Quality Ratios: Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding ............................ Non-performing loans to total loans ... Non-performing assets to total assets . Allowance for loan losses to total 18.99 % 33.31 % 20.95 % 32.57 % 16.95 % 34.26 % 16.63 % 39.14 % 15.73 % 40.32 % 0.32 % 0.50 % 0.50 % 0.20 % 0.43 % 0.41 % 0.29 % 0.19 % 0.26 % 0.11 % 0.34 % 0.34 % 0.13 % 0.18 % 0.26 % gross loans ...................................... 1.05 % 1.05 % 1.02 % 1.06 % 1.03 % Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans ...................... 212.07 % 247.03 % 548.79 % 307.30 % 559.02 % Liquidity Ratios: Net loans to total deposits .................. Net average loans to average 95.41 % 93.48 % 95.08 % 89.66 % 98.79 % earning assets .................................. 81.48 % 86.55 % 84.93 % 80.44 % 86.24 % Noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits ................................... 23.24 % 22.52 % 23.64 % 23.64 % 24.94 % Capital Adequacy Ratios: Stockholders' Equity to total assets .... CET1 capital (4) ................................. Tier 1 capital (5) ................................. Total capital (6) .................................. Leverage ratio (7) ............................... Growth Ratios: Percentage change in net income ....... Percentage change in diluted net income per share ............................. Percentage change in assets ................ Percentage change in net loans ........... Percentage change in deposits ............ Percentage change in stockholders' 9.42 % 10.50 % 10.50 % 12.31 % 9.13 % 8.93 % 10.12 % 10.13 % 12.05 % 9.07 % 8.58 % 9.51 % 9.52 % 11.52 % 8.51 % 8.21 % 9.78 9.78 % 11.84 % 8.22 % 8.81 % 9.72 % 9.73 % 11.95 % 8.55 % 8.98 % 47.10 % 14.25 % 28.23 % 21.31 % 9.12 % 11.74 % 11.14 % 8.89 % 46.91 % 13.06 % 11.62 % 13.53 % 13.16 % 11.18 % 19.18 % 12.39 % 26.67 % 25.02 % 16.46 % 28.32 % 14.35 % 24.32 % 25.53 % 24.30 % equity .............................................. 17.82 % 17.71 % 16.20 % 16.41 % 10.30 % 39 (1) Net interest margin is the net yield on interest earning assets and is the difference between the interest yield earned on interest-earning assets and interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, divided by average earning assets. (2) Efficiency ratio is the result of noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. (3) Adjusted performance data are non-GAAP measures which exclude the impact of a $1.7 million credit for FDIC and other regulatory assessments as a result of the FDIC’s Small Bank Assessment Credit during 2019, expenses attributable to our net deferred tax asset revaluation due to lower corporate income tax rates provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act passed into law in December 2017 and lease termination and moving expenses associated with our move to our new headquarters building during 2017, and expenses related to our acquisition of Metro Bancshares, Inc. and the merger of Metro Bank with and into the Bank and an initial funding of reserves for unfunded loan commitments consistent with guidance provided in the Federal Reserve Bank's Interagency Policy Statement SR 06-17 during 2015. For a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to the most comparable GAAP measure, see "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures." None of the other periods included in our selected consolidated financial information are affected by such adjustments. (4) CET1 capital ratio includes common stockholders' equity excluding unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net of taxes, and intangible assets divided by total risk-weighted assets. (5) Tier 1 capital ratio includes CET1 and qualifying minority interest divided by total risk-weighted assets. (6) Total capital ratio includes Tier 1 capital plus qualifying portions of subordinated debt and allowance for loan losses (limited to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets) divided by total risk-weighted assets. (7) Tier 1 leverage ratio includes Tier 1 capital divided by average assets less intangible assets. GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures We recorded a $1.7 million credit to our FDIC and other regulatory assessments expense in 2019 as a result of the FDIC’s Small Bank Assessment Credit. We recorded $3.1 million of additional tax expense as a result of revaluing our net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017 due to lower corporate income tax rates provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act passed into law in December 2017. The revaluation adjustment of our net deferred tax asset position was impacted by a number of factors, including increased loan charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2017, increases in deferred tax liabilities relating to depreciation expense on our new headquarters building, and dividends from our captive real estate investment trusts. In 2017 we also recorded expenses of $347,000 related to terminating the lease agreement on our previous headquarters building in Birmingham, Alabama and expenses of moving into our new headquarters building. We recorded expenses of $2.1 million in 2015 related to the acquisition of Metro Bancshares, Inc. and the merger of Metro Bank with and into the bank, and recorded an expense of $500,000 resulting from the initial funding of reserves for unfunded loan commitments, consistent with guidance provided in the Federal Reserve Bank’s Interagency Policy Statement SR 06-17. The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures which exclude the significant adjustments discussed above. These non-GAAP financial measures include “adjusted net income available to common stockholders,” “adjusted earnings per share, basic,” “adjusted earnings per share, diluted,” “adjusted return on average assets,” “adjusted return on average stockholders’ equity,” “adjusted return on average common stockholders’ equity” and “adjusted efficiency ratio.” Adjusted earnings per share, basic is adjusted net income available to common stockholders divided by weighted average shares outstanding. Adjusted earnings per share, diluted is adjusted net income available to common stockholders divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding. Adjusted return on average assets is adjusted net income divided by average total assets. Adjusted return of average stockholders’ equity is adjusted net income divided by average total stockholders’ equity. Adjusted return of average common stockholders’ equity is adjusted net income divided by average common stockholders’ equity. The adjusted efficiency ratio is adjusted non-interest expense divided by the sum of adjusted net interest income and adjusted non-interest income. Our management and board use these non-GAAP measures for reporting financial performance to internal users for management purposes and externally as part of presentations to investors. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to management, our board and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that these non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not audited and are not required to be uniformly applied. The following reconciliation table provides a more detailed analysis of the non-GAAP financial measures for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2017 and 2015. All amounts are in thousands, except share and per share data. 40 Provision for income taxes – GAAP .............................................. $ Adjustments: Tax (benefit) of adjustments (1) .................................................. Adjusted income tax expense - non-GAAP .................................... $ Net income available to common stockholders – GAAP ............... $ Adjustments: Adjustment for merger expenses ................................................. Adjustment for reserve for unfunded loan commitments ............ Adjustment for revaluing net deferred tax assets ........................ Adjustment for lease termination and moving expenses ............. Adjustment for FDIC assessment credit ..................................... Tax (benefit) of adjustments (1) .................................................. Adjusted net income available to common stockholders - non-GAAP ................................................................................ $ Earnings per share, basic – GAAP ................................................. $ Weighted average shares outstanding, basic .................................. Adjusted earnings per share, basic - non-GAAP ............................ $ Earnings per share, diluted – GAAP .............................................. $ Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted ............................... Adjusted earnings per share, diluted - non-GAAP ......................... $ Return on average assets – GAAP .................................................. Net income – GAAP ...................................................................... $ Adjustments: Adjustment for merger expenses ................................................. Adjustment for reserve for unfunded loan commitments ............ Adjustment for revaluing net deferred tax assets ........................ Adjustment for lease termination and moving expenses ............. Adjustment for FDIC assessment credit ..................................... Tax (benefit) of adjustments (1) .................................................. Adjusted net income - non-GAAP ................................................. $ Average assets ................................................................................ $ Adjusted return on average assets - non-GAAP ............................. Return on average stockholders' equity – GAAP ........................... Average stockholders' equity .......................................................... $ Adjusted return on average stockholders' equity - non-GAAP .................................................................................. Return on average common stockholders' equity ........................... Average common stockholders' equity ........................................... $ Adjusted return on average common stockholders' equity - non-GAAP ................................................................................ Efficiency ratio – GAAP ................................................................ Non-interest expense – GAAP ....................................................... $ Adjustments: Adjustment for merger expenses ................................................. Adjustment for reserve for unfunded loan commitments ............ Adjustment for lease termination and moving expenses ............. Adjustment for FDIC assessment credit ..................................... Adjusted non-interest expense - non-GAAP .................................. $ Net interest income ......................................................................... Non-interest income ....................................................................... Total net interest income and non-interest income ..................... $ Adjusted efficiency ratio - non-GAAP ........................................... 2019 2017 2015 37,618 $ 44,258 $ 25,465 421 38,039 149,180 $ $ (132 ) $ $ 44,126 93,030 829 26,294 63,260 2,096 500 3,059 347 (1,669 ) 421 (132 ) 829 $ $ 147,932 2.79 53,530,766 2.76 2.76 54,103,074 2.73 $ 1.73 % $ 149,243 $ $ (1,669 ) 421 147,995 8,638,604 $ $ 1.71 % 19.16 % $ 779,071 $ $ 96,304 1.76 52,887,359 1.82 1.72 54,123,957 1.78 $ 1.43 % $ 93,092 $ $ 3,059 347 96,366 6,495,067 (132 ) $ $ 1.48 % 16.38 % $ 568,228 65,027 1.23 51,426,466 1.27 1.20 52,885,108 1.23 1.38 % 63,540 2,096 500 829 65,307 4,591,861 1.42 % 15.30 % 436,544 19.00 % 19.15 % $ 779,071 16.96 % 16.37 % $ 568,228 14.96 % 15.30 % 413,445 18.99 % 32.77 % $ 102,128 16.95 % 34.40 % $ 84,209 347 $ 1,669 103,797 287,645 23,982 311,627 $ 33.31 % $ 83,862 227,423 17,361 244,784 $ 34.26 % 15.73 % 41.80 % 73,151 2,096 500 70,555 162,271 12,732 175,003 40.32 % (1) Corporate tax rates used were 21% for 2019 and 35% for 2015 and 2017. 41 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following is a narrative discussion and analysis of significant changes in our results of operations and financial condition. The purpose of this discussion is to focus on information about our financial condition and results of operations that is not otherwise apparent from the audited financial statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and selected financial data included elsewhere in this report. Overview We are a bank holding company within the meaning of the BHC Act headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary bank, we operate 20 full service banking offices located in Jefferson, Shelby, Madison, Montgomery, Mobile, Baldwin and Houston Counties in Alabama, Escambia and Hillsborough Counties in Florida, Cobb and Douglas Counties in Georgia, Charleston County in South Carolina and Davidson County in Tennessee. These offices operate in the Birmingham-Hoover, Huntsville, Montgomery, Dothan. Daphne-Fairhope-Foley and Mobile, Alabama MSAs, the Pensacola-Ferry Pass-Brent and Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, Florida MSAs, the Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell, Georgia MSA, the Charleston-North Charleston, South Carolina MSA and the Nashville-Davidson-Murfreesboro-Franklin, Tennessee MSA. We also operate 2 loan production offices, one in Fort Walton, Florida and one in Sarasota, Florida. Our principal business is to accept deposits from the public and to make loans and other investments. Our principal source of funds for loans and investments are demand, time, savings, and other deposits and the amortization and prepayment of loans and borrowings. Our principal sources of income are interest and fees collected on loans, interest and dividends collected on other investments and service charges. Our principal expenses are interest paid on savings and other deposits, interest paid on our other borrowings, employee compensation, office expenses and other overhead expenses. Critical Accounting Policies Our consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the application of certain accounting policies, the most significant of which are described in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies require numerous estimates and strategic or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or subject to variation and may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the current period or in future periods. The use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when financial assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets carried at fair value inherently result in more financial statement volatility. Fair values and information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on either quoted market prices or are provided by other independent third-party sources, when available. When such information is not available, management estimates valuation adjustments. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions or estimates in any of these areas could have a material impact on our future financial condition and results of operations. Allowance for Loan Losses The allowance for loan losses, sometimes referred to as the “ALLL,” is established through periodic charges to income. Loan losses are charged against the ALLL when management believes that the future collection of principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALLL. If the ALLL is considered inadequate to absorb future loan losses on existing loans for any reason, including but not limited to, increases in the size of the loan portfolio, increases in charge-offs or changes in the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, then the provision for loan losses is increased. Our management reviews the adequacy of the ALLL on a quarterly basis. The ALLL calculation is segregated into various segments that include classified loans, loans with specific allocations and pass rated loans. A pass rated loan is generally characterized by a very low to average risk of default and in which management perceives there is a minimal risk of loss. Loans are rated using a nine-point risk grade scale with loan officers having the primary responsibility for assigning risk grades and for the timely reporting of changes in the risk grades. Based on these processes, and the assigned risk grades, the criticized and classified loans in the portfolio are segregated into the following regulatory classifications: Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful or Loss, with some general allocation of reserve based on these grades. At December 31, 2019, total loans rated Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful were $123.7 million, or 1.7% of total loans, compared to $139.0 million, or 2.1% of total loans, at December 31, 2018. Impaired loans are reviewed specifically and separately under FASB ASC 310- 30-35, Subsequent Measurement of Impaired Loans, to determine the appropriate reserve allocation. Our management compares the investment in an impaired loan with the present value of expected future cash flow discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral-dependent, to determine the specific reserve allowance. Reserve percentages assigned to non-impaired loans are based on historical charge-off experience adjusted for other risk factors. To evaluate the overall adequacy of the allowance to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio, our management considers historical loss experience based on volume and types of loans, trends in classifications, volume and trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals, economic conditions and other pertinent 42 information. Based on future evaluations, additional provisions for loan losses may be necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the loan agreement. The collection of all amounts due according to contractual terms means that both the contractual interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of collateral, reduced by costs to sell on a discounted basis, is used if a loan is collateral- dependent. Income Taxes Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740-10, Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 establishes a single model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. ASC 740-10 also provides guidance on derecognition measurement classification interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. ASC 740-10 provides a two-step process in the evaluation of a tax position. The first step is recognition. A Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including a resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based upon the technical merits of the position. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Results of Operations Net Income Available to Common Stockholders Net income available to common stockholders was $149.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $136.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase in net income is primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income, which increased $24.9 million, or 9.5%, to $287.6 million in 2019 from $262.7 million in 2018. Noninterest income increased $4.5 million, or 23.4%, to $24.0 million in 2019 from $19.5 million in 2018. Noninterest expense increased by $10.2 million, or 11.2%, to $102.1 million in 2019 from $91.9 million in 2018. Basic and diluted net income per common share were $2.79 and $2.76, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $2.57 and $2.53, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. Return on average assets was 1.73% in 2019, compared to 1.88% in 2018, and return on average stockholders’ equity was 19.16% in 2019, compared to 20.96% in 2018. Net income available to common stockholders was $136.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $93.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase in net income is primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income, which increased $35.3 million, or 15.5%, to $262.7 million in 2018 from $227.4 million in 2017 and a decrease in income tax expense, which decreased from $44.3 million in 2017 to $31.9 million in 2018 due to lower corporate income tax rates resulting from the passage of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act in December 2017. Noninterest income increased $2.5 million, or 13.1%, to $21.5 million in 2018 from $19.0 million in 2017. Noninterest expense increased by $8.1 million, or 9.4%, to $94.0 million in 2018 from $85.9 million in 2017. Basic and diluted net income per common share were $2.57 and $2.53, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $1.76 and $1.72, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Return on average assets was 1.88% in 2018, compared to 1.43% in 2017, and return on average stockholders’ equity was 20.96% in 2018, compared to 16.38% in 2017. The following table presents some ratios of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Return on average assets .................................................................. Return on average stockholders' equity ............................................ Dividend payout ratio ....................................................................... Average stockholders' equity to average total assets ........................ 1.73 % 19.16 % 21.76 % 9.02 % 1.88 % 20.96 % 15.04 % 8.98 % 1.43 % 16.38 % 11.64 % 8.75 % 43 For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 2019 2017 The following tables present a summary of our statements of income, including the percent change in each category, for the years ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, and for the years ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2017, respectively. Interest income ................................................................................. $ Interest expense ................................................................................ Net interest income ......................................................................... Provision for loan losses ................................................................... Net interest income after provision for loan losses ............................................................ Noninterest income .......................................................................... Noninterest expense ......................................................................... Income before income taxes ........................................................... Income taxes ..................................................................................... Net income...................................................................................... Dividends on preferred stock ........................................................... Net income available to common stockholders ................................................................ $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 (Dollars in Thousands) Change from the Prior Year 390,803 $ 103,158 287,645 22,638 265,007 23,982 102,128 186,861 37,618 149,243 63 326,627 63,948 262,679 21,402 241,277 19,440 91,875 168,842 31,902 136,940 63 19.65 % 61.32 % 9.50 % 5.78 % 9.84 % 23.36 % 11.16 % 10.67 % 17.92 % 8.98 % - % 149,180 $ 136,877 8.99 % Year Ended December 31, 2018 2017 (Dollars in Thousands) Change from the Prior Year Interest income .................................................................................. $ Interest expense ................................................................................. Net interest income ......................................................................... Provision for loan losses ................................................................... Net interest income after provision for loan losses ............................................................ Noninterest income .......................................................................... Noninterest expense ......................................................................... Income before income taxes ........................................................... Income taxes ..................................................................................... Net income....................................................................................... Dividends on preferred stock ............................................................ Net income available to common stockholders ................................................................. $ 326,627 $ 63,948 262,679 21,402 241,277 19,440 91,875 168,842 31,902 136,940 63 262,756 35,333 227,423 23,225 204,198 17,361 84,209 137,350 44,258 93,092 62 24.31 % 80.99 % 15.50 % (7.85 )% 18.16 % 11.98 % 9.10 % 22.93 % (27.92 )% 47.10 % 1.61 % 136,877 $ 93,030 47.13 % Net Interest Income Net interest income is the difference between the income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest- bearing liabilities used to support such assets. The major factors which affect net interest income are changes in volumes, the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Our management’s ability to respond to changes in interest rates by effective asset-liability management techniques is critical to maintaining the stability of the net interest margin and the momentum of our primary source of earnings. Net interest income increased $25.0 million, 9.5%, to $287.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $262.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Total interest income increased $64.2 million, or 19.7%, to $390.8 million from $326.6 million year-over-year, while total interest expense increased $39.2 million, or 61.3%, to $103.2 million from $63.9 million year-over-year. Average earning assets increased $1.32 billion, or 18.8%, to $8.33 billion in 2019 from $7.01 billion in 2018. All of our regional markets grew loans during 2019. Net interest income increased $35.3 million, 15.5%, to $262.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $227.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Total interest income increased $63.9 million, or 24.3%, to $326.6 million from $262.8 million year-over-year, while total interest expense increased $28.6 million, or 81.0%, to $63.9 million from 44 $35.3 million year-over-year. Average earning assets increased $781.7 million, or 12.5%, to $7.01 billion in 2018 from $6.23 billion in 2017. All but one of our regional markets grew loans during 2018. Net Interest Margin Analysis The net interest margin is impacted by the average volumes of interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities and by the difference between the yield on interest-sensitive assets and the cost of interest-sensitive liabilities (spread). Loan fees collected at origination represent an additional adjustment to the yield on loans. Our spread can be affected by economic conditions, the competitive environment, loan demand, and deposit flows. The net yield on earning assets is an indicator of effectiveness of our ability to manage the net interest margin by managing the overall yield on assets and cost of funding those assets. The following table shows, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the average balances of each principal category of our assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, and an analysis of net interest revenue, and the change in interest income and interest expense segregated into amounts attributable to changes in volume and changes in rates. This table is presented on a taxable equivalent basis, if applicable. Average Balance Sheets and Net Interest Analysis On a Fully Taxable-Equivalent Basis For the Year Ended December 31, (In thousands, except Average Yields and Rates) 2019 Interest Earned / Paid Average Yield / Rate Average Balance 2018 Interest Earned / Paid Average Yield / Rate 2017 Interest Earned / Paid Average Yield / Rate Average Balance Average Balance Assets: Interest-earning assets: Loans, net of unearned income: Taxable .............................................. $ 6,831,998 $ 352,996 Tax-exempt (3) .................................. 1,338 Total loans, net of unearned income(1)(2) ............ 6,865,129 354,334 156 Mortgage loans held for sale ................................. Debt securities: 33,131 4,970 588,082 17,008 Taxable .............................................. 1,563 68,805 Tax-exempt (3) .................................. Total debt securities (4) ......................................... 656,887 18,571 267,327 6,038 Federal funds sold .................................................. Interest-bearing balances with banks .................... 536,765 12,020 Total interest-earning assets .................................. $ 8,331,078 $ 391,119 Non-interest-earning assets: Cash and due from banks ...................................... Net premises and equipment ................................. Allowance for loan losses, 73,226 58,419 accrued interest and other assets ........................................ 175,881 Total assets .................... $ 8,638,604 Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing demand deposits .......................... $ 928,611 $ 7,585 320 57,078 Savings ................................................................... Money market ........................................................ 4,038,143 67,998 Time deposits (5) ................................................... 702,245 15,055 Total interest-bearing deposits .............................. 5,726,077 90,958 9,076 Federal funds purchased ........................................ Other borrowings ................................................... 3,124 Total interest-bearing liabilities ............................. $ 6,189,440 $ 103,158 Non-interest-bearing liabilities: Non-interest-bearing 398,679 64,684 Other liabilities ...................................................... Stockholders' equity ............................................... Unrealized gains on securities ............................... Checking ............................................ 1,632,385 37,708 777,757 1,314 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ........ $ 8,638,604 5.17 % $ 6,104,879 $ 304,156 4.04 1,207 31,544 6,136,423 305,363 5.16 146 3.14 3,591 4.98 % $ 5,316,452 $ 245,296 3.83 1,719 34,726 5,351,178 247,015 4.98 213 4.07 5,663 473,259 12,654 2.89 108,938 2,723 2.27 582,197 15,377 2.83 3,103 141,518 2.26 3,094 148,907 2.24 4.69 % $ 7,012,636 $ 327,083 9,117 387,542 2.67 131,450 4,420 2.50 518,992 13,537 2.64 1,693 146,688 2.19 2,316 208,382 2.08 4.66 % $ 6,230,903 $ 264,774 4.61 % 4.95 4.62 3.76 2.35 3.36 2.61 1.15 1.11 4.25 % 72,875 59,087 66,677 51,693 131,486 $ 7,276,084 145,794 $ 6,495,067 5,365 0.82 % $ 863,673 $ 229 53,596 0.56 3,241,474 40,162 1.68 9,746 2.14 4,785,075 55,502 1.59 5,322 270,917 2.28 4.83 3,124 64,705 1.67 % $ 5,120,697 $ 63,948 626,332 3,389 0.62 % $ 817,496 $ 153 49,151 0.43 2,776,363 19,326 1.24 5,963 1.56 4,190,445 28,831 1.16 3,588 312,213 1.96 4.83 2,914 56,568 1.25 % $ 4,559,226 $ 35,333 547,435 0.41 % 0.31 0.70 1.09 0.69 1.15 5.15 0.77 % 1,480,827 21,170 660,304 (6,914 ) 1,351,112 16,501 567,741 487 $ 7,276,084 $ 6,495,067 Net interest income .................................................. Net interest spread ................................................... Net interest margin .................................................. $ 287,961 $ 263,135 $ 229,441 3.02 % 3.46 % 3.41 % 3.75 % 3.48 % 3.68 % (1) Non-accrual loans are included in average loan balances in all periods. Loan fees of $4,744, $3,733 and $3,259 are included in interest income in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. (2) Accretion on acquired loan discounts of $90, 163 and $464 are included in interest income in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. (3) Interest income and yields are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 21% for 2019 and 2018, and 35% for 2017. (4) Unrealized gains (losses) of $1,607, $(8,808) and $755 are excluded from the yield calculation in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 45 The following table reflects changes in our net interest margin as a result of changes in the volume and rate of our interest- bearing assets and liabilities. For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to 2018 Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income and Expense Due to Changes in: Rate Total Volume 2018 Compared to 2017 Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income and Expense Due to Changes in: Rate Total Volume Interest-earning assets: Loans, net of unearned income: Taxable ................................. $ Tax-exempt ........................... Total loans, net of unearned income .................................. Mortgage loans held for sale .... Debt securities: Taxable ................................. Tax-exempt ........................... Total debt securities ................. Federal funds sold .................... Interest-bearing balances with banks............................. Total interest-earning assets . Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing demand deposits .................................. Savings ..................................... Money market .......................... Time deposits ........................... Total interest-bearing deposits . Federal funds purchased ........... Other borrowed funds .............. Total interest-bearing 37,250 $ 62 11,590 $ 69 48,840 $ 131 38,265 $ (148) 20,595 $ (364) 58,860 (512) 37,312 48 11,659 (38) 48,971 10 38,117 (83) 20,231 16 58,348 (67) 3,258 (930) 2,328 2,839 1,096 (230) 866 96 4,354 (1,160) 3,194 2,935 2,187 (679) 1,508 (62) 1,350 (1,018) 332 1,472 3,537 (1,697) 1,840 1,410 8,667 51,194 259 12,842 8,926 64,036 (791) 38,689 1,569 23,620 778 62,309 427 16 11,311 1,289 13,043 2,809 (1) 1,793 75 16,525 4,020 22,413 945 1 2,220 91 27,836 5,309 35,456 3,754 - 201 15 3,685 952 4,853 (528) 401 1,775 61 17,151 2,831 21,818 2,262 (191) 1,976 76 20,836 3,783 26,671 1,734 210 liabilities............................. 15,851 23,359 39,210 4,726 23,889 28,615 Increase (decrease) in net interest income ..................................... $ 35,343 $ (10,517) $ 24,826 $ 33,963 $ (269) $ 33,694 In the table above, changes in net interest income are attributable to (a) changes in average balances (volume variance), (b) changes in rates (rate variance), or (c) changes in rate and average balances (rate/volume variance). The volume variance is calculated as the change in average balances times the old rate. The rate variance is calculated as the change in rates times the old average balance. The rate/volume variance is calculated as the change in rates times the change in average balances. The rate/volume variance is allocated on a pro rata basis between the volume variance and the rate variance in the table above. From 2018 to 2019, growth in loans was the primary driver of our volume component change and overall favorable change. The rate component was unfavorable as average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased 42 basis points while yields on average earning assets increased 3 basis points. Increased rates paid on deposits were primarily the result of increases in rates by the Federal Reserve Bank during 2018. Our average rates paid on interest-bearing deposits have come back down since the Federal Reserve started lowering rates during the second half of 2019. Growth in non-interest-bearing deposits and equity also contributed to the improvement in net interest margin in 2019. From 2017 to 2018, growth in loans was the primary driver of our volume component change and overall favorable change. The rate component was unfavorable as average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased 47 basis points while loan yields increased 36 basis points. Increased rates and yields were primarily the result of increases in rates by the Federal Reserve Bank during 2018. Growth in non-interest-bearing deposits and equity also contributed to the improvement in net interest margin in 2018. 46 The two primary factors that make up the spread are the interest rates received on loans and the interest rates paid on deposits. We have been disciplined in raising interest rates on deposits only as the market demanded and thereby managing our cost of funds. Also, we have not competed for new loans on interest rate alone, but rather we have relied significantly on effective marketing to business customers. Our net interest spread and net interest margin were 3.02% and 3.46%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 3.41% and 3.75%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in net interest spread and net interest margin in 2019 was due increases in deposit rates we paid resulting from increases in market interest rates during 2018. Our average interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $1.32 billion, or 18.8%, to $8.33 billion from $7.01 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase in our average interest-earning assets was due to continued core growth in our markets and increased loan production. Our average interest-bearing liabilities increased $1.07 billion, or 20.9%, to $6.19 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $5.12 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. All but one of our markets had an increase in total deposits during 2019. The ratio of our average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 136.9% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 134.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019, as average noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity grew by a combined $277.2 million, or 13.0%, from 2018 to 2019. Our average interest-earning assets produced a taxable equivalent yield of 4.69% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 4.66% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 1.67% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 1.25% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our net interest spread and net interest margin were 3.41% and 3.75%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 3.48% and 3.68%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in net interest spread was the result of a 48 basis point increase in the rate paid on total average interest-bearing liabilities but only a 41 basis point increase in the yield on total average earning assets. The increase in net interest margin was primarily the result of growth in total average interest-earning assets in excess of growth in total average interest-bearing liabilities. Our average interest- earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $781.7 million, or 12.5%, to $7.01 billion from $6.23 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our average interest-bearing liabilities increased $561.5 million, or 12.3%, to $5.12 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $4.56 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017. All but one of our markets had an increase in total deposits during 2018. The ratio of our average interest-earning assets to average interest- bearing liabilities was 136.9% and 136.7% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our average interest-earning assets produced a taxable equivalent yield of 4.66% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 4.25% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 1.25% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 0.77% for the year ended December 31, 2017. Provision for Loan Losses The provision for loan losses represents the amount determined by management to be necessary to maintain the ALLL at a level capable of absorbing inherent losses in the loan portfolio. See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” located elsewhere in this item for additional discussion related to provision for loan losses. The provision expense for loan losses was $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $1.2 million from $21.4 million in 2018. Nonperforming loans increased to $36.1 million, or 0.50% of total loans, at December 31, 2019 from $27.8 million, or 0.43% of total loans, at December 31, 2018. During 2019, we had net charged-off loans totaling $22.1 million, compared to net charged-off loans of $12.2 million for 2018. Of the net charge-offs recorded in 2019, $6.0 million were related to commercial loans that were specifically reserved for in previous years whereby the associated provision expense was recorded prior to 2019. We also received a $7.4 million payment resulting from the termination of a loan guarantee program operated by the State of Alabama and recorded this amount as an increase to allowance for loan losses during 2019. See the Asset Quality section in Item 7 herein for a description of the unique risk characteristics of the loans enrolled in this program and circumstances to support the allocation of this payment directly into the allowance for loan losses. The ratio of net charged-off loans to average loans was 0.32% for 2019 compared to 0.20% for 2018. The ALLL totaled $76.6 million, or 1.05% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2019, compared to $68.6 million, or 1.05% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2018. The provision expense for loan losses was $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $1.8 million from $23.2 million in 2017. Nonperforming loans increased to $27.8 million, or 0.43% of total loans, at December 31, 2018 from $10.8 million, or 0.19% of total loans, at December 31, 2017. During 2018, we had net charged-off loans totaling $12.2 million, compared to net charged-off loans of $15.7 million for 2017. The ratio of net charged-off loans to average loans was 47 0.20% for 2018 compared to 0.29% for 2017. The ALLL totaled $68.6 million, or 1.05% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2018, compared to $59.4 million, or 1.02% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2017. Noninterest Income Noninterest income increased $4.5 million, or 23.4%, to $24.0 million in 2019 from $19.4 million in 2018. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $0.5 million, or 7.4%, to $7.0 million in 2019 compared to 2018 due to increases in the number of accounts. Mortgage banking income increased $1.6 million, or 56.6%, to $4.4 million in 2019 compared to 2018, as decreases in interest rates drove higher loan volumes. Credit card income increased $1.5 million, or 27.5%, to $7.1 million in 2019 compared to 2018, primarily due to a 36% increase in the number of credit card accounts and a 33% increase in the amount of spending on credit cards during 2019. The cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance contracts increased $0.6 million, or 19.6%, to $3.7 million in 2019 compared to 2018. We purchased two life insurance contracts totaling $75 million in 2019. Other operating income increased $0.5 million, or 40.8%, to $1.7 million in 2019 compared to 2018. Noninterest income increased $2.0 million, or 12.0%, to $19.4 million in 2018 from $17.4 million in 2017. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $0.8 million, or 14.8%, to $6.5 million in 2018 compared to 2017 due to increases in the number of accounts. Mortgage banking income decreased $1.0 million, or 35.7%, to $2.8 million in 2018 compared to 2017, as increases in interest rates drove lower loan volumes. Credit card income increased $2.0 million, or 54.4%, to $5.6 million in 2018 compared to 2017, primarily due to a 33% increase in the number of accounts and a 26% increase in the amount of spending on cards during 2018. The increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance contracts was flat at $3.1 million in 2018 compared to 2017. As of December 31, 2018, we had not purchased life insurance contracts since May 2017. Other operating income increased $0.1 million, or 12.7%, to $1.2 million in 2018 compared to 2017. Noninterest Expense Noninterest expenses increased $10.2 million, or 11.2%, to $102.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $91.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Salary and employee benefits expenses increased $5.9 million, or 11.4%, to $57.8 million in 2019 compared to 2018. We had 500 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2019 compared to 468 at December 31, 2018, a 7.0% increase. Of the 32 new employees added during 2019, 10 were in operation support positions. The remaining 22 were in sales and customer service positions. Equipment and occupancy expense increased $849,000, or 10.1%, to $9.2 million in 2019 compared to 2018. Depreciation expense increased $0.9 million year-over-year while building rental expense decreased $1.1 million year-over-year. Professional services expense increased $589,000, or 16.2%, to $4.2 million in 2019 compared to 2018. Most of this increase is the result of expenses associated with compliance and our new loan operations system. FDIC assessments decreased $890,000, or 23.1% to $3.0 million from 2018 to 2019. This decrease was the result of the FDIC assessment credit received in 2019. Expenses on other real estate owned decreased $375,000 to $415,000 in 2019 compared to $790,000 2018, primarily the result of decreased write-downs on properties owned during 2019 and expenses associated with subdividing and performing site preparation on a piece of land. Other operating expenses increased $4.1 million, or 17.8%, to $27.4 million in 2019 compared to 2018. Increased data processing and loan expenses continue to be driven by growth in loans and increases in transactions on loan and deposit accounts. Increased service charges from the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta are the result of increased processing of transactions by us for our correspondent banking clients. Changes in other operating expenses from 2018 to 2019 are detailed in Note 15, “Other Operating Income and Expenses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Noninterest expenses increased $7.7 million, or 9.1%, to $91.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $84.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Salary and employee benefits expenses increased $4.2 million, or 8.9%, to $51.8 million in 2018 compared to 2017. We had 468 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2018 compared to 428 at December 31, 2017, a 9.3% increase. Of the 40 new employees added during 2018, 13 were in operation support positions. The remaining 27 were in sales and customer service positions. Equipment and occupancy expense increased $0.4 million, or 5.1%, to $8.4 million in 2018 compared to 2017. We moved into our new headquarters building in Birmingham, Alabama, which is owned by us, during the fourth quarter of 2017. Depreciation expense increased $0.9 million year-over- year while building rental expense decreased $1.1 million year-over-year. Professional services expense increased $0.4 million, or 13.3%, to $3.6 million in 2018 compared to 2017. Most of this increase is the result of expenses associated with compliance and our new loan operations system. FDIC assessments were flat at $3.9 million from 2017 to 2018. Expenses on other real estate owned increased $0.5 million to $0.8 million in 2018 compared to $0.3 million in 2017, primarily the result of increased write-downs on properties owned during 2018 and expenses associated with subdividing and performing site preparation on a piece of land. Other operating expenses increased $2.2 million, or 10.4%, to $23.3 million in 2018 compared to 2017. Increased data processing and loan expenses continue to be driven by growth in loans and increases in transactions on loan and deposit accounts. Increased service charges from the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta are the result of increased processing of transactions by us for our correspondent banking clients. Increased credit card processing expenses 48 result from growth in numbers of cards and transaction processing. Changes in other operating expenses from 2017 to 2018 are detailed in Note 15, “Other Operating Income and Expenses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Income Tax Expense Income tax expense was $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $31.9 million in 2018 and $44.3 million in 2017. Our effective tax rates for 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 20.13%, 18.89% and 32.22% respectively. Lower federal tax rates resulting from the passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, discussed further below, took effect January 1, 2018 and have driven our effective tax rate lower. The higher effective tax rate for 2017 is due to $3.1 million of additional tax expense resulting from revaluing our net deferred tax assets as of December 22, 2017 in connection with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The revaluation adjustment required of our net deferred tax asset position was impacted by a number of factors, including increased loan charge-offs, in the fourth quarter of 2017, increases in deferred tax liabilities relating to depreciation expense on our new headquarters building, and dividends from our captive real estate investment trusts. Our primary permanent differences are related to tax exempt income on debt securities, state income tax benefit on real estate investment trust dividends, various qualifying tax credits and change in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance. We have invested $209.4 million in bank-owned life insurance for certain named officers of the Bank. The periodic increases in cash surrender value of those policies are tax exempt and therefore contribute to a larger permanent difference between book income and taxable income. We own real estate investment trusts for the purpose of holding and managing participations in residential mortgages and commercial real estate loans originated by the bank. The trusts are majority-owned subsidiaries of a trust holding company, which in turn is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the bank. The trusts earn interest income on the loans they hold and incur operating expenses related to their activities. They pay their net earnings, in the form of dividends, to the bank, which receives a deduction for state income taxes. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted on December 22, 2017. Among other things, the new law (a) established a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%, (b) eliminated the corporate alternative minimum tax and allows the use of any such carryforwards to offset regular tax liability for any taxable year, (c) limits the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations, (d) allows businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets, (e) eliminated or reduced certain deductions related to meals and entertainment expenses, (f) modifies the limitation on excessive employee remuneration to eliminate the exception for performance-based compensation and clarifies the definition of a covered employee, and (g) limits the deductibility of deposit insurance premiums. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act also significantly changes U.S. tax law related to foreign operations, however, such changes do not currently impact us. Financial Condition Assets Total assets at December 31, 2019, were $8.95 billion, an increase of $940.3 million, or 11.7%, over total assets of $8.01 billion at December 31, 2018. Average assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $8.64 billion, an increase of $1.36 billion, or 18.7%, over average assets of $7.28 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. Loan growth was the primary reason for the increase in ending and average total assets. Year-end 2019 loans were $7.26 billion, up $728.0 million, or 11.1%, over year-end 2018 total loans of $6.53 billion. Total assets at December 31, 2018, were $8.01 billion, an increase of $925.0 million, or 12.7%, over total assets of $7.1 billion at December 31, 2017. Average assets for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $7.3 billion, an increase of $781.0 million, or 12.0%, over average assets of $6.50 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017. Loan growth was the primary reason for the increase in ending and average total assets. Year-end 2018 loans were $6.53 billion, up $682.2 million, or 11.7%, over year-end 2017 total loans of $5.85 billion. Earning assets include loans, securities, short-term investments and bank-owned life insurance contracts. We maintain a higher level of earning assets in our business model than do our peers because we allocate fewer of our resources to facilities, ATMs, and cash and due-from-bank accounts used for transaction processing. Earning assets at December 31, 2019 were $8.79 billion, or 98.2% of total assets of $8.95 billion. Earning assets at December 31, 2018 were $7.84 billion, or 97.9% of total assets of $8.01 billion. We believe this ratio is expected to generally continue at these levels, although it may be affected by economic factors beyond our control. 49 Investment Portfolio We view the investment portfolio as a source of income and liquidity. Our investment strategy is to accept a lower immediate yield in the investment portfolio by targeting shorter term investments. Our investment policy provides that no more than 60% of our total investment portfolio should be composed of municipal securities. At December 31, 2019, mortgage-backed securities represented 62.5% of the investment portfolio, state and municipal securities represented 7.5% of the investment portfolio, U.S. Treasury securities represented 6.5% of the investment portfolio, government agency securities represented 2.4%, and corporate debt represented 21.1% of the investment portfolio. All of our investments in mortgage-backed securities are pass-through mortgage-backed securities. We do not have currently, and did not have at December 31, 2019, any structured investment vehicles or any private-label mortgage-backed securities. The amortized cost of securities in our portfolio totaled $752.2 million at December 31, 2019, compared to $596.2 million at December 31, 2018. The following table presents the amortized cost of securities available for sale and held to maturity by type at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 2019 December 31, 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 Debt Securities Available for Sale U.S. Treasury Securities ....................................................................................... $ Government Agency Securities ............................................................................ Mortgage-backed securities .................................................................................. State and municipal securities .............................................................................. Corporate debt ....................................................................................................... Total ............................................................................................................................... $ 48,923 $ 18,245 470,513 56,951 157,549 752,181 $ 58,750 $ 18,784 309,244 106,465 102,982 596,225 $ 38,682 16,885 278,177 134,641 69,996 538,381 Debt Securities Held to Maturity State and municipal securities .............................................................................. $ Total ............................................................................................................................... $ 250 $ 250 $ - $ - $ 250 250 The following table presents the amortized cost of our securities as of December 31, 2019 by their stated maturities (this maturity schedule excludes security prepayment and call features), as well as the taxable equivalent yields for each maturity range. At December 31, 2019: Securities Available for Sale: Maturity of Debt Securities - Amortized Cost Less Than One Year One Year through Five Years Six Years through Ten Years (In Thousands) More Than Ten Years Total U.S. Treasury Securities ............................................... $ Government Agency Securities.................................... Mortgage-backed securities ......................................... State and municipal securities ...................................... Corporate debt .............................................................. Total .................................................................................. $ 34,941 - 9 20,781 3,000 58,731 $ $ 13,982 18,245 10,564 32,859 24,949 100,599 $ $ - - 85,274 1,900 127,600 214,774 $ $ - - 374,666 1,411 2,000 378,077 $ $ 48,923 18,245 470,513 56,951 157,549 752,181 Tax-equivalent Yield (1) U.S. Treasury Securities ............................................... Government Agency Securities.................................... Mortgage-backed securities ......................................... State and municipal securities ...................................... Corporate debt .............................................................. Weighted average yield .................................................... 2.52 % - 5.06 2.43 3.50 2.54 % 1.88 % 2.11 2.47 2.52 3.47 2.59 % Securities Held to Maturity: State and municipal securities ...................................... $ Total .................................................................................. $ - - $ $ 250 250 $ $ Tax-equivalent Yield (1) State and municipal securities ...................................... Total .................................................................................. - % - % 3.21 % 3.21 % (1) Yields are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 20%. - % - 2.19 4.31 4.75 3.73 % - - $ $ - % - % - % - 2.77 4.82 4.00 2.78 % 2.34 % 2.11 2.66 2.61 4.52 3.01 % - - $ $ 250 250 - % - % 3.21 % 3.21 % 50 At December 31, 2019, we had $100.5 million in federal funds sold, compared with $223.8 million at December 31, 2018. At year-end 2019, there were no holdings of securities of any issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity. The objective of our investment policy is to invest funds not otherwise needed to meet our loan demand to earn the maximum return, yet still maintain sufficient liquidity to meet fluctuations in our loan demand and deposit structure. In doing so, we balance the market and credit risks against the potential investment return, make investments compatible with the pledge requirements of any deposits of public funds, maintain compliance with regulatory investment requirements, and assist certain public entities with their financial needs. The investment committee has full authority over the investment portfolio and makes decisions on purchases and sales of securities. The entire portfolio, along with all investment transactions occurring since the previous board of directors meeting, is reviewed by the board at each monthly meeting. The investment policy allows portfolio holdings to include short-term securities purchased to provide us with needed liquidity and longer term securities purchased to generate level income for us over periods of interest rate fluctuations. Loan Portfolio We had total loans of approximately $7.3 billion at December 31, 2019. The following table shows the percentage of our total loan portfolio assigned to each of our markets. A large majority of our loan customers are located within our market MSAs, as is the collateral for their loans. With our loan portfolio concentrated in a limited number of markets, there is a risk that our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans from us could be affected by changes in local and regional economic conditions. Percentage of Total Loans Assigned to Market Birmingham, AL ............................................................................... Huntsville, AL ................................................................................... Dothan, AL ........................................................................................ Montgomery, AL............................................................................... Mobile, AL ........................................................................................ Total Alabama Markets ................................................................. Pensacola, FL .................................................................................... West Florida (1) ................................................................................ Total Florida Markets .................................................................... Nashville, TN .................................................................................... Atlanta, GA ....................................................................................... Charleston, SC .................................................................................. 40 % 8 % 9 % 5 % 6 % 68 % 10 % 4 % 14 % 9 % 6 % 3 % (1) West Florida represents the Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater and North Port-Sarasota-Bradenton Metropolitan Areas. 51 The following table details our loans at December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015: 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 (Dollars in Thousands) 521,392 533,192 Commercial, financial and agricultural ............ $ 2,696,210 $ 2,513,225 $ 2,279,366 $ 1,982,267 $ 1,760,479 Real estate - construction ................................. 243,267 Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ....................... 1,587,478 1,463,887 1,328,666 1,171,719 1,014,669 1-4 family mortgage ..................................... 444,134 621,634 Other mortgage............................................. 1,747,394 1,337,068 698,779 Total real estate – mortgage ...................... 3,979,060 3,422,589 2,928,808 2,539,207 2,157,582 Consumer ......................................................... 55,047 64,789 Total Loans .................................................. 7,261,451 6,533,499 5,851,261 4,911,770 4,216,375 (43,419 ) Less: Allowance for loan losses ....................... Net Loans ..................................................... $ 7,184,867 $ 6,464,899 $ 5,791,855 $ 4,859,877 $ 4,172,956 603,063 997,079 536,805 830,683 644,188 335,085 580,874 (68,600 ) (76,584 ) (51,893 ) (59,406 ) 64,493 62,213 55,211 The following table details the percentage composition of our loan portfolio by type at December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015: 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 Commercial, financial and agricultural .......... Real estate - construction ................................ Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ....................... 1-4 family mortgage .................................... Other mortgage ............................................ Total real estate – mortgage ...................... Consumer ....................................................... Total Loans .................................................. 37.13 % 7.18 38.47 % 8.16 38.96 % 9.93 40.36 % 6.82 41.75 % 5.77 21.86 8.87 24.07 54.80 0.89 100.00 % 22.41 9.51 20.46 52.38 0.99 100.00 % 22.71 10.30 17.04 50.05 1.06 100.00 % 23.86 10.93 16.91 51.70 1.12 100.00 % 24.07 10.53 16.57 51.17 1.31 100.00 % The following table details maturities and sensitivity to interest rate changes for our loan portfolio at December 31, 2019: Due in 1 year or less 5 years Due in 1 to Due after 5 years Total (in Thousands) 200,772 Commercial, financial and agricultural ....................................... $ 1,258,697 $ 1,221,174 $ 216,339 $ 2,696,210 Real estate - construction ............................................................ 521,392 Real estate - mortgage: 346,100 1,587,478 Owner-occupied commercial .................................................. 1-4 family mortgage ................................................................ 379,156 644,188 256,103 1,747,394 Other mortgage ....................................................................... 981,359 3,979,060 Total real estate – mortgage ............................................... 64,789 Consumer .................................................................................... Total Loans ............................................................................. $ 2,097,276 $ 3,914,146 $ 1,250,029 $ 7,261,451 Less: Allowance for loan losses .................................................. (76,584 ) $ 7,184,867 Net Loans ................................................................................ 997,522 243,856 94,188 170,844 254,343 1,236,948 592,387 2,405,314 18,297 45,420 269,361 51,259 1,072 Interest rate sensitivity: Fixed interest rates .................................................................. $ 511,557 $ 2,900,458 $ 610,108 $ 4,022,123 Floating or adjustable rates ..................................................... 1,585,719 1,013,688 639,921 3,239,328 Total ............................................................................................ $ 2,097,276 $ 3,914,146 $ 1,250,029 $ 7,261,451 Asset Quality The following table presents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses over the past five fiscal years. 52 Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses Allowance for loan losses: Beginning of year ........................................ $ Charge-offs: Commercial, financial and agricultural ..... Real estate - construction .......................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner occupied commercial ................ 1-4 family mortgage ............................. Other mortgage ..................................... Total real estate mortgage ......................... Consumer .................................................. Total charge-offs ......................................... Recoveries: Commercial, financial and agricultural ..... Real estate - construction .......................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner occupied commercial ................ 1-4 family mortgage ............................. Other mortgage ..................................... Total real estate mortgage ......................... Consumer .................................................. Total recoveries ........................................ 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 (Dollars in Thousands) 68,600 $ 59,406 $ 51,893 $ 43,419 $ 35,629 (15,015) (11,428) - - (13,910) (56) (3,791) (815) (3,802 ) (667 ) (3,882) (276) (2,724) (6,882) (592) (22,489) (309) (307) (426) (1,042) (283) (12,753) (522) (878) (656) (2,056) (310) (16,332) (2) (269) (109) (380) (212) (5,198) (211 ) (446 ) (447 ) (1,104 ) (171 ) (5,744 ) 306 3 - 13 - 13 107 429 349 112 - 46 - 46 38 545 337 168 - 64 25 89 26 620 49 76 - 114 32 146 3 274 279 238 - 169 - 169 1 687 Net charge-offs ............................................ (22,060) (12,208) (15,712) (4,924) (5,057 ) Allocation from LGP ...................................... 7,406 - - - - Provision for loan losses charged to expense . 22,638 21,402 23,225 13,398 12,847 Allowance for loan losses at end of period ..... $ 76,584 $ 68,600 $ 59,406 $ 51,893 $ 43,419 As a percent of year to date average loans: Net charge-offs ............................................ Provision for loan losses .............................. Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of: Year-end loans ............................................. Nonperforming assets .................................. 0.32% 0.33% 0.20% 0.35% 0.29% 0.43% 0.11% 0.30% 0.13 % 0.34 % 1.05% 172.91% 1.05% 208.26% 1.02% 338.96% 1.06% 237.23% 1.03 % 329.96 % The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained at levels needed to absorb anticipated credit losses from identified and otherwise inherent risks in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, management considers its evaluation of the loan portfolio, past due loan experience, collateral values, current economic conditions and other factors considered necessary to maintain the allowance at an adequate level. Our management feels that the allowance was adequate at December 31, 2019. For a more detailed discussion of our methodology for determining the provision for loan losses, see the discussion under Item 1, “Business – Policy for Determining the Loan Loss Allowance.” During the third quarter of 2019, the Company recorded a $7.4 million payment resulting from the termination of a Loan Guarantee Program (“LGP”) operated by the State of Alabama. The payment was recorded as an increase to the allowance for loan losses specifically related to loans formerly enrolled in this program, in accordance with the Company’s established ALLL review and evaluation criteria. In general, loans enrolled in the program had a collateral shortfall or other enhanced credit risk. In return for the Company’s acceptance of these higher risk loans, the Company received a guarantee of up to 50% of losses in the event of a borrower’s default. These were loans that would have otherwise not met the Company’s loan underwriting criteria. The program required a 1% fee on the commitment balance at origination. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 71 loans outstanding totaling $42.2 million that were formerly enrolled in the loan guarantee program. Of 53 this total, $37.0 million were categorized as pass within the Company's credit quality asset classification, $5.2 million were categorized as Special Mention. The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for each respective loan category with the corresponding percent of loans in each category to total loans. 2019 Percentage of loans in each category to 2018 For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 2016 Percentage of loans in each category to Percentage of loans in each category to Percentage of loans in each category to Amount total loans Amount total loans Amount total loans Amount total loans 2015 Percentage of loans in each category to Amount total loans (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, financial and agricultural ...... $ 43,666 Real estate - 37.13 % $ 39,016 38.47 % $ 32,880 38.96 % $ 28,872 40.36 % $ 21,495 41.75 % construction .... 2,768 7.18 3,522 8.16 4,989 9.93 5,125 6.82 5,432 5.77 Real estate - mortgage ......... 29,653 Consumer .......... 497 Total .................. $ 76,584 54.80 0.89 25,508 554 100.00 % $ 68,600 52.38 0.99 21,022 515 100.00 % $ 59,406 50.05 1.06 17,504 392 100.00 % $ 51,893 51.70 1.12 16,061 431 100.00 % $ 43,419 51.17 1.31 100.00 % We target small and medium-sized businesses as loan customers. Because of their size, these borrowers may be less able to withstand competitive or economic pressures than larger borrowers in periods of economic weakness. If loan losses occur at a level where the loan loss reserve is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease. We use an independent consulting firm to review our loans annually for quality in addition to the reviews that may be conducted by bank regulatory agencies as part of their examination process. As of December 31, 2019, we had impaired loans of $43.1 million, an increase of $4.5 million from $38.6 million as of December 31, 2018. We allocated $9.8 million of our allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019 to these impaired loans compared to $8.1 million at December 31, 2018. We had previous write-downs against impaired loans of $12.2 million at December 31, 2019, compared to $8.1 million at December 31, 2018. The recorded investment in impaired loans at December 31, 2019 is also inclusive of a purchase loan discount associated with the acquisition of Metro Bank totaling $0.1 million. The average recorded balance for 2019 of impaired loans was $58.8 million. A loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement. Impairment does not always indicate credit loss, but provides an indication of collateral exposure based on prevailing market conditions and third-party valuations. Impaired loans are measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. The amount of any initial impairment and subsequent changes in impairment are included in the allowance for loan losses. Our credit administration group performs verification and testing to ensure appropriate identification of impaired loans and that proper reserves are allocated to these loans. Interest on accruing impaired loans is recognized as long as such loans do not meet the criteria for nonaccrual status. If further credit deterioration occurs and the criteria for nonaccrual status is met, all interest accrued but not collected is reversed against current interest income. Loans included as impaired and in nonaccrual status totaled $30.1 million at December 31, 2019, an increase of $8.2 million compared to $21.9 million at December 31, 2018. Interest income foregone throughout the year on nonaccrual loans was $2.0 million, and we recognized $1.5 million of interest income on nonaccrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to interest income foregone in 2018 of $976,000 and $871,000 of interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2018. Of the $43.1 million of impaired loans reported as of December 31, 2019, $20.8 million were commercial and industrial loans, $18.0 million were real estate mortgage loans, and $4.3 million were real estate construction loans. 54 The bank has procedures and processes in place intended to ensure that losses do not exceed the potential amounts documented in the bank’s impairment analyses and reduce potential losses in the remaining performing loans within our real estate construction portfolio. These include the following: (cid:404) We closely monitor the past due and overdraft reports on a weekly basis to identify deterioration as early as possible and the placement of identified loans on the watch list. (cid:404) We perform extensive quarterly credit reviews for all watch list/classified loans, including formulation of aggressive workout or action plans. When a workout is not achievable, we move to collection/foreclosure proceedings to obtain control of the underlying collateral as rapidly as possible to minimize the deterioration of collateral and/or the loss of its value. (cid:404) We require updated financial information, global inventory aging and interest carry analysis for existing customers to help identify potential future loan payment problems. (cid:404) We generally limit loans for new construction to established builders and developers that have an established record of turning their inventories, and we restrict our funding of undeveloped lots and land. Nonperforming Assets The table below summarizes our nonperforming assets at December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015: 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 Balance Number of Loans Balance Number of Loans Balance Number of Loans Balance Number of Loans Balance Number of Loans (Dollars in Thousands) Nonaccrual loans: Commercial, financial and agricultural ............................... $ Real estate - construction ............ Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial 1-4 family mortgage ............. Other mortgage ..................... Total real estate – mortgage ....... Consumer .................................... Total nonaccrual loans ...................... $ 90+ days past due and accruing: Commercial, financial and agricultural ............................... $ Real estate – construction ........... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial 1-4 family mortgage ............. Other mortgage ..................... Total real estate – mortgage ....... Consumer .................................... Total 90+ days past due and accruing ......................................... $ Total nonperforming loans ............... $ Plus: Other real estate owned and repossessions ................................. Total nonperforming assets .............. $ Restructured accruing loans: Commercial, financial and agricultural ............................... $ Real estate – construction ........... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial 1-4 family mortgage ............. Other mortgage ..................... Total real estate – mortgage ....... Consumer .................................... Total restructured accruing loans ..... $ Total nonperforming assets and 14,729 1,588 10,826 1,440 1,507 13,773 - 30,091 201 - - 873 4,924 5,797 23 6,021 36,112 8,178 44,290 625 - - - - - - 625 29 $ 2 10,503 997 3 5 1 9 - 40 $ 3,358 2,046 5,022 10,426 - 21,926 3 $ - - 5 1 6 8 605 - - 123 5,008 5,131 108 17 $ 57 $ 5,844 27,770 12 69 $ 5,169 32,939 2 $ - - - - - - 2 $ 3,073 - - - - - - 3,073 16 $ 1 2 9 1 12 - 29 $ 10 $ - - 1 1 2 28 9,712 - 556 459 - 1,015 38 10,765 12 - - - - - 48 40 $ 69 $ 60 10,825 12 81 $ 6,701 17,526 3 $ - 11,438 997 - - - - - 3 $ 3,664 850 - 4,514 - 16,949 18 $ - 2 2 - 4 1 23 $ 3 $ - - - - - 24 7,282 3,268 - 74 - 74 - 10,624 10 - 6,208 - - 6,208 45 27 $ 50 $ 6,263 16,887 12 62 $ 4,988 21,875 6 $ 1 2 1 - 3 - 10 $ 354 - - - 204 204 - 558 13 $ 5 - 1 - 1 - 19 $ 1 $ - 1 - - 1 10 1,918 4,000 - 198 1,619 1,817 31 7,766 - - - - - - 1 12 $ 31 $ 1 7,767 12 43 $ 5,392 13,159 1 $ - - - 1 1 - 2 $ 6,618 - - - 253 253 - 6,871 7 7 - 2 5 7 1 22 - - - - - - 1 1 23 18 41 8 - - - 1 1 - 9 restructured accruing loans ............ $ 44,915 71 $ 36,012 84 $ 34,475 72 $ 22,433 45 $ 20,030 50 Gross interest income foregone on nonaccrual loans throughout year .. $ 2,023 $ 976 $ 1,012 $ 516 $ 678 Interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans throughout year .. $ 1,462 $ 871 $ 506 $ 629 $ 602 Ratios: Nonperforming loans to total loans .. Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate owned and repossessions ................................. Nonperforming assets and restructured accruing loans to total loans plus other real estate owned and repossessions ........................... 0.50 % 0.43 % 0.19 % 0.34 % 0.18 % 0.61 % 0.50 % 0.30 % 0.44 % 0.31 % 0.62 % 0.55 % 0.59 % 0.46 % 0.47 % 55 The balance of nonperforming assets can fluctuate due to changes in economic conditions. We have established a policy to discontinue accruing interest on a loan (i.e., place the loan on nonaccrual status) after it has become 90 days delinquent as to payment of principal or interest, unless the loan is considered to be well-collateralized and is actively in the process of collection. In addition, a loan will be placed on nonaccrual status before it becomes 90 days delinquent unless management believes that the collection of interest is expected. Interest previously accrued but uncollected on such loans is reversed and charged against current income when the receivable is determined to be uncollectible. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized only as received. If we believe that a loan will not be collected in full, we will increase the allowance for loan losses to reflect management’s estimate of any potential exposure or loss. Generally, payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied directly to principal. There are not any loans, outside of those included in the table above, that cause management to have serious doubts as to the ability of borrowers to comply with present repayment terms. Deposits We rely on increasing our deposit base to fund loan and other asset growth. Each of our markets is highly competitive. We compete for local deposits by offering attractive products with competitive rates. We expect to have a higher average cost of funds for local deposits than competitor banks due to our lack of an extensive branch network. Our management’s strategy is to offset the higher cost of funding with a lower level of operating expense and firm pricing discipline for loan products. We have promoted electronic banking services by providing them without charge and by offering in-bank customer training. The following table presents the average balance and average rate paid on each of the following deposit categories at the bank level for years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: Average Deposits Average for Years Ended December 31, 2018 2019 2017 Average Balance Average Rate Paid Average Balance (Dollars in Thousands) Average Rate Paid Average Balance Average Rate Paid Types of Deposits: Non-interest-bearing demand deposits ...................................... $ 1,632,385 Interest-bearing demand deposits .. 928,611 Money market accounts ................. 4,038,143 Savings accounts ........................... 57,078 91,122 Time deposits under $100,000 ...... Time deposits, $100,000 and over ............................................ 611,123 Total deposits ............................. $ 7,358,462 - % $ 1,480,827 0.82 % 863,673 1.68 % 3,241,474 53,596 0.56 % 91,653 1.74 % - % $ 1,351,112 0.62 % 817,496 1.24 % 2,776,363 49,151 0.43 % 82,688 1.23 % 2.20 % 534,679 $ 6,265,902 1.61 % 464,747 $ 5,541,557 - % 0.41 % 0.70 % 0.31 % 0.83 % 1.13 % 56 The following table presents the maturities of our certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. At December 31, 2019 Maturity Three months or less ......................................................... $ Over three through six months .......................................... Over six months through one year .................................... Over one year .................................................................... Total ............................................................................... $ $100,000 and greater (In Thousands) Less than $100,000 Total 95,522 $ 90,825 172,964 286,488 645,799 $ 19,192 $ 16,988 19,957 26,617 82,754 $ 114,714 107,813 192,921 313,105 728,553 At December 31, 2018 Maturity Three months or less ......................................................... $ Over three through six months .......................................... Over six months through one year .................................... Over one year .................................................................... Total ............................................................................... $ $100,000 and greater (In Thousands) Less than $100,000 Total 66,883 $ 87,433 174,324 267,986 596,626 $ 15,641 $ 17,907 24,747 24,657 82,952 $ 82,524 105,340 199,071 292,643 679,578 Total average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $7.4 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion, or 17.4%, over total average deposits of $6.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased by $152,000, or 10.2%, from $1.48 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $1.63 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019. Total average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $6.3 billion, an increase of $724,000, or 13.1%, over total average deposits of $5.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased by $130,000, or 9.6%, from $1.35 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1.48 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. Borrowed Funds We had available $767.0 million in unused federal funds lines of credit with regional banks as of December 31, 2019, compared to $562.0 million as of December 31, 2018. The increase was attributable to additional lines of credit initiated with new banks during 2019. These lines are subject to certain restrictions. Federal funds purchased from correspondent banks averaged $398.2 million, $270.9 million and $312.2 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We paid average interest rates on these funds of 2.28%, 1.96% and 1.15% for the same three years, respectively. The maximum amount outstanding at month-end during 2019 and 2018 was $472.0 million and $326.4 million, respectively. Stockholders’ Equity Stockholders’ equity increased $127.5 million during 2019, to $842.7 million at December 31, 2019 from $715.2 million at December 31, 2018. The increase in stockholders’ equity resulted primarily from net income of $149.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, less dividends paid or declared on our common stock of $33.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Stockholders’ equity increased $107.8 million during 2018, to $715.2 million at December 31, 2018 from $607.6 million at December 31, 2017. The increase in stockholders’ equity resulted primarily from net income of $136.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, less dividends paid or declared on our common stock of $25.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements In the normal course of business, we are a party to financial credit arrangements with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial credit arrangements include commitments to extend credit beyond current fundings, credit card arrangements, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those credit arrangements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract or notional 57 amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in those particular financial credit arrangements. All such credit arrangements bear interest at variable rates and we have no such credit arrangements which bear interest at fixed rates. Our exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, credit card arrangements and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on- balance sheet instruments. The following table sets forth our credit arrangements and financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: Commitments to extend credit ....................... $ Credit card arrangements ............................... Standby letters of credit and .......................... financial guarantees ....................................... Total ........................................................... $ 2019 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 2,303,788 $ 248,617 1,985,801 $ 173,613 1,945,171 128,149 48,394 2,600,799 $ 40,590 2,200,004 $ 41,654 2,114,974 Commitments to extend credit beyond current fundings are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Such commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by us upon extension of credit is based on our management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. All letters of credit are due within one year or less of the original commitment date. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Derivatives The bank has entered into agreements with secondary market investors to deliver loans on a “best efforts delivery” basis. When a rate is committed to a borrower, it is based on the best price that day and locked with our investor for our customer for a 30-day period. In the event the loan is not delivered to the investor, the bank has no risk or exposure with the investor. The interest rate lock commitments related to loans that are originated for later sale are classified as derivatives. The fair values of our agreements with investors and rate lock commitments to customers as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were not material. Asset and Liability Management The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the dollar amount of rate-sensitive assets repricing during a period and the volume of rate-sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate-sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate-sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income while a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income while a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income. Our asset liability and investment committee is charged with monitoring our liquidity and funds position. The committee regularly reviews the rate sensitivity position on a three-month, six-month and one-year time horizon; loans-to-deposits ratios; and average maturities for certain categories of liabilities. The asset liability committee uses a model to analyze the 58 maturities of rate-sensitive assets and liabilities. The model measures the “gap” which is defined as the difference between the dollar amount of rate-sensitive assets repricing during a period and the volume of rate-sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period. Gap is also expressed as the ratio of rate-sensitive assets divided by rate-sensitive liabilities. If the ratio is greater than “one,” then the dollar value of assets exceeds the dollar value of liabilities and the balance sheet is “asset sensitive.” Conversely, if the value of liabilities exceeds the dollar value of assets, then the ratio is less than one and the balance sheet is “liability sensitive.” Our internal policy requires our management to maintain the gap such that net interest margins will not change more than 10% if interest rates change by 100 basis points or more than 15% if interest rates change by 200 basis points. As of December 31, 2019, our gap was within such ranges. See “—Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis of Market Risk” below in Item 7A for additional information. Liquidity and Capital Adequacy Liquidity Liquidity is defined as our ability to generate sufficient cash to fund current loan demand, deposit withdrawals, or other cash demands and disbursement needs, and otherwise to operate on an ongoing basis. Liquidity is managed at two levels. The first is the liquidity of the Company. The second is the liquidity of the bank. The management of liquidity at both levels is critical, because the Company and the bank have different funding needs and sources, and each are subject to regulatory guidelines and requirements. We are subject to general FDIC guidelines which require a minimum level of liquidity. Management believes our liquidity ratios meet or exceed these guidelines. Our management is not currently aware of any trends or demands that are reasonably likely to result in liquidity increasing or decreasing in any material manner. The retention of existing deposits and attraction of new deposit sources through new and existing customers is critical to our liquidity position. In the event of compression in liquidity due to a run-off in deposits, we have a liquidity policy and procedure that provides for certain actions under varying liquidity conditions. These actions include borrowing from existing correspondent banks, selling or participating loans and the curtailment of loan commitments and funding. At December 31, 2019, our liquid assets, represented by cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and unpledged available-for-sale securities, totaled $1.06 billion. Additionally, at such date we had available to us approximately $767.0 million in unused federal funds lines of credit with regional banks, subject to certain restrictions and collateral requirements, to meet short term funding needs. We believe these sources of funding are adequate to meet immediate anticipated funding needs. Our management meets on a weekly basis to review sources and uses of funding to determine the appropriate strategy to ensure an appropriate level of liquidity, and we have increased our focus on the generation of core deposit funding to supplement our liquidity position. At the current time, our long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to funds required to support loan originations and commitments and deposit withdrawals. Our regular sources of funding are from the growth of our deposit base, repayment of principal and interest on loans, the sale of loans and the renewal of time deposits. We also may continue periodic offerings of debt and equity securities. The following table reflects the contractual maturities of our term liabilities as of December 31, 2019. The amounts shown do not reflect any early withdrawal or prepayment assumptions. Contractual Obligations (1) Payments due by Period Total less than 1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years (In Thousands) Over 5 years Deposits without a stated maturity ...................... $ 6,236,130 $ 6,236,130 $ 415,448 Certificates of deposit (2) .................................... 470,749 Federal funds purchased ...................................... Other borrowings ................................................. - 3,005 Operating lease commitments ............................. - $ 229,850 - - 4,808 Total ................................................................. $ 7,513,782 $ 7,125,332 $ 234,658 $ 728,553 470,749 65,000 13,350 - $ 83,255 - - 3,098 86,353 $ - - - 65,000 2,439 67,439 (1) Excludes interest. (2) Certificates of deposit give customers the right to early withdrawal. Early withdrawals may be subject to penalties. The penalty amount depends on the remaining time to maturity at the time of early withdrawal. 59 Capital Adequacy As of December 31, 2019, our most recent notification from the FDIC categorized us as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To remain categorized as well-capitalized, we must maintain minimum common equity tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as disclosed in the table below. Our management believes that we are well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action provisions as of December 31, 2019. In addition, the Alabama Banking Department has required that the bank maintain a leverage ratio of 8.00%. The following table sets forth (i) the capital ratios of the bank required by the FDIC to maintain “well-capitalized” status and (ii) our actual ratios of capital to total regulatory or risk-weighted assets, as of December 31, 2019. Well- Capitalized Actual at December 31, 2019 CET 1 Capital Ratio ........................................ Tier 1 Capital Ratio ......................................... Total Capital Ratio .......................................... Leverage ratio ................................................. 6.50 % 8.00 % 10.00 % 5.00 % 11.30 % 11.31 % 12.29 % 9.83 % For a description of capital ratios see Note 14, “Regulatory Matters” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Impact of Inflation Our consolidated financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which require the measure of financial position and operating results in terms of historic dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Inflation generally increases the costs of funds and operating overhead, and to the extent loans and other assets bear variable rates, the yields on such assets. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than the effects of general levels of inflation. In addition, inflation affects financial institutions’ cost of goods and services purchased, the cost of salaries and benefits, occupancy expense, and similar items. Inflation and related increases in interest rates generally decrease the market value of investments and loans held and may adversely affect liquidity, earnings and stockholders’ equity. Mortgage originations and refinancing tend to slow as interest rates increase, and likely will reduce our volume of such activities and the income from the sale of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements New accounting standards are discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Like all financial institutions, we are subject to market risk from changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk is inherent in the balance sheet due to the mismatch between the maturities of rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. If rates are rising, and the level of rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds the level of rate-sensitive assets, the net interest margin will be negatively impacted. Conversely, if rates are falling, and the level of rate-sensitive liabilities is greater than the level of rate- sensitive assets, the impact on the net interest margin will be favorable. Managing interest rate risk is further complicated by the fact that all rates do not change at the same pace; in other words, short term rates may be rising while longer term rates remain stable. In addition, different types of rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities react differently to changes in rates. To manage interest rate risk, we must take a position on the expected future trend of interest rates. Rates may rise, fall, or remain the same. Our asset liability committee develops its view of future rate trends and strives to manage rate risk within a targeted range by monitoring economic indicators, examining the views of economists and other experts, and understanding the current status of our balance sheet. Our annual budget reflects the anticipated rate environment for the next twelve months. The asset liability committee conducts a quarterly analysis of the rate sensitivity position and reports its results to our board of directors. 60 The asset liability committee employs multiple modeling scenarios to analyze the maturities of rate-sensitive assets and liabilities. The model measures the “gap” which is defined as the difference between the dollar amount of rate-sensitive assets repricing during a period and the volume of rate-sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period. The gap is also expressed as the ratio of rate-sensitive assets divided by rate-sensitive liabilities. If the ratio is greater than “one,” the dollar value of assets exceeds the dollar value of liabilities; the balance sheet is “asset sensitive.” Conversely, if the value of liabilities exceeds the value of assets, the ratio is less than one and the balance sheet is “liability sensitive.” Our internal policy requires management to maintain the gap such that net interest margins will not change more than 10% if interest rates change 100 basis points or more than 15% if interest rates change 200 basis points. As of December 31, 2019, our gap was within such ranges. The model measures scheduled maturities in periods of three months, four to twelve months, one to five years and over five years. The chart below illustrates our rate-sensitive position at December 31, 2019. Management uses the one-year gap as the appropriate time period for setting strategy. Rate Sensitive Gap Analysis 1-3 Months 4-12 Months 1-5 Years Over 5 Years Total (Dollars in Thousands) Interest-earning assets: Loans, including mortgages held for sale .... $ 3,113,513 43,229 Securities ..................................................... 100,473 Federal funds sold ....................................... Interest bearing balances with banks ........... 443,804 Total interest-earning assets ........................ $ 3,701,019 $ 933,686 121,517 - 3,225 $ 1,058,428 $ 2,908,703 397,614 - 4,480 $ 3,310,797 $ 311,861 197,289 - - $ 509,150 $ 7,267,763 759,649 100,473 451,509 $ 8,579,394 Interest-bearing liabilities: Deposits: 994,453 Interest-bearing checking ......................... $ Money market and savings ...................... 4,057,548 114,720 Time deposits ........................................... - Federal funds purchased .............................. Other borrowings ......................................... 470,749 Total interest-bearing liabilities ................... 5,637,470 Interest sensitivity gap ................................. $ (1,936,451) Cumulative sensitivity gap .......................... $ (1,936,451) Percent of cumulative sensitivity Gap to $ - - 300,668 - - 300,668 $ 757,760 $ (1,178,691) $ - - 313,203 - - 313,203 $ 2,997,594 $ 1,818,903 $ - - $ 994,453 4,066,807 (38) 728,553 64,703 470,749 6,325,265 $ 2,263,388 - $ 64,703 - 64,665 $ 444,485 $ 2,263,388 total interest-earning assets ...................... (22.57%) (13.74%) 21.20 % 26.38% The interest rate risk model that defines the gap position also performs a “rate shock” test of the balance sheet. The rate shock procedure measures the impact on the economic value of equity (EVE) which is a measure of long term interest rate risk. EVE is the difference between the market value of our assets and the liabilities and is our liquidation value. In this analysis, the model calculates the discounted cash flow or market value of each category on the balance sheet. The percentage change in EVE is a measure of the volatility of risk. Regulatory guidelines specify a maximum change of 30% for a 200 basis points rate change. Short term rates dropped to historically low levels during 2009 and remained at those low levels until the Federal Reserve started increasing its target rate in December 2015. After starting the year at a rate of 2.50%, the Federal Reserve has cut its targeted federal funds rate by 75 basis points to its current rate of 1.75%. At December 31, 2019, the model shows an increase in our EVE for all upward shifts in rates. The chart below identifies the EVE impact of a downward shift in rates of 100 basis points and an upward shift in rates of 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points. Economic Value of Equity Under Rate Shock At December 31, 2019 0 bps -100 bps +100 bps +200 bps +300 bps +400 bps Economic value of equity .......... $ 842,682 $ 779,481 Actual dollar change .................. (63,201) Percent change ........................... $ (7.50%) (Dollars in Thousands) $ 885,659 $ 42,977 $ 911,782 $ 69,100 $ 933,692 $ 91,010 $ 949,703 $ 107,021 5.10 % 8.20 % 10.80 % 12.70 % 61 The one-year gap ratio of negative 13.7% indicates that we would show a decrease in net interest income in a rising rate environment, and the EVE rate shock shows that the EVE would increase in a rising rate environment. The EVE simulation model is a static model which provides information only at a certain point in time. For example, in a rising rate environment, the model does not take into account actions which management might take to change the impact of rising rates on us. Given that limitation, it is still useful in assessing the long-range impact of unanticipated movements in interest rates. The above analysis may not on its own be an entirely accurate indicator of how net interest income or EVE will be affected by changes in interest rates. Income associated with interest earning assets and costs associated with interest bearing liabilities may not be affected uniformly by changes in interest rates. In addition, the magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates may have a significant impact on net interest income. Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities fluctuate in advance of changes in general market rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in general market rates. Our asset liability committee develops its view of future rate trends by monitoring economic indicators, examining the views of economists and other experts, and understanding the current status of our balance sheet and conducts a quarterly analysis of the rate sensitivity position. The results of the analysis are reported to our board of directors on a quarterly basis. 62 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The financial statements and supplementary data required by Regulations S-X and by Item 302 of Regulation S-K are set forth in the pages listed below. Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements ....................... Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting ............ Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 ............................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.............................. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 .... Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ........ Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ....................... Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ........................................................................................................... Page 64 66 68 69 70 71 72 73 63 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the shareholders and the board of directors of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Allowance for Loan Losses As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the financial statements, the Company’s allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) balance was $76.6 million on gross loans of $7.3 billion as of December 31, 2019, and consisted primarily of general reserves on loans collectively evaluated for impairment and specific reserves on loans individually evaluated for impairment. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio and considers the nature of the loan portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, current economic conditions, current asset quality trends and other risks inherent in the portfolio. As disclosed by management, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates. Allocation of the allowance is made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that in management’s judgment deteriorates and is uncollectible. The general reserve 64 component of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s judgment regarding various external and internal factors including macroeconomic trends, management’s assessment of the Company’s loan growth prospects, and evaluations of internal risk controls (collectively, “qualitative factors”). The determination of these qualitative factors is management’s evaluation of potential future losses that would arise should their assumptions materialize. We have determined that the allowance is a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for our determination of the allowance as a critical audit matter is the subjectivity of the assumptions that management utilized in determining and applying the qualitative factors in the allowance model. Furthermore, certain inputs and assumptions lack observable data and therefore, applying audit procedures required a higher degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity due to the nature and extent of audit evidence and effort required to address this matter. The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: (cid:404) We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls relating to the Company’s allowance, including controls over the credit monitoring function related to loan performance, the determination of qualitative factors, and the precision of management’s review and approval of the allowance model and resulting estimate. (cid:404) We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimates and judgments related to the qualitative factors and the resulting allocation to the allowance. This included evaluating the appropriateness of the methodologies used by management to estimate the qualitative factor components of the allowance, including evaluating the appropriateness and completeness of risk factors used in determining the qualitative factors. (cid:404) To test the reasonableness of the qualitative factors, we compared information utilized by management to internal and external evidence and assessed the appropriateness of data utilized by management in developing the assumptions, including the consideration of potentially new or contradictory information. (cid:404) We also analyzed the qualitative factors over a historical period in comparison to changes in the Company’s loan portfolio and the economy and evaluated the appropriateness and level of the qualitative factor allowances. (cid:404) We performed analytical procedures on the overall level and various components of the allowance, including historical reserves, qualitative reserves and specific reserves, as well as credit quality to ensure movement in a directionally consistent manner relative to credit quality indicators and changes in the Company’s loan portfolio and the economy. /s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014. Atlanta, Georgia February 25, 2020 65 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and our report dated February 25, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 66 Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP Atlanta, Georgia February 25, 2020 67 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 ASSETS Cash and due from banks ............................................................................................ $ Interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions ......................................... Federal funds sold ....................................................................................................... Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................... Available for sale debt securities, at fair value ............................................................ Held to maturity debt securities (fair value of $250 at December 31, 2019) ............... Mortgage loans held for sale ....................................................................................... Loans ........................................................................................................................... Less allowance for loan losses .................................................................................... Loans, net ................................................................................................................. Premises and equipment, net ....................................................................................... Accrued interest and dividends receivable .................................................................. Deferred tax asset, net ................................................................................................. Other real estate owned and repossessed assets .......................................................... Bank owned life insurance contracts ........................................................................... Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets ........................................................ Other assets ................................................................................................................. Total assets .............................................................................................................. $ 78,618 $ 451,509 100,473 630,600 759,399 250 6,312 7,261,451 (76,584) 7,184,867 56,496 26,262 25,566 8,178 209,395 14,179 26,149 8,947,653 $ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Liabilities: Deposits: Non-interest-bearing demand .................................................................................. $ Interest-bearing ........................................................................................................ Total deposits ....................................................................................................... Federal funds purchased .............................................................................................. Other borrowings ......................................................................................................... Accrued interest and dividends payable ...................................................................... Other liabilities ............................................................................................................ Total liabilities ......................................................................................................... 1,749,879 $ 5,780,554 7,530,433 470,749 64,703 11,934 27,152 8,104,971 Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 1,000,000 authorized and 97,516 360,534 223,845 681,895 590,184 - 120 6,533,499 (68,600) 6,464,899 57,822 24,070 27,277 5,169 130,649 14,449 10,848 8,007,382 1,557,341 5,358,367 6,915,708 288,725 64,666 10,381 12,699 7,292,179 undesignated at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 .............................. - - Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 53,623,740 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019, and 53,375,195 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 ........................ Additional paid-in capital ........................................................................................ Retained earnings ..................................................................................................... Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ................................................... Total stockholders' equity attributable to ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. ................ Noncontrolling interest ............................................................................................ Total stockholders' equity .................................................................................... Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .................................................................. $ 54 219,766 616,611 5,749 842,180 502 842,682 8,947,653 $ 53 218,521 500,868 (4,741) 714,701 502 715,203 8,007,382 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 68 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands, except per share amounts) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 2019 2017 Interest income: Interest and fees on loans ........................................................... $ Taxable securities ...................................................................... Nontaxable securities ................................................................. Federal funds sold ...................................................................... Other interest and dividends ...................................................... Total interest income .............................................................. Interest expense: Deposits ..................................................................................... Borrowed funds ......................................................................... Total interest expense ............................................................. Net interest income ................................................................ Provision for loan losses ................................................................ Net interest income after provision for loan losses ................ Noninterest income: Service charges on deposit accounts .......................................... Mortgage banking ...................................................................... Credit card income ..................................................................... Securities gains .......................................................................... Increase in cash surrender value life insurance .......................... Other operating income ............................................................. Total noninterest income ........................................................ Noninterest expenses: Salaries and employee benefits .................................................. Equipment and occupancy expense ........................................... Professional services .................................................................. FDIC and other regulatory assessments ..................................... Other real estate owned expense ................................................ Other operating expenses ........................................................... Total noninterest expenses ..................................................... Income before income taxes ................................................... Provision for income taxes ............................................................ Net income ...................................................................... Dividends on preferred stock ................................................. Net income available to common stockholders ............... $ Basic earnings per common share ................................................. $ Diluted earnings per common share .............................................. $ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 354,308 $ 17,008 1,429 6,038 12,020 390,803 90,958 12,200 103,158 287,645 22,638 265,007 7,029 4,361 7,076 27 3,746 1,743 23,982 57,783 9,272 4,235 2,975 415 27,448 102,128 186,861 37,618 149,243 63 149,180 $ 2.79 $ 2.76 $ 305,370 $ 12,654 2,406 3,103 3,094 326,627 55,502 8,446 63,948 262,679 21,402 241,277 6,547 2,784 5,550 190 3,130 1,239 19,440 51,849 8,423 3,646 3,869 790 23,298 91,875 168,842 31,902 136,940 63 136,877 $ 2.57 $ 2.53 $ 246,682 9,117 2,948 1,693 2,316 262,756 28,831 6,502 35,333 227,423 23,225 204,198 5,702 3,835 3,594 - 3,131 1,099 17,361 47,604 8,018 3,217 3,918 323 21,129 84,209 137,350 44,258 93,092 62 93,030 1.76 1.72 69 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (In thousands) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 2019 2017 Net income ........................................................................................ $ Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during period from securities available for sale, net of tax of $2,788, $(1,205) and $(362) for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively ............................ Reduction in unrealized loss related to held to maturity debt 149,243 $ 136,940 $ 93,092 10,511 (4,531 ) (674) securities transferred to available for sale, net of tax of $592 .... - - 1,100 Reclassification adjustment for net gains on sale of securities available for sale, net of tax of $6 and $3 for 2019 and 2018, respectively ................................................................................ Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax .............................. Comprehensive income ..................................................................... $ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. (21) 10,490 159,733 $ (12 ) (4,543 ) 132,397 $ - 426 93,518 70 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (In thousands, except share amounts) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Noncontrolling Interest Total Stockholders' Equity Balance, January 1, 2017 .................... $ - $ 53 $ 215,932 $ 307,151 $ (624) $ 377 $ 522,889 Common dividends paid, $0.15 per share ....................................... Common dividends declared, $0.05 per share ............................. Preferred dividends paid ................ Issue 385,500 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options .......................................... 35,010 shares of common stock withheld in net settlement upon exercise of stock options .............. Issue 125 shares of REIT preferred stock ............................................. Stock-based compensation expense ......................................... Other comprehensive income, net of tax ............................................ Reclassification of the disproportionate tax effect of enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 .......................... Net income ..................................... Balance, December 31, 2017 ......... $ Common dividends paid, $0.33 per share ....................................... Common dividends declared, $0.15 per share ............................. Preferred dividends paid ................ Issue 353,259 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options .......................................... 61,077 shares of common stock withheld in net settlement upon exercise of stock options .............. Stock-based compensation expense ......................................... Other comprehensive loss, net of tax ................................................. Net income ..................................... Balance, December 31, 2018 .............. $ Common dividends paid, $0.45 per share ....................................... Common dividends declared, $0.175 per share ........................... Preferred dividends paid ................ Issue 228,381 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options .......................................... 60,419 shares of common stock withheld in net settlement upon exercise of stock options .............. Stock-based compensation expense ......................................... Other comprehensive income, net of tax ............................................ Net income ..................................... Balance, December 31, 2019 .............. $ - - - - - - - (7,935 ) - - (2,649 ) (62 ) - - 1,911 - - - - - - - - $ - - - - (1,320 ) - - - 1,170 - - - - - - - - 53 $ - - (43 ) 93,092 217,693 $ 389,554 $ - - - - (17,545 ) - - (8,018 ) (63 ) - - 2,337 - - - - - - $ - - - - - - - - $ - (2,360 ) - 851 - - - - 53 $ - - - 136,940 218,521 $ 500,868 $ (4,543) - (4,741) $ - - - - (24,053 ) - - (9,384 ) (63 ) - 1 2,122 - - (1,977 ) - 1,100 - - - - 54 $ - - - 149,243 219,766 $ 616,611 $ 10,490 - 5,749 $ - - - - - - - 383 43 - (198) $ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (7,935) (2,649) (62) - 1,911 - (1,320) 125 125 - - 1,170 383 - - 502 $ - - - - 93,092 607,604 (17,545) (8,018) (63) - 2,337 - - - - 502 $ - - - (2,360) 851 (4,543) 136,940 715,203 (24,053) (9,384) (63) - 2,123 - - - - 502 $ (1,977) 1,100 10,490 149,243 842,682 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 71 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands) OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income ........................................................................................................................................ $ Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 149,243 $ 136,940 Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 Deferred tax expense (benefit) ....................................................................................................... Provision for loan losses ................................................................................................................ Depreciation .................................................................................................................................. Accretion on acquired loans .......................................................................................................... Amortization of core deposit intangible ........................................................................................ Net amortization of debt securities available for sale .................................................................... Increase in accrued interest and dividends receivable ................................................................... Stock-based compensation expense ............................................................................................... Increase in accrued interest payable .............................................................................................. Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale ....................................................................... Originations of mortgage loans held for sale ................................................................................. Net gain on sale of debt securities available for sale ..................................................................... Gain on sale of equity securities .................................................................................................... Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale ................................................................................. Net (gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned and repossessed assets ..................................... Write down of other real estate owned and repossessed assets ...................................................... Operating losses of tax credit partnerships .................................................................................... Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance contracts .......................................................... Net change in other assets, liabilities, and other operating activities ............................................. Net cash provided by operating activities .................................................................................. INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES Purchase of debt securities available for sale ..................................................................................... Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of debt securities available for sale ........................... Proceeds from sale of debt securities available for sale ..................................................................... Purchase of debt securities held to maturity ...................................................................................... Proceeds from sale of equity securities .............................................................................................. Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of debt securities held to maturity ............................ Purchase of BOLI contracts ............................................................................................................... Increase in loans ................................................................................................................................ Purchase of premises and equipment ................................................................................................. Expenditures to complete construction of other real estate owned .................................................... Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned and repossessed assets ............................................... Net cash used in investing activities .......................................................................................... FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net increase in non-interest-bearing deposits .................................................................................... Net increase in interest-bearing deposits............................................................................................ Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased ........................................................................... Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances ........................................................................... Proceeds from exercise of stock options ............................................................................................ Taxes paid in net settlement of tax obligation upon exercise of stock options ................................... Dividends paid on common stock ...................................................................................................... Dividends paid on preferred stock ..................................................................................................... Net cash provided by financing activities .................................................................................. Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................. Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period .................................................................................. Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ............................................................................................ $ SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE Cash paid for: Interest ........................................................................................................................................... $ Income taxes .................................................................................................................................. Income tax refund .......................................................................................................................... NONCASH TRANSACTIONS Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans ................................................................................ $ Internally financed sale of other real estate owned ............................................................................ Dividends declared ............................................................................................................................ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 72 (1,077 ) 22,638 3,682 (90 ) 270 3,095 (2,192 ) 1,100 1,553 135,359 (137,190 ) (27 ) - (4,361 ) (122 ) 287 8 (3,746 ) (4,155 ) 164,275 (293,832 ) 97,732 38,453 (250 ) - - (75,000 ) (754,533 ) (2,356 ) - 1,437 (988,349 ) 192,538 422,187 182,024 - 2,123 (1,977 ) (24,053 ) (63 ) 772,779 (51,295 ) 681,895 630,600 $ 101,605 $ 42,232 (86 ) 4,611 $ - 9,384 (14,255 ) 21,402 3,378 (163 ) 270 2,843 (3,409 ) 851 5,410 106,806 (99,683 ) (15 ) (175 ) (2,784 ) 21 664 163 (3,130 ) 13,167 168,301 (156,815 ) 91,787 5,736 - 304 250 - (696,701 ) (2,300 ) (7 ) 3,272 (754,474 ) 117,015 707,019 (13,072 ) (200 ) 2,337 (2,360 ) (20,194 ) (63 ) 790,482 204,309 477,586 681,895 58,538 30,547 (2 ) 3,080 662 8,018 SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Nature of Operations ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on August 16, 2007 and is a bank holding company whose business is conducted by its wholly owned subsidiary ServisFirst Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama, and has provided a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers throughout the Birmingham market since opening for business in May 2005. The Bank has since expanded into the Huntsville, Montgomery, Dothan and Mobile, Alabama, Pensacola, Sarasota and Tampa Bay, Florida, Atlanta, Georgia, Charleston, South Carolina and Nashville, Tennessee markets. The Bank owns all of the stock of SF Intermediate Holding Company, Inc., which, in turn, owns all of the stock of SF Holding 1, Inc., which, in turn, owns all of the common stock of the Company’s real estate investment trusts, SF Realty 1, Inc., SF FLA Realty, Inc., SF GA Realty, Inc. and SF TN Realty, Inc. More details about SF Intermediate Holding Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries are included in Note 11. Reclassification Certain amounts reported in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or net cash flow. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Estimates To prepare consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, valuation of foreclosed real estate, goodwill and other intangible assets and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change. All numbers are in thousands except share and per share data. Cash, Due from Banks, Interest-Bearing Balances due from Financial Institutions Cash and due from banks includes cash on hand, cash items in process of collection, amounts due from banks and interest bearing balances due from financial institutions. For purposes of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods. Cash flows from loans, mortgage loans held for sale, federal funds sold, and deposits are reported net. The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank based on a percentage of deposits. The total of those reserve balances was approximately $33.9 million at December 31, 2019 and $51.0 million at December 31, 2018. Debt Securities Securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, on securities available for sale are reported as a net amount in a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are determined using the specific-identification method. The amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the period to maturity. Declines in the fair value of available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are reported at amortized cost. In determining the existence of other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. 73 Mortgage Loans Held for Sale The Company classifies certain residential mortgage loans as held for sale. Typically, mortgage loans held for sale are sold to a third-party investor within a very short time period. The loans are sold without recourse and servicing is not retained. Net fees earned from this banking service are recorded in noninterest income. In the course of originating mortgage loans and selling those loans in the secondary market, the Company makes various representations and warranties to the purchaser of the mortgage loans. Each loan is underwritten using government agency guidelines. Any exceptions noted during this process are remedied prior to sale. These representations and warranties also apply to underwriting the real estate appraisal opinion of value for the collateral securing these loans. Under the representations and warranties, failure by the Company to comply with the underwriting and/or appraisal standards could result in the Company being required to repurchase the mortgage loan or to reimburse the investor for losses incurred (make whole requests) if such failure cannot be cured by the Company within the specified period following discovery. The Company continues to experience an insignificant level of investor repurchase demands. There were no expenses incurred as part of these buyback obligations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Loans Loans are reported at unpaid principal balances, less unearned fees and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on all loans is recognized as income based upon the applicable rate applied to the daily outstanding principal balance of the loans. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized on a cash basis or cost recovery basis until the loan is returned to accrual status. A loan may be returned to accrual status if the Company is reasonably assured of repayment of principal and interest and the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance for a period of at least six months. Loan fees, net of direct costs, are reflected as an adjustment to the yield of the related loan over the term of the loan. The Company does not have a concentration of loans to any one industry. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower and full repayment of principal and interest is not expected or the principal or interest is more than 90 days past due, unless the loan is both well-collateralized and in the process of collection. Generally, all interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status are reversed against current interest income. Interest collections on nonaccrual loans are generally applied as principal reductions. The Company determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Individually identified impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected payments using the loan’s original effective rate as the discount rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value, a valuation allowance may be established as part of the allowance for loan losses. Changes to the valuation allowance are recorded as a component of the provision for loan losses. Impaired loans also include troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). In the normal course of business management grants concessions to borrowers, which would not otherwise be considered, where the borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. The concessions granted most frequently for TDRs involve reductions or delays in required payments of principal and interest for a specified time, the rescheduling of payments in accordance with a bankruptcy plan or the charge-off of a portion of the loan. In some cases, the conditions of the credit also warrant nonaccrual status, even after the restructure occurs. As part of the credit approval process, the restructured loans are evaluated for adequate collateral protection in determining the appropriate accrual status at the time of restructure. TDR loans may be returned to accrual status if there has been at least a six-month sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower. Acquired loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and accordingly, no allowance for loan losses is transferred to the acquiring entity in connection with acquisition accounting. The fair values of loans with evidence of credit deterioration (purchased, credit impaired loans) are initially recorded at fair value, but thereafter accounted for differently than purchased, non-credit impaired loans. For purchased credit impaired loans, cash flows are estimated at Day 1 and discounted at a market interest rate which creates accretable yield to be recognized over the life of the loan. Contractual principal and interest payments not expected to be collected are considered non-accretable difference. Subsequent to the acquisition date, management continues to monitor cash flows on a quarterly basis, to determine the performance of each purchased credit impaired loan in comparison to management’s initial performance expectations. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent significant increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior provisions or a reclassification 74 of amount from non-accretable difference to accretable yield, with a positive impact on the accretion of interest income in future periods. Acquired performing loans are accounted for using the contractual cash flows method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows. Acquired performing loans are recorded as of the acquisition date at fair value, considering credit and other risks, with no separate allowance for loan losses account. Credit losses on the acquired performing loans are estimated in future periods based on analysis of the performing portfolio. A provision for loan losses is recognized for any further credit deterioration that occurs in these loans subsequent to the acquisition date. Fair value discounts on Day 1 are accreted as interest income over the life of the loans. Allowance for Loan Losses The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, economic conditions, and other risks inherent in the portfolio. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of the estimated cash flows. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for losses on loans. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Foreclosed Real Estate Foreclosed real estate includes both formally foreclosed property and in-substance foreclosed property. At the time of foreclosure, foreclosed real estate is recorded at fair value less cost to sell, which becomes the property’s new basis. Any write downs based on the asset’s fair value at date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, these assets are carried at the lower of their new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. Costs incurred in maintaining foreclosed real estate and subsequent adjustments to the carrying amount of the property are included in other operating expenses. Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for additions and major improvements that significantly extend the useful lives of the assets are capitalized. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Assets which are disposed of are removed from the accounts and the resulting gains or losses are recorded in operations. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets (3 to 39.5 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Leases The Company leases certain office space and equipment under operating leases. Accounting Standards Update 2016- 02, “Leases (Topic 842)” requires that operating leases in effect as of date of adoption, January 1, 2019 for the Company, be recognized as a liability to make lease payments and as an asset representing the right to use the asset during the lease term, or “lease liability” and “right-of-use asset”, respectively. The lease liability is measured by the present value of remaining lease payments, discounted at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The Company reports its right-of-use assets in other assets and its lease liabilities in other liabilities. Certain of the leases include one or more renewal options that extend the initial lease term 1 to 5 years. The exercise of lease renewal options is typically at the Company’s sole discretion; therefore, a majority of renewals to extend lease terms are not included in the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as they are not reasonably certain to be exercised. Renewal options are regularly evaluated and when they are reasonably certain to be exercised, are included in lease terms. None of the Company’s leases provide an implicit rate. The Company uses its incremental collateralized borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of the lease payments. 75 The Company has made an accounting policy election to not apply the recognition requirements in ASU 2016-02 to short- term leases. The Company has also elected to use the practical expedients allowed by the new standard as follows: 1) forego an assessment of whether any existing contracts are or contain leases, 2) forego an assessment of the classification of existing leases as to whether they are operating leases or capital leases, and 3) forego an assessment of direct costs for any existing leases. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets Other identifiable intangible assets include a core deposit intangible recorded in connection with the acquisition of Metro Bancshares, Inc. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over 7 years and the estimated useful life is periodically reviewed for reasonableness. The Company has recorded $13.6 million of goodwill at December 31, 2019 in connection with the acquisition of Metro Bancshares, Inc. in 2015. The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually unless interim events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment loss has occurred. Impairment is defined as the amount by which the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the goodwill’s carrying value. Impairment losses, if incurred, would be charged to operating expense. For the purposes of evaluating goodwill, the Company has determined that it operates only one reporting unit. Derivatives and Hedging Activities As part of its overall interest rate risk management, the Company uses derivative instruments, which can include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging, requires all derivative instruments to be carried at fair value on the balance sheet. This accounting standard provides special accounting provisions for derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting. To be eligible, the Company must specifically identify a derivative as a hedging instrument and identify the risk being hedged. The derivative instrument must be shown to meet specific requirements under this accounting standard. The Company designates the derivative on the date the derivative contract is entered into as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a “fair-value” hedge) or (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (a “cash-flow” hedge). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as a fair-value hedge, and that is designated and qualifies as a fair-value hedge, along with the loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk (including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in current-period earnings. The effective portion of the changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge is recorded in other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows (e.g., when periodic settlements on a variable-rate asset or liability are recorded in earnings). The remaining gain or loss on the derivative, if any, in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk- management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair-value or cash-flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assessed, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis (if the hedges do not qualify for short-cut accounting), whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below. The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1) it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is re-designated as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; (4) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (5) management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair- value hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively and the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value with all changes in fair value being recorded in earnings but with no offsetting being recorded on the hedged item or in other comprehensive income for cash flow hedges. The Company uses derivatives to hedge interest rate exposures associated with mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage loans in process. The Company regularly enters into derivative financial instruments in the form of forward contracts, as part 76 of its normal asset/liability management strategies. The Company’s obligations under forward contracts consist of “best effort” commitments to deliver mortgage loans originated in the secondary market at a future date. Interest rate lock commitments related to loans that are originated for later sale are classified as derivatives. In the normal course of business, the Company regularly extends these rate lock commitments to customers during the loan origination process. The fair values of the Company’s forward contract and rate lock commitments to customers as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were not material and have not been recorded. Revenue Recognition Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), provides guidance for reporting revenue from the entity’s contracts to provide goods or services to customers. The guidance requires recognition of revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that it expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services recognized as performance obligations are satisfied. The majority of revenue-generating transactions are excluded from the scope of ASC 606, including revenue generated from financial instruments, such as securities and loans. Revenue-generating transactions that are within the scope of ASC 606, classified within non-interest income, are described as follows: • Deposit account service charges – represent service fees for monthly activity and maintenance on customer accounts. Attributes can be transaction-based, item-based or time-based. Revenue is recognized when our performance obligation is completed which is generally monthly for maintenance services or when a transaction is processed. Payment for such performance obligations are generally received at the time the performance obligations are satisfied. • Credit card rewards program membership fees – represent memberships in our credit card rewards program and are paid annually by our cardholders at the time they open an account and on each anniversary. Revenue is recognized ratably over the membership period. Other non-interest income primarily includes income on bank owned life insurance contracts, letter of credit fees and gains on sale of loans held for sale, none of which are within the scope of ASC 606. Income Taxes Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740-10, Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 establishes a single model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. ASC 740-10 also provides guidance on derecognition measurement classification interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. ASC 740-10 provides a two-step process in the evaluation of a tax position. The first step is recognition. A Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including a resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based upon the technical merits of the position. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Stock-Based Compensation At December 31, 2019, the Company had a stock-based compensation plan for grants of equity compensation to key employees and directors. The plan has been accounted for under the provisions of FASB ASC 718-10, Compensation – Stock Compensation with respect to employee stock options and under the provisions of FASB ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, with respect to non-employee stock options. Specifically, awards to employees are accounted for using the fair value-based method of accounting. Stock compensation costs are recognized prospectively for all new awards granted under the stock-based compensation plans. Compensation expense related to share options is calculated using a method that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model and is charged to expense over the requisite service period (e.g. vesting period). Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is 77 based upon the fair value of the awards on the date of grant and is charged to earnings over the requisite service period of the award. Earnings per Common Share Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options and warrants. Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments Financial instruments, which include credit card arrangements, commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, are issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. Instruments such as stand-by letters of credit are considered financial guarantees in accordance with FASB ASC 460-10. The fair value of these financial guarantees is not material. Fair Value of Financial Instruments Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 21. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. Comprehensive Income Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Accumulated comprehensive income, which is recognized as a separate component of equity, includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale. Advertising Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $581,000, $557,000 and $716,000, respectively. Advertising typically consists of local print media aimed at businesses that the Company targets as well as sponsorships of local events in which the Company’s clients and prospects are involved. Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early application of this ASU is permitted for all entities. The Company adopted the amendments in this ASU by applying the alternative transition method allowing comparative periods to not be restated and any cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings to be recognized as of January 1, 2019. The Company elected the three practical expedients allowed by the amendments as follows: 1) forego an assessment of whether any existing contracts are or contain leases, 2) forego an assessment of the classification of existing leases as to whether they are operating leases or capital leases, and 3) forego an assessment of direct costs for any existing leases. Upon adoption on January 1, 2019 the Company recorded a right-of-use asset of approximately $15.3 million and lease liability of approximately $15.3 million. See Note 6 – Leases. In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables – Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20), Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The amendments shorten the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium. Specifically, the amendments require the premium to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amendments do not require an accounting change for securities held at a discount; the discount continues to be amortized to maturity. The amendments in this ASU were effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption was permitted. The amendments were to be applied on a modified retrospective basis, with a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The amendments in this ASU did not impact the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, as it has always amortized premiums to the first call date. 78 In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. These amendments expand the scope of Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, which previously only included share-based payments to employees, to include share-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees and employees will be substantially aligned. The ASU supersedes Subtopic 505-50, Equity – Equity-Based Payments to Non- Employees. The amendments in this ASU were effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption was permitted, but no earlier than a company’s adoption date of Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2019; however, the amendments did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements because it does not have any unvested stock-based payment awards currently outstanding to nonemployees. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which is essentially the final rule on use of the so-called CECL model, or current expected credit losses. Among other things, the amendments in this ASU require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The Company will adopt this guidance as of January 1, 2020. Transition to the new ASU will be through a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings, net of income taxes, as of January 1, 2020. The Company’s CECL implementation team includes leadership from Accounting, Credit Administration and Risk Management. This group has worked closely with a third-party software solution vendor providing expertise in CECL modeling techniques to develop new expected credit loss estimation models. Loans with similar risk characteristics will be collectively evaluated in pools and, depending on the nature of each identified pool, the Company is currently planning to implement a discounted cash flow (“DCF”), probability of default / loss given default (“PD/LGD”) or remaining life method. The historical loss experience estimate by pool will then be adjusted by forecast factors that can be quantitatively related to the Company’s historical credit loss experience, such as national unemployment rates and gross domestic product. The Company plans to utilize a stable macroeconomic environment forecast over a one year reasonable and supportable forecast period. After the forecast period, the Company will revert to longer term average historical loss experience to estimate losses over the remaining life. The Company will also include qualitative factor adjustments, as appropriate, to account for potential limitations in the model and to fully reflect the Company’s expectations of current conditions pertinent to its loan portfolio. Credit losses for loans that no longer share similar risk characteristics will be estimated on an individual basis. Individual evaluations will typically be performed for nonaccrual loans, loans rated substandard, and modified loans classified as troubled debt restructurings. Specific allowances will be estimated based on one of several methods, including the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, observable market value of similar debt or the present value of expected cash flows. The estimation methodology for credit losses on lending-related commitments will be similar to the process for estimating credit losses for loans, with the addition of a probability of draw estimate that will be applied to each commitment amount. Based upon the nature and characteristics of our securities portfolios at the adoption date, the macroeconomic conditions and forecasts at that date, and other management judgments, the Company does not currently expect to record any allowance for credit losses on available for sale securities. CECL parallel comparisons were performed and enhanced throughout 2019, with limited comparisons completed for the second and third quarters and a more complete parallel run for the fourth quarter. Based on the fourth quarter parallel run and the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts as of the adoption date, the Company is currently estimating a decrease in the allowance for loan losses under CECL by approximately 1% to 5%. The estimated decrease in the allowance at adoption is the result of implementing a more quantitative methodology along with the loan portfolio consisting primarily of commercial loans with generally short contractual maturities which more than offsets any increases in the consumer loan portfolios with generally longer maturities. The Company will continue to enhance key implementation initiatives during the first quarter of 2020, including documentation and analytics, policies and procedures, and end-to-end process controls. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 is not expected to have a significant impact on our regulatory capital ratios. 79 In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Among the changes, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, however, entities will be required to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted. Entities are also allowed to elect early adoption of the eliminated or modified disclosure requirements and delay adoption of the new disclosure requirements until their effective date. As ASU No. 2018-13 only revises disclosure requirements, it will not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. NOTE 2. DEBT SECURITIES The amortized cost and fair values of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are summarized as follows: December 31, 2019 Securities Available for Sale Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Cost Gain Loss Market Value Gross Gross (In Thousands) U.S. Treasury Securities ......................................... $ Government Agency Securities .............................. Mortgage-backed securities .................................... State and municipal securities ................................ Corporate debt ........................................................ Total ............................................................................. $ Debt Securities Held to Maturity State and municipal securities ................................ Total ............................................................................. $ December 31, 2018 Securities Available for Sale U.S Treasury Securities .......................................... $ Government Agency Securities .............................. Mortgage-backed securities .................................... State and municipal securities ................................ Corporate debt ........................................................ Total ............................................................................. $ Securities Held to Maturity State and municipal securities ................................ Total ............................................................................. $ 48,923 $ 18,245 470,513 56,951 157,549 752,181 $ 250 250 $ 58,750 $ 18,784 309,244 106,465 102,982 596,225 $ - - $ 291 $ 143 4,859 335 3,098 8,726 $ - - $ 75 $ 3 591 208 668 1,545 $ - - $ (4) $ (2) (1,318) (14) (170) (1,508) $ 49,210 18,386 474,054 57,272 160,477 759,399 - - $ 250 250 (397) $ (222) (5,531) (679) (757) (7,586) $ - - $ 58,428 18,565 304,304 105,994 102,893 590,184 - - All mortgage-backed debt securities are with government sponsored enterprises (GSEs) such as Federal National Mortgage Association, Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Bank, and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. At year-end 2019 and 2018, there were no holdings of debt securities of any issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity. The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Amortized Cost Market Value Amortized Cost Market Value (In Thousands) Debt securities available for sale Due within one year ....................................................... $ Due from one to five years ............................................. Due from five to ten years ............................................. Due after ten years ......................................................... Mortgage-backed securities ........................................... $ 58,722 $ 90,034 129,501 3,411 470,513 752,181 $ 58,975 $ 91,005 131,914 3,451 474,054 759,399 $ 38,343 $ 167,873 77,811 2,954 309,244 596,225 $ 38,225 166,380 78,276 2,999 304,304 590,184 Debt securities held to maturity .......................................... Due from one to five years ............................................. $ $ 250 $ 250 $ 250 $ 250 $ - $ - $ - - 80 The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt securities, aggregated by category and length of time that securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2019 and 2018. In estimating other- than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and the intent and ability of the Company to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The unrealized losses shown in the following table are primarily due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality. Because the Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019. There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Less Than Twelve Months Gross Unrealized Twelve Months or More Gross Unrealized Total Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Losses Fair Value Losses Fair Value (In Thousands) December 31, 2019 U.S. Treasury Securities ................... $ Government Agency Securities ........ Mortgage-backed securities .............. State and municipal securities ........... Corporate debt .................................. Total ......................................... $ December 31, 2018 U.S. Treasury Securities ................... $ Government Agency Securities ........ Mortgage-backed securities .............. State and municipal securities ........... Corporate debt .................................. Total ......................................... $ (4) $ (2) (1,206) (4) (170) (1,386) $ 3,012 $ 266 153,330 1,900 19,981 178,489 $ - $ - (112) (10) - (122) $ - $ - 24,911 2,647 - 27,558 $ (8) $ - (539) (101) (315) (963) $ 1,001 $ - 67,721 20,821 36,245 125,788 $ (388) $ (223) (4,992) (578) (442) (6,623) $ 32,449 $ 18,429 204,260 52,190 13,474 320,802 $ (4) $ (2) (1,318) (14) (170) (1,508) $ (397) $ (222) (5,531) (679) (757) (7,586) $ 3,012 266 178,241 4,547 19,981 206,047 34,206 17,673 271,981 73,011 49,718 446,590 At December 31, 2019, 35 of the Company’s 650 debt securities were in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. The following table summarizes information about sales of debt securities available for sale. 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 Sale proceeds ........................................................ $ Gross realized gains .............................................. $ Gross realized losses ............................................. Net realized gain (loss) ......................................... $ 38,453 $ 27 $ - 27 $ 5,736 $ 15 $ - 15 $ 3,500 - - - The carrying value of debt securities pledged to secure public funds on deposits and for other purposes as required by law as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $389.9 million and $291.6 million, respectively. NOTE 3. LOANS The composition of loans at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is summarized as follows: Commercial, financial and agricultural .................................. $ Real estate - construction ....................................................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ............................................. 1-4 family mortgage .......................................................... Other mortgage .................................................................. Total real estate - mortgage ............................................... Consumer .............................................................................. Total Loans ....................................................................... Less: Allowance for loan losses ............................................ Net Loans .......................................................................... $ 81 December 31, 2019 2018 (In Thousands) 2,696,210 $ 521,392 2,513,225 533,192 1,587,478 644,188 1,747,394 3,979,060 64,789 7,261,451 (76,584 ) 7,184,867 $ 1,463,887 621,634 1,337,068 3,422,589 64,493 6,533,499 (68,600) 6,464,899 Changes in the allowance for loan losses during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively are as follows: 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 Balance, beginning of year ....................... $ Loans charged off ................................. Recoveries ............................................ Allocation from LGP ............................ Provision for loan losses ....................... Balance, end of year ................................. $ 68,600 $ (22,489) 429 7,406 22,638 76,584 $ 59,406 $ (12,753) 545 - 21,402 68,600 $ 51,893 (16,332) 620 - 23,225 59,406 The Company assesses the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses at the end of each calendar quarter. The level of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the loan portfolios, past loan loss experience, current asset quality trends, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay (including the timing of future payment), the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, economic conditions, industry and peer bank loan quality indications and other pertinent factors, including regulatory recommendations. The process is inherently subjective and subject to significant change as it requires material estimates. Loans that are specifically impaired include estimates regarding the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received. Loan losses are charged off when management believes that the full collectability of the loan is unlikely. A loan may be partially charged-off after a “confirming event” has occurred which serves to validate that full repayment pursuant to the terms of the loan is unlikely. Allocation of the allowance is made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that in management’s judgment deteriorates and is uncollectible. The portion of the reserve classified as qualitative factors, is management’s evaluation of potential future losses that would arise in the loan portfolio should management’s assumption about qualitative and environmental conditions materialize. This qualitative factor portion of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s judgment regarding various external and internal factors including macroeconomic trends, management’s assessment of the Company’s loan growth prospects, and evaluations of internal risk controls. Inherent risks in the loan portfolio will differ based on type of loan. Specific risk characteristics by loan portfolio segment are listed below: Commercial and industrial loans include risks associated with borrower’s cash flow, debt service coverage and management’s expertise. These loans are subject to the risk that the Company may have difficulty converting collateral to a liquid asset if necessary, as well as risks associated with degree of specialization, mobility and general collectability in a default situation. These commercial loans may be subject to many different types of risks, including fraud, bankruptcy, economic downturn, deteriorated or non-existent collateral, and changes in interest rates. Real estate construction loans include risks associated with the borrower’s credit-worthiness, contractor’s qualifications, borrower and contractor performance, and the overall risk and complexity of the proposed project. Construction lending is also subject to risks associated with sub-market dynamics, including population, employment trends and household income. During times of economic stress, this type of loan has typically had a greater degree of risk than other loan types. Real estate mortgage loans consist of loans secured by commercial and residential real estate. Commercial real estate lending is dependent upon successful management, marketing and expense supervision necessary to maintain the property. Repayment of these loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate market or the general economy. Also, commercial real estate loans typically involve relatively large loan balances to a single borrower. Residential real estate lending risks are generally less significant than those of other loans. Real estate lending risks include fluctuations in the value of real estate, bankruptcies, economic downturn and customer financial problems. Consumer loans carry a moderate degree of risk compared to other loans. They are generally more risky than traditional residential real estate loans but less risky than commercial loans. Risk of default is usually determined by the well-being of the local economies. During times of economic stress, there is usually some level of job loss both nationally and locally, which directly affects the ability of the consumer to repay debt. During the third quarter of 2019, the Company recorded a $7.4 million payment resulting from the termination of a Loan Guarantee Program (“LGP”) operated by the State of Alabama. The payment was recorded as an increase to the allowance for loan losses specifically related to loans formerly enrolled in this program, in accordance with the Company’s established ALLL review and evaluation criteria. In general, loans enrolled in the program had a collateral shortfall or other enhanced credit risk. In return for the Company’s acceptance of these higher risk loans, the Company received a guarantee of up to 50% of losses in the event of a borrower’s default. These were loans that would have otherwise not met the Company’s loan 82 underwriting criteria. The program required a 1% fee on the commitment balance at origination. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 71 loans outstanding totaling $42.2 million that were formerly enrolled in the loan guarantee program. Of this total, $37.0 million were categorized as pass within the Company's credit quality asset classification, $5.2 million were categorized as Special Mention. The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The total allowance for loan losses is disaggregated into those amounts associated with loans individually evaluated and those associated with loans collectively evaluated. Changes in the allowance for loan losses, segregated by loan type, during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, are as follows: Commercial, financial and Real estate - Real estate - agricultural construction mortgage Consumer Total Allowance for loan losses: Balance at December 31, 2018 .................................. $ Charge-offs ........................................................... Recoveries ............................................................. Allocation from LGP ............................................. Provision ............................................................... Balance at December 31, 2019 .................................. $ 39,016 $ (15,015 ) 306 4,905 14,454 43,666 $ Individually Evaluated for Impairment ..................... $ Collectively Evaluated for Impairment ..................... 6,085 $ 37,581 (In Thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2019 3,522 $ - 3 115 (872 ) 2,768 $ 25,508 $ (6,882 ) 13 2,386 8,628 29,653 $ December 31, 2019 3,633 $ 26,020 86 $ 2,682 554 $ (592 ) 107 - 428 497 $ 68,600 (22,489 ) 429 7,406 22,638 76,584 - $ 497 9,804 66,780 Loans: Ending Balance ......................................................... $ 2,696,210 $ Individually Evaluated for Impairment ..................... 20,843 2,675,367 Collectively Evaluated for Impairment ..................... 521,392 $ 3,979,060 $ 17,985 3,961,075 4,320 517,072 64,789 $ 7,261,451 43,148 7,218,303 - 64,789 Allowance for loan losses: Balance at December 31, 2017 .................................. $ Charge-offs ........................................................... Recoveries ............................................................. Provision ............................................................... Balance at December 31, 2018 .................................. $ 32,880 $ (11,428 ) 349 17,215 39,016 $ 4,989 $ - 112 (1,579 ) 3,522 $ 21,022 $ (1,042 ) 46 5,482 25,508 $ 515 $ (283 ) 38 284 554 $ 59,406 (12,753 ) 545 21,402 68,600 Year Ended December 31, 2018 Individually Evaluated for Impairment ..................... $ Collectively Evaluated for Impairment ..................... 6,066 $ 32,950 December 31, 2018 1,887 $ 23,621 126 $ 3,396 49 $ 505 8,128 60,472 Loans: Ending Balance ......................................................... $ 2,513,225 $ 18,444 Individually Evaluated for Impairment ..................... 2,494,781 Collectively Evaluated for Impairment ..................... 533,192 $ 3,422,589 $ 18,637 3,403,952 1,461 531,731 64,493 $ 6,533,499 38,591 6,494,908 49 64,444 The credit quality of the loan portfolio is summarized no less frequently than quarterly using categories similar to the standard asset classification system used by the federal banking agencies. The following table presents credit quality indicators for the loan loss portfolio segments and classes. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for loan losses using historical losses adjusted for current economic conditions defined as follows: (cid:404) Pass – loans which are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or obligors, if any) or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral. (cid:404) Special Mention – loans with potential weakness that may, if not reversed or corrected, weaken the credit or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date. These loans are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant an adverse classification. 83 (cid:404) Substandard – loans that exhibit well-defined weakness or weaknesses that presently jeopardize debt repayment. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the weaknesses are not corrected. (cid:404) Doubtful – loans that have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard, plus the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. Loans by credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows: December 31, 2019 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Commercial, financial and agricultural ................................... $ 2,629,487 $ 512,373 Real estate - construction ................ Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ....... 1-4 family mortgage .................... Other mortgage ............................ Total real estate - mortgage ............. Consumer ........................................ 1,555,283 639,959 1,735,869 3,931,111 64,789 Total .................................. $ 7,137,760 $ (In Thousands) 46,176 $ 4,731 20,547 $ 4,288 - $ 2,696,210 521,392 - 18,240 2,787 10,018 31,045 - 81,952 $ 13,955 1,442 1,507 16,904 - 41,739 $ 1,587,478 - 644,188 - 1,747,394 - 3,979,060 - - 64,789 - $ 7,261,451 December 31, 2018 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total (In Thousands) Commercial, financial and agricultural ................................... $ 2,447,052 $ 525,021 Real estate - construction ................ Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ....... 1-4 family mortgage .................... Other mortgage ............................ Total real estate - mortgage ............. Consumer ........................................ 1,431,982 616,884 1,309,101 3,357,967 64,444 Total .................................. $ 6,394,484 $ 47,754 $ 6,749 18,419 $ 1,422 - $ 2,513,225 533,192 - 28,547 2,703 16,506 47,756 - 102,259 $ 3,358 2,047 11,461 16,866 49 36,756 $ - 1,463,887 - 621,634 - 1,337,068 - 3,422,589 64,493 - - $ 6,533,499 Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans and loans 90 or more days past due and still accruing. Loans by performance status as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: December 31, 2019 Performing Nonperforming (In Thousands) Total Commercial, financial and agricultural ....... $ Real estate - construction ............................ Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ................... 1-4 family mortgage ................................ Other mortgage ........................................ Total real estate - mortgage ......................... Consumer .................................................... Total .............................................. $ 2,681,280 $ 519,804 14,930 $ 1,588 2,696,210 521,392 1,576,652 641,875 1,740,963 3,959,490 64,766 7,225,339 $ 10,826 2,313 6,431 19,570 23 36,112 $ 1,587,478 644,188 1,747,394 3,979,060 64,789 7,261,451 84 December 31, 2018 Performing Nonperforming (In Thousands) Total Commercial, financial and agricultural ....... $ Real estate - construction ............................ Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ................... 1-4 family mortgage ................................ Other mortgage ........................................ Total real estate - mortgage ......................... Consumer .................................................... Total .............................................. $ 2,502,117 $ 532,195 11,108 $ 997 2,513,225 533,192 1,460,529 619,465 1,327,038 3,407,032 64,385 6,505,729 $ 3,358 2,169 10,030 15,557 108 27,770 $ 1,463,887 621,634 1,337,068 3,422,589 64,493 6,533,499 Loans by past due status as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: December 31, 2019 Past Due Status (Accruing Loans) 30-59 Days 60-89 Days 90+ Days Total Past Due Non- Accrual Current Total Loans (In Thousands) 3,135 $ 830 344 $ - 201 $ - 3,680 $ 14,729 $ 2,677,801 $ 2,696,210 1,588 518,974 521,392 830 917 1,638 - 2,555 35 6,555 $ 7,242 567 - 7,809 25 8,178 $ - 8,159 10,826 1,568,493 1,587,478 873 1,440 639,670 644,188 3,078 1,507 1,740,963 1,747,394 4,924 4,924 5,797 16,161 13,773 3,949,126 3,979,060 64,789 6,021 $ 20,754 $ 30,091 $ 7,210,606 $ 7,261,451 64,706 83 23 - Commercial, financial and agricultural .......................... $ Real estate - construction ....... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ...................... 1-4 family mortgage ........... Other mortgage ................... Total real estate - mortgage Consumer ............................... Total ....................................... $ December 31, 2018 Past Due Status (Accruing Loans) 30-59 Days 60-89 Days 90+ Days Total Past Due Non- Accrual Current Total Loans Commercial, financial and agricultural .......................... $ Real estate - construction ....... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ...................... 1-4 family mortgage ........... Other mortgage ................... Total real estate - mortgage Consumer ............................... Total ....................................... $ (In Thousands) 1,222 $ - 48 $ 1,352 605 $ - 1,875 $ 10,503 $ 2,500,847 $ 2,513,225 997 530,843 533,192 1,352 412 534 1,174 2,120 58 3,400 $ - 235 - 235 123 1,758 $ - 123 5,008 5,131 108 3,358 1,460,117 1,463,887 412 2,046 618,696 621,634 892 5,022 1,325,864 1,337,068 6,182 7,486 10,426 3,404,677 3,422,589 64,493 5,844 $ 11,002 $ 21,926 $ 6,500,571 $ 6,533,499 64,204 289 - 85 Fair value estimates for specifically impaired loans are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as is value of the property, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals. Appraisals are obtained from state- certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property. These appraisals are reviewed by our credit administration department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal. Once this estimated net realizable value has been determined, the value used in the impairment assessment is updated. As subsequent events dictate and estimated net realizable values decline, required reserves may be established or further adjustments recorded. The following table presents details of the Company’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Loans which have been fully charged off do not appear in the tables. December 31, 2019 Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance Related Allowance Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized in Period With no allowance recorded: Commercial, financial and agricultural .............. $ Real estate - construction ................................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ......................... 1-4 family mortgage ....................................... Other mortgage .............................................. Total real estate - mortgage ................................ Consumer ........................................................... Total with no allowance recorded ...................... With an allowance recorded: Commercial, financial and agricultural .............. Real estate - construction ................................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ......................... 1-4 family mortgage ....................................... Other mortgage .............................................. Total real estate - mortgage ................................ Consumer ........................................................... Total with allowance recorded ........................... Total Impaired Loans: Commercial, financial and agricultural .............. Real estate - construction ................................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ......................... 1-4 family mortgage ....................................... Other mortgage .............................................. Total real estate - mortgage ................................ Consumer ........................................................... Total impaired loans ........................................... $ (In Thousands) 9,015 $ 2,731 10,563 $ 2,735 - $ - 11,284 $ 2,063 7,150 287 - 7,437 - 19,183 7,246 287 - 7,533 - 20,831 - - - - - - 7,548 289 - 7,837 - 21,184 11,828 1,589 19,307 1,589 6,085 86 19,714 1,614 7,888 1,153 1,507 10,548 - 23,965 11,028 1,153 1,507 13,688 - 34,584 2,456 176 1,001 3,633 - 9,804 13,627 1,157 1,468 16,252 - 37,580 20,843 4,320 29,870 4,324 6,085 86 30,998 3,677 15,038 1,440 1,507 17,985 - 43,148 $ 18,274 1,440 1,507 21,221 - 55,415 $ 2,456 176 1,001 3,633 - 9,804 $ 21,175 1,446 1,468 24,089 - 58,764 $ 562 126 618 2 - 620 - 1,308 395 27 301 1 21 323 - 745 957 153 919 3 21 943 - 2,053 86 December 31, 2018 Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance Related Allowance Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized in Period With no allowance recorded: Commercial, financial and agricultural ............. $ Real estate - construction .................................. Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ........................ 1-4 family mortgage ...................................... Other mortgage ............................................. Total real estate - mortgage ............................... Consumer .......................................................... Total with no allowance recorded ..................... With an allowance recorded: Commercial, financial and agricultural ............. Real estate - construction .................................. Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ........................ 1-4 family mortgage ...................................... Other mortgage ............................................. Total real estate - mortgage ............................... Consumer .......................................................... Total with allowance recorded .......................... Total Impaired Loans: Commercial, financial and agricultural ............. Real estate - construction .................................. Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ........................ 1-4 family mortgage ...................................... Other mortgage ............................................. Total real estate - mortgage ............................... Consumer .......................................................... Total impaired loans .......................................... $ (In Thousands) 6,064 $ 464 6,064 $ 467 1,763 1,071 5,061 7,895 - 14,423 1,947 1,071 5,061 8,079 - 14,610 - $ - - - - - - - 12,380 997 20,141 997 3,358 975 6,409 10,742 49 24,168 3,358 975 6,409 10,742 49 31,929 6,066 126 99 208 1,580 1,887 49 8,128 6,142 $ 524 2,223 1,088 5,133 8,444 - 15,110 15,918 997 3,364 975 6,598 10,937 49 27,901 18,444 1,461 26,205 1,464 6,066 126 22,060 1,521 5,121 2,046 11,470 18,637 49 38,591 $ 5,305 2,046 11,470 18,821 49 46,539 $ 99 208 1,580 1,887 49 8,128 $ 5,587 2,063 11,731 19,381 49 43,011 $ 237 28 120 21 252 393 - 658 462 31 105 30 217 352 3 848 699 59 225 51 469 745 3 1,506 Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) at December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $3.4 million and $14.6 million, respectively. The Company had a related allowance for loan losses of $0.9 million and $4.3 million allocated to these TDRs at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. One commercial loan totaling $0.3 million was classified as a TDR due to an interest rate concession during 2019. The remaining TDRs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have resulted from term extensions. The following tables present loans modified in a TDR during the periods presented by portfolio segment and the financial impact of those modifications. The tables include modifications made to new TDRs, as well as renewals of existing TDRs. Troubled Debt Restructurings Commercial, financial and agricultural . Real estate - construction ...................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial ............ 1-4 family mortgage ......................... Other mortgage ................................. Total real estate - mortgage .................. Consumer ............................................. Number of Contracts Year Ended December 31, 2019 Pre-Modification Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment (In Thousands) Outstanding Recorded Investment 3 $ - - - - - - 3 $ 87 3,415 $ - - - - - - 3,415 $ 3,415 - - - - - - 3,415 Year ended December 31, 2018 Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Contracts Commercial, financial and agricultural ... Real estate - construction ........................ Real estate - mortgage: Owner-occupied commercial .............. 1-4 family mortgage ........................... Other mortgage ................................... Total real estate - mortgage .................... Consumer................................................ 6 $ 1 2 1 - 3 - 10 $ 7,242 $ 997 3,664 850 - 4,514 - 12,753 $ 7,242 997 3,664 850 - 4,514 - 12,753 The following table presents TDRs by portfolio segment which defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and which were modified in the previous twelve months (i.e., the twelve months prior to default). For purposes of this disclosure default is defined as 90 days past due and still accruing or placement on nonaccrual status. Defaulted during the period, where modified in a TDR twelve months prior to default Commercial, financial and agricultural ..................................................................................... $ Real estate - construction .......................................................................................................... Real estate - mortgage: Owner occupied commercial ................................................................................................. 1-4 family mortgage .............................................................................................................. Other mortgage ..................................................................................................................... Total real estate - mortgage ....................................................................................................... Consumer .................................................................................................................................. $ Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 491 $ - 726 - - 726 - 1,217 $ 6,900 997 3,664 850 - 4,514 - 12,411 In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain related parties, including directors, and their affiliates. The interest rates on these loans were substantially the same as rates prevailing at the time of the transaction and repayment terms are customary for the type of loan. Changes in related party loans for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: Balance, beginning of year ....................... $ Additions .............................................. Advances .............................................. Repayments .......................................... Removal ................................................ Balance, end of year ............................. $ Years Ended December 31, 2018 2019 (In Thousands) 5,428 $ 17,794 4,861 (3,400) (2) 24,681 $ 8,440 4,174 3,657 (10,843) - 5,428 88 NOTE 4. FORECLOSED PROPERTIES Other real estate and certain other assets acquired in foreclosure are carried at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. An analysis of foreclosed properties for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 follows: Balance at beginning of year ......................................................... $ Transfers from loans and capitalized expenses .......................... Foreclosed properties sold ......................................................... Write downs and partial liquidations ......................................... Balance at end of year ................................................................... $ 5,169 $ 4,611 (1,437 ) (165 ) 8,178 $ 6,701 $ 3,087 (3,934) (685) 5,169 $ 4,988 4,685 (2,982) 10 6,701 2019 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 NOTE 5. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment are summarized as follows: Land ................................................................. $ Building............................................................ Furniture and equipment .................................. Leasehold improvements ................................. Construction in progress .................................. Total premises and equipment, cost.............. Accumulated depreciation ................................ Total premises and equipment, net ............... $ December 31, 2019 2018 (In Thousands) 5,830 $ 36,365 26,153 10,681 23 79,052 (22,556) 56,496 $ 5,489 36,337 24,774 10,190 200 76,990 (19,168 ) 57,822 The provisions for depreciation charged to occupancy and equipment expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $3.7 million, $3.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. NOTE 6. LEASES The Company leases space under non-cancelable operating leases for several of its banking offices and certain office equipment. The Company reports its right-of-use asset in other assets and its lease liabilities in other liabilities in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating leases is as follows: December 31, 2019 Right-of-use assets ............................................... $ Lease liabilities ..................................................... $ Weighted average remaining lease term ............... Weighted average discount rate ............................ 13,292 13,350 5.5 3.18 % Lease costs during the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows (in thousands): Operating lease cost ............................................... $ Short-term lease cost ............................................. Variable lease cost ................................................. Sublease income .................................................... Net lease cost ..................................................... $ 2019 3,421 65 154 (70) 3,570 89 Maturities of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 are as follows: 2020 .................................................. $ 2021 .................................................. 2022 .................................................. 2023 .................................................. 2024 .................................................. Thereafter .......................................... Total .............................................. $ (In Thousands) 3,005 2,383 2,425 2,024 1,074 2,439 13,350 NOTE 7. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (VIEs) The Company utilizes special purpose entities (SPEs) that constitute investments in limited partnerships that undertake certain development projects to achieve federal and state tax credits. These SPEs are typically structured as VIEs and are thus subject to consolidation by the reporting enterprise that absorbs the majority of the economic risks and rewards of the VIE. To determine whether it must consolidate a VIE, the Company analyzes the design of the VIE to identify the sources of variability within the VIE, including an assessment of the nature of risks created by the assets and other contractual obligations of the VIE, and determines whether it will absorb a majority of that variability. The Company has invested in limited partnerships as a funding investor. The partnerships are single purpose entities that lend money to real estate investors for the purpose of acquiring and operating, or rehabbing, commercial property. The investments qualify for New Market Tax Credits under Internal Revenue Code Section 45D, as amended, or Historic Rehabilitation Tax Credits under Code Section 47, as amended, or Low-Income Housing Tax Credits under Code Section 42, as amended. For each of the partnerships, the Company acts strictly in a limited partner capacity. The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships because it does not have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entities’ economic performance and therefore the partnerships are not consolidated in our financial statements. The amount of recorded investment in these partnerships as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $16.6 million and $18.9 million, respectively, of which $12.1 million and $12.8 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, are included in loans of the Company. The remaining amounts are included in other assets. NOTE 8. DEPOSITS Deposits at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows: December 31, 2019 2018 (In Thousands) Noninterest-bearing demand ....................... $ Interest-bearing checking ............................ Savings ........................................................ Time deposits, $250,000 and under ............. Time deposits, over $250,000 ..................... Total ......................................................... $ 1,749,879 $ 4,986,193 65,808 267,221 461,332 7,530,433 $ 1,557,341 4,624,909 53,880 257,925 421,653 6,915,708 The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2019 were as follows: 2020 ............................ $ 2021 ............................ 2022 ............................ 2023 ............................ 2024 ............................ Total ........................ $ (In Thousands) 415,448 172,030 57,820 58,812 24,443 728,553 At December 31, 2019 and 2018, overdraft deposits reclassified to loans were $4.2 million and $10.9 million, respectively. 90 NOTE 9. FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED At December 31, 2019, the Company had $385.7 million in federal funds purchased from its correspondent banks that are clients of its correspondent banking unit, compared to $288.7 million at December 31, 2018. Rates paid on these funds were between 1.60% and 1.67% as of December 31, 2019 and 2.50% and 2.65% as of December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019, the Company had available lines of credit totaling approximately $767.0 million with various financial institutions for borrowing on a short-term basis, compared to $562.0 million at December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019, the Company had $85.0 million in outstanding borrowings from these lines. The rate paid on this borrowing was 1.61%. The borrowing was paid off on January 2, 2020. NOTE 10. OTHER BORROWINGS Other borrowings are comprised of: (cid:404) $34.75 million of the Company’s 5% Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2025, which were issued in a private placement in July 2015 and pay interest semi-annually. The Notes may not be prepaid by the Company prior to July 15, 2020. (cid:404) $30.0 million on the Company’s 4.5% Subordinated Notes due November 8, 2027, which were issued in a private placement in November 2017 and pay interest semi-annually. The Notes may not be prepaid by the Company prior to November 8, 2022. Debt is reported net of unamortized issuance costs of $47,000 and $84,000 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. NOTE 11. SF INTERMEDIATE HOLDING COMPANY, INC., SF HOLDING 1, INC., SF REALTY 1, INC., SF FLA REALTY, INC., SF GA REALTY, INC. AND SF TN REALTY, INC. In January 2012, the Company formed SF Holding 1, Inc., an Alabama corporation, and its subsidiary, SF Realty 1, Inc., an Alabama corporation. In September 2013, the Company formed SF FLA Realty, Inc., an Alabama corporation and a subsidiary of SF Holding 1, Inc. In May 2014, the Company formed SF GA Realty, Inc., an Alabama corporation and a subsidiary of SF Holding 1, Inc. In February 2016, the Company formed SF TN Realty, Inc., an Alabama corporation and a subsidiary of SF Holding 1, Inc. Also in February 2016, the Company formed SF Intermediate Holding Company, Inc., an Alabama corporation. Immediately following the formation of SF Intermediate Holding Company, Inc., ServisFirst Bank assigned all of the outstanding capital stock of SF Holding 1, Inc. to SF Intermediate Holding Company, Inc., such that SF Holding 1, Inc. now is a wholly-owned first tier subsidiary of SF Intermediate Holding Company, Inc. SF Realty 1, SF FLA Realty, SF GA Realty and SF TN Realty all hold and manage participations in residential mortgages and commercial real estate loans originated by ServisFirst Bank and have elected to be treated as real estate investment trusts (“REIT”) for U.S. income tax purposes. SF Intermediate Holding Company, Inc., SF Holding 1, Inc., SF Realty 1, Inc., SF FLA Realty, Inc., SF GA Realty, Inc. and SF TN Realty, Inc. are all consolidated into the Company. NOTE 12. DERIVATIVES The Company has entered into agreements with secondary market investors to deliver loans on a “best efforts delivery” basis. When a rate is committed to a borrower, it is based on the best price that day and locked with the investor for the customer for a 30-day period. In the event the loan is not delivered to the investor, the Company has no risk or exposure with the investor. The interest rate lock commitments related to loans that are originated for later sale are classified as derivatives. The fair values of the Company’s agreements with investors and rate lock commitments to customers as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were not material. NOTE 13. EMPLOYEE AND DIRECTOR BENEFITS The Company has a stock incentive plan, which is described below. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the plan was approximately $1,100,000, $851,000 and $1,170,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Stock Incentive Plan On March 23, 2009, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which was effective upon approval by the stockholders at the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The 2009 Plan originally permitted the grant of up to 2,550,000 shares of common stock. However, upon stockholder approval during 2014, the Plan was 91 amended in order to allow the Company to grant stock options for up to 5,550,000 shares of common stock. The Plan authorizes the grant of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, non- stock share equivalents, performance shares or performance units and other equity-based awards. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the estimated fair market value of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2019, there are a total of 3,202,060 shares available to be granted under the Plan. Stock-based compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards granted is based on the grant-date fair value. For stock option awards, the fair value is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate. The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton model based on the weighted-average assumptions for expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected life of options granted. The assumptions used in determining the fair value of 2019, 2018 and 2017 stock option grants were as follows: Expected price volatility ............................... Expected dividend yield ............................... Expected term (in years) ............................... Risk-free rate ................................................ 40.00 % 1.76 % 7 1.96 % 35.39 % 1.24 % 6 2.90 % 29.00 % 0.44 % 6 2.08 % 2019 2018 2017 The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $12.40, $12.76 and $11.82, respectively. The following tables summarize stock option activity: Weighted Average Exercise Price Shares Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In Thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2019: Outstanding at beginning of year ............................ Granted ............................................................... Exercised ............................................................ Forfeited.............................................................. Outstanding at end of year ...................................... 1,238,748 $ 35,500 (288,800 ) (20,200 ) 965,248 $ 13.02 34.06 7.56 24.88 15.19 5.2 $ 9.6 2.5 6.2 4.9 $ 23,355 129 8,534 259 21,911 Exercisable at December 31, 2019: ............................ 278,500 $ 8.28 3.0 $ 8,355 Year Ended December 31, 2018: Outstanding at beginning of year ............................ Granted ............................................................... Exercised ............................................................ Forfeited.............................................................. Outstanding at end of year ...................................... 1,666,834 $ 42,250 (414,336 ) (56,000 ) 1,238,748 $ 10.68 37.21 5.73 15.40 13.02 5.5 $ 9.6 2.8 6.2 5.2 $ 51,377 - 10,832 912 23,355 Exercisable at December 31, 2018: ............................ 510,100 $ 7.08 3.5 $ 12,645 Year Ended December 31, 2017: Outstanding at beginning of year ............................ Granted ............................................................... Exercised ............................................................ Forfeited.............................................................. Outstanding at end of year ...................................... 2,026,334 $ 58,000 (385,500 ) (32,000 ) 1,666,834 $ 9.00 37.59 4.96 21.96 10.68 6.2 $ 9.1 4.0 8.1 5.5 $ 57,636 227 14,087 625 51,377 Exercisable at December 31, 2017: ............................ 808,236 $ 5.22 3.9 $ 29,321 92 Exercisable options at December 31, 2019 were as follows: Range of Weighted Average Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (years) $ 4.17 5.00 5.50 6.92 15.25 18.57 5,500 $ 79,500 80,000 37,500 50,000 26,000 278,500 $ 4.17 5.00 5.50 6.92 15.25 18.57 8.28 Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In Thousands) 199 3,022 2,362 1,154 1,121 497 8,355 1.0 $ 2.1 2.2 4.0 5.0 3.5 3.0 $ As of December 31, 2019, there was $1.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. As of December 31, 2019, non-vested stock options had a weighted average remaining time to vest of 1.3 years. Restricted Stock The Company periodically grants restricted stock awards that vest upon service conditions. Dividend payments are made during the vesting period. The following table summarizes restricted stock activity: Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Shares Year Ended December 31, 2019: Non-vested at beginning of year ................ Granted ................................................... Vested ..................................................... Forfeited ................................................. Non-vested at end of year ........................... Year Ended December 31, 2018: Non-vested at beginning of year ................ Granted ................................................... Vested ..................................................... Forfeited ................................................. Non-vested at end of year ........................... Year Ended December 31, 2017: Non-vested at beginning of year ................ Granted ................................................... Vested ..................................................... Non-vested at end of year ........................... 42,576 $ 35,164 (5,450 ) (2,500 ) 69,790 $ 120,676 $ 16,350 (93,200 ) (1,250 ) 42,576 $ 118,676 $ 7,000 (5,000 ) 120,676 $ 29.96 33.61 20.92 38.17 32.21 10.29 39.84 6.07 41.21 29.96 8.88 38.02 15.74 10.29 The value of restricted stock is determined to be the current value of the Company’s stock, and this total value will be recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. As of December 31, 2019, there was $1.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock. As of December 31, 2019, non-vested restricted stock had a weighted average remaining time to vest of 2.5 years. 93 Retirement Plans The Company has a retirement savings 401(k) and profit-sharing plan in which all employees age 21 and older may participate after completion of one year of service. For employees in service with the Company at June 15, 2005, the length of service and age requirements were waived. The Company matches employees’ contributions based on a percentage of salary contributed by participants and may make additional discretionary profit-sharing contributions. The Company’s expense for the plan was $1.7 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. NOTE 14. REGULATORY MATTERS The Bank is subject to dividend restrictions set forth in the Alabama Banking Code and by the Alabama State Banking Department. Under such restrictions, the Bank may not, without the prior approval of the Alabama State Banking Department, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings plus the retained earnings from the prior two years. Based on these restrictions, the Bank would be limited to paying $339.0 million in dividends as of December 31, 2019. The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the state and federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank and the financial statements. Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification under the prompt corrective guidelines are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of common equity Tier 1 capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 capital to risk- weighted assets (as defined in the regulations), and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2019, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve announced its approval of a final rule to implement the regulatory capital reforms developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”), among other changes required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The new rules became effective January 1, 2015, subject to a phase-in period for certain aspects of the new rules. In order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executives, under the new rules a covered banking organization will also be required to maintain a “capital conservation buffer” in addition to its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer is required to consist solely of common equity Tier 1, and the buffer applies to all three risk-based measurements (CET1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer was phased in incrementally over time, beginning January 1, 2016 and becoming fully effective on January 1, 2019, and ultimately consists of an additional amount of Tier 1 common equity equal to 2.5% of risk- weighted assets. At December 31, 2019 the Company and bank exceeded such requirement. As of December 31, 2019, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized ServisFirst Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To remain categorized as well capitalized, the Bank will have to maintain minimum CET1, total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as disclosed in the table below. Management believes that it is well capitalized under the prompt corrective action provisions as of December 31, 2019. 94 The Company’s and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table: Actual For Capital Adequacy Purposes To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio As of December 31, 2019: CET I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets: Consolidated ................... $ ServisFirst Bank ............. Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets: Consolidated ................... ServisFirst Bank ............. Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets: Consolidated ................... ServisFirst Bank ............. Tier I Capital to Average Assets: Consolidated ................... ServisFirst Bank ............. As of December 31, 2018: CET I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets: Consolidated ................... $ ServisFirst Bank ............. Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets: Consolidated ................... ServisFirst Bank ............. Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets: Consolidated ................... ServisFirst Bank ............. Tier I Capital to Average Assets: Consolidated ................... ServisFirst Bank ............. 822,396 885,172 10.50 % $ 11.30 % 342,283 342,269 4.50 % 4.50 % $ N/A 494,389 N/A 6.50 % 822,896 885,674 10.50 % 11.31 % 456,377 456,359 6.00 % 6.00 % N/A 608,479 N/A 8.00 % 964,683 962,758 12.31 % 12.29 % 608,502 608,479 8.00 % 8.00 % N/A 760,598 N/A 10.00 % 822,896 885,674 9.13 % 9.83 % 356,012 355,998 4.00 % 4.00 % N/A 444,997 N/A 5.00 % 705,203 768,614 10.12 % $ 11.03 % 313,564 313,554 4.50 % 4.50 % $ N/A 452,911 N/A 6.50 % 705,705 769,116 10.13 % 11.04 % 418,086 418,071 6.00 % 6.00 % N/A 557,428 N/A 8.00 % 839,471 838,216 12.05 % 12.03 % 557,448 557,428 8.00 % 8.00 % N/A 696,786 N/A 10.00 % 705,705 769,116 9.07 % 9.89 % 311,214 311,206 4.00 % 4.00 % N/A 389,007 N/A 5.00 % 95 NOTE 15. OTHER OPERATING INCOME AND EXPENSES The major components of other operating income and expense included in noninterest income and noninterest expense are as follows: Other Operating Income ATM fee income .......................................................................... $ Gain (loss) on sale of fixed assets ................................................ Other ............................................................................................ Total other operating income ................................................... $ Other Operating Expenses Data processing ............................................................................ $ Other loan expenses ..................................................................... Customer and public relations ..................................................... Bank service charges ................................................................... Sales and use tax .......................................................................... Write-down investment in tax credit partnerships ....................... Telephone .................................................................................... Donations and contributions ........................................................ Marketing ..................................................................................... Supplies ....................................................................................... Fraud and forgery losses .............................................................. Directors fees ............................................................................... Postage ......................................................................................... Other operational losses ............................................................... Other ............................................................................................ Total other operating expenses ................................................. $ NOTE 16. INCOME TAXES The components of income tax expense are as follows: 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 1,477 $ 5 261 1,743 $ 8,801 $ 3,476 2,545 2,432 640 746 1,131 837 581 572 577 545 393 36 4,136 27,448 $ 876 $ - 363 1,239 $ 6,667 $ 2,711 2,182 2,004 733 750 919 859 557 550 464 467 439 519 3,477 23,298 $ 711 1 387 1,099 5,454 2,170 2,008 1,522 1,167 1,081 990 744 716 595 515 472 441 167 3,087 21,129 Current tax expense: Federal ............................................................................... $ State ................................................................................... Total current tax expense ............................................... Deferred tax (benefit) expense: Federal ............................................................................... State ................................................................................... Total deferred tax (benefit) expense ............................... Total income tax expense ........................................ $ 2019 Year Ended December 31, 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 36,683 $ 2,012 38,695 (166) (911) (1,077) 37,618 $ 43,207 $ 2,950 46,157 (12,636) (1,619) (14,255) 31,902 $ 27,952 2,258 30,210 17,073 (3,025) 14,048 44,258 96 The Company’s total income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the Federal income tax statutory rates to income before income taxes. A reconciliation of the differences is as follows: Year Ended December 31, 2019 % of Pre-tax Earnings Amount (In Thousands) 39,241 Income tax at statutory federal rate ......................... $ Effect on rate of: State income tax, net of federal tax effect ............ Tax-exempt income, net of expenses ................... Bank owned life insurance contracts .................... Excess tax benefit from stock compensation ........... Federal tax credits .................................................... Other ........................................................................ Effective income tax and rate .................................. $ 822 (461) (787) (1,405) (170) 378 37,618 21.00% 0.44% (0.25)% (0.42)% (0.75)% (0.09)% 0.20% 20.13% Year Ended December 31, 2018 Income tax at statutory federal rate ....................... $ Effect on rate of: Amount (In Thousands) 35,457 State income tax, net of federal tax effect .......... Tax-exempt income, net of expenses ................. Bank owned life insurance contracts .................. Excess tax benefit from stock compensation ......... Federal tax credits .................................................. Other ...................................................................... Effective income tax and rate ................................ $ 808 (655) (657) (3,118) (113) 180 31,902 % of Pre-tax Earnings 21.00% 0.48% (0.39)% (0.39)% (1.84)% (0.07)% 0.10% 18.89% Year Ended December 31, 2017 Income tax at statutory federal rate ....................... $ Effect on rate of: Amount (In Thousands) 48,073 State income tax, net of federal tax effect .......... Tax-exempt income, net of expenses ................. Bank owned life insurance contracts .................. Excess tax benefit from stock compensation ......... Federal tax credits .................................................. Enacted tax rate change ......................................... Other ...................................................................... Effective income tax and rate ................................ $ 43 (1,356) (1,096) (4,278) (234) 3,108 (2) 44,258 % of Pre-tax Earnings 35.00% 0.03% (0.99)% (0.80)% (3.11)% (0.17)% 2.26 -% 32.22% 97 The components of net deferred tax asset are as follows: Deferred tax assets: Allowance for loan losses ................................................. $ Other real estate owned .................................................... Nonqualified equity awards .............................................. Nonaccrual interest ........................................................... State tax credits ................................................................ Investments ...................................................................... Deferred loan fees ............................................................ Reserve for unfunded commitments ................................. Accrued bonus .................................................................. Differences in amounts reflected in financial statements and income tax basis of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisition .................................................. Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale .......... Other deferred tax assets .................................................. Total deferred tax assets ............................................... Deferred tax liabilities: Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale .......... Depreciation ..................................................................... Prepaid expenses .............................................................. Acquired intangible assets ................................................ Total deferred tax liabilities .......................................... Net deferred tax assets ......................................................... $ December 31, 2019 2018 (In Thousands) 17,733 $ 225 953 231 7,787 1,119 891 183 2,029 121 - 487 31,759 1,515 4,021 516 141 6,193 25,566 $ 17,212 317 788 311 6,791 1,130 804 135 2,025 139 1,273 669 31,594 - 3,732 376 209 4,317 27,277 The Company believes its net deferred tax asset is recoverable as of December 31, 2019 based on the expectation of future taxable income and other relevant considerations. Pursuant to ASC 740-10-30-2 Income Taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed the “Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018” (referred to as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” or the Act). The Act provided for a reduction in the corporate tax rate from a maximum tax rate of 35% to a flat tax rate of 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As a result, the Company revalued its deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017, and recorded the effect of this change as a component of tax expense. Tax expense recorded related to the change in the enacted federal tax rate was $3,108,000 in 2017. The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and various consolidated and separate company state income tax returns. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2016 through 2019. The Company is also currently open to audit by several state departments of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016 through 2019. The audit periods differ depending on the date the Company began business activities in each state. Currently, there are no years for which the Company filed a federal or state income tax return that are under examination by the IRS or any state department of revenue. Accrued interest and penalties on unrecognized income tax benefits totaled $135,000 and $106,000 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Unrecognized income tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate totaled $2,683,000 and $2,133,000 (net of the federal benefit on state income tax issues), respectively. The Company does not expect any of the uncertain tax positions to be settled or resolved during the next twelve months. 98 The following table presents a summary of the changes during 2019, 2018 and 2017 in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that are included in the consolidated balance sheets. Balance, beginning of year ............................................................ $ Increases related to prior year tax positions ............................... Decreases related to prior year tax positions ............................. Increases related to current year tax positions ........................... Settlements ................................................................................. Enacted tax rate change ............................................................. Lapse of statute .......................................................................... Balance, end of year ...................................................................... $ NOTE 17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Loan Commitments 2019 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 2,133 $ 998 - - - - (448) 2,683 $ 1,779 $ 799 - - - - (445) 2,133 $ 1,375 365 - - - 315 (276) 1,779 The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, credit card arrangements, and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. A summary of the Company’s approximate commitments and contingent liabilities is as follows: 2019 2018 (In Thousands) 2017 Commitments to extend credit...................................................... $ Credit card arrangements .............................................................. Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees ........................ Total .......................................................................................... $ 2,303,788 $ 248,617 48,394 2,600,799 $ 1,985,801 $ 173,613 40,590 2,200,004 $ 1,945,171 128,149 41,654 2,114,974 Commitments to extend credit, credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit all include exposure to some credit loss in the event of nonperformance of the customer. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet financial instruments. Because these instruments have fixed maturity dates, and because many of them expire without being drawn upon, they do not generally present any significant liquidity risk to the Company. NOTE 18. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT The Company originates primarily commercial, residential, and consumer loans to customers in the Company’s market area. The ability of the majority of the Company’s customers to honor their contractual loan obligations is dependent on the economy in the market area. The Company’s loan portfolio is concentrated primarily in loans secured by real estate, principally secured by real estate in the Company’s primary market areas. In addition, a substantial portion of the other real estate owned is located in that same market. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of the loan portfolio and the recovery of the carrying amount of other real estate owned are susceptible to changes in market conditions in the Company’s primary market area. 99 NOTE 19. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options. The difference in earnings per share under the two-class method was not significant at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Year Ended December 31, 2018 (Dollar Amounts In Thousands Except Per Share Amounts) 2017 2019 Earnings Per Share ........................................................................ Weighted average common shares outstanding ............................. Net income available to common stockholders ............................. $ Basic earnings per common share ................................................. $ 53,530,766 149,180 $ 2.79 53,172,695 136,877 $ 2.57 $ 52,887,359 93,030 1.76 Weighted average common shares outstanding ............................. Dilutive effects of assumed conversions and exercise of stock 53,530,766 53,172,695 52,887,359 options and warrants .................................................................. 572,308 997,184 1,236,598 Weighted average common and dilutive potential common shares outstanding ................................................................................. Net income available to common stockholders ............................. $ Diluted earnings per common share .............................................. $ 54,103,074 149,180 $ 2.76 $ 54,169,879 136,877 $ 2.53 $ 54,123,957 93,030 1.72 NOTE 20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS As more fully described in Note 3, the Company had outstanding loan balances to related parties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 in the amount of $24.7 million and $5.4 million, respectively. Related party deposits totaled $5.9 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. NOTE 21. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT Measurement of fair value under U.S. GAAP establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value, as of the measurement date, into three broad levels, which are described below: Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs. Level 2: Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by market data. Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs. In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible and also considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value. Debt Securities. Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly liquid government securities such as U.S. Treasuries and exchange-traded equity securities. For securities traded in secondary markets for which quoted market prices are not available, the Company generally relies on pricing services provided by independent vendors. Such independent pricing services are to advise the Company on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio. As part of the Company’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes. When a questionable price exists, the Company investigates further to determine if the price is valid. If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value. The Company has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in discussions with the pricing service regarding their methods of price discovery. Securities measured with these techniques are classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy and often involve using quoted market prices for similar securities, pricing models or discounted cash flow calculations using inputs observable in the market where available. Examples include U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, and certain corporate, asset-backed 100 and other securities. In cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, as in the case of certain corporate securities, these securities are classified in Level 3 of the hierarchy. Impaired Loans. Impaired loans are measured and reported at fair value when full payment under the loan terms is not probable. Impaired loans are carried at the present value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate in a discounted cash flow calculation, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Expected cash flows are based on internal inputs reflecting expected default rates on contractual cash flows. This method of estimating fair value does not incorporate the exit-price concept of fair value described in ASC 820-10 and would generally result in a higher value than the exit-price approach. For loans measured using the estimated fair value of collateral less costs to sell, fair value is generally determined based on appraisals performed by certified and licensed appraisers using inputs such as absorption rates, capitalization rates and market comparables, adjusted for estimated costs to sell. Management modifies the appraised values, if needed, to take into account recent developments in the market or other factors, such as changes in absorption rates or market conditions from the time of valuation, and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition. Such modifications to the appraised values could result in lower valuations of such collateral. Estimated costs to sell are based on current amounts of disposal costs for similar assets. These measurements are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy. Impaired loans are subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustment upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment. A portion of the allowance for loan losses is allocated to impaired loans if the value of such loans is deemed to be less than the unpaid balance. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly based on the same factors identified above. The amount recognized as an impairment charge related to impaired loans that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis was $22,924,000 and $14,942,000 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Other Real Estate Owned. Other real estate assets (“OREO”) acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less selling costs. Any write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO are charged to the allowance for loan losses subsequent to foreclosure. Values are derived from appraisals of underlying collateral and discounted cash flow analysis. Appraisals are performed by certified and licensed appraisers. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and assets are marked to current fair value, not to exceed the new cost basis. In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in absorption rates and market conditions from the time of valuation, and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition, which could result in adjustment to lower the property value estimates indicated in the appraisals. These measurements are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy. Net losses on the sale and write-downs of OREO of $432,000 and $775,000 was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These charges were for write-downs in the value of OREO subsequent to foreclosure and losses on the disposal of OREO. OREO is classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. There was one residential real estate loan foreclosure for $103,000 classified as OREO as of December 31, 2019, compared to $360,000 as of December 31, 2018. One residential real estate loan for $287,000 was in the process of being foreclosed as of December 31, 2019. 101 The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 Using Quoted Prices in Active Markets Significant Other Significant for Identical Unobservable Assets (Level 1) Inputs (Level 2) Inputs (Level 3) Observable Total Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis: Available-for-sale securities: U.S. Treasury securities ...................................... $ Government agency securities ............................. Mortgage-backed securities ................................. State and municipal securities ............................. Corporate debt ..................................................... Total assets at fair value ...................................... $ (In Thousands) - $ - - - - $ 49,210 $ 18,386 474,054 57,272 153,881 752,803 $ - $ - - 6,596 6,596 $ 49,210 18,386 474,054 57,272 160,477 759,399 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 Using Quoted Prices in Active Markets Significant Other Significant for Identical Unobservable Assets (Level 1) Inputs (Level 2) Inputs (Level 3) Observable Total Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis: Available-for-sale securities U.S. Treasury securities ...................................... $ Government agency securities ............................. Mortgage-backed securities ................................. State and municipal securities ............................. Corporate debt ..................................................... Total assets at fair value ...................................... $ (In Thousands) - $ - - - - $ 58,428 $ 18,565 304,304 105,994 96,375 583,666 $ - $ - - 6,518 6,518 $ 58,428 18,565 304,304 105,994 102,893 590,184 The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows: Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 Using Quoted Prices in Active Markets Significant Other for Identical Observable Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Assets (Level 1) Inputs (Level 2) Total Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis: Impaired loans ........................................................ $ Other real estate owned and repossessed assets ..... Total assets at fair value ..................................... - - - (In Thousands) - $ - - $ 33,344 $ 8,178 41,522 $ 33,344 8,178 41,522 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 Using Quoted Prices in Active Markets Significant Other Significant for Identical Unobservable Assets (Level 1) Inputs (Level 2) Inputs (Level 3) Observable Total Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis: Impaired loans ........................................................ $ Other real estate owned .......................................... Total assets at fair value ..................................... $ - $ - - $ (In Thousands) - $ - - $ 30,463 $ 5,169 35,632 $ 30,463 5,169 35,632 The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged in a sale between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. Current U.S. GAAP excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its fair value disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company. 102 The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments: Debt securities: Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly liquid government securities such as U.S. treasuries and exchange-traded equity securities. For securities traded in secondary markets for which quoted market prices are not available, the Company generally relies on prices obtained from independent vendors. Such independent pricing services are to advise the Company on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio. As part of the Company’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes. When a questionable price exists, the Company investigates further to determine if the price is valid. If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value. The Company has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in discussions with the pricing service regarding their methods of price discovery. Securities measured with these techniques are classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy and often involve using quoted market prices for similar securities, pricing models or discounted cash flow calculations using inputs observable in the market where available. Examples include U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, and certain corporate, asset-backed and other securities. In cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Equity securities: Fair values for other investments are considered to be their cost as they are redeemed at par value. Mortgage loans held for sale: Loans are committed to be delivered to investors on a “best efforts delivery” basis within 30 days or origination. Due to this short turn-around time, the carrying amounts of the Company’s agreements approximate their fair values. The carrying amount, estimated fair value and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are presented in the following table. This table includes those financial assets and liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis. December 31, 2019 2018 Carrying Amount Fair Value Carrying Amount Fair Value (In Thousands) Financial Assets: Level 1 Inputs: Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................... $ 530,127 $ 530,127 $ 458,050 $ 458,050 Level 2 Inputs: Debt securities available for sale ............................................. $ 752,803 $ 752,803 $ 583,666 $ 583,666 894 Equity securities....................................................................... Federal funds sold .................................................................... 223,845 121 Mortgage loans held for sale .................................................... 894 223,845 120 - 100,473 6,312 - 100,473 6,302 Level 3 Inputs: 6,518 Debt securities available for sale ............................................. $ Debt securities held to maturity ............................................... - Loans, net ................................................................................. 7,184,867 7,132,542 6,464,899 6,398,604 6,596 $ 250 6,518 $ - 6,596 $ 250 Financial Liabilities: Level 2 Inputs: Deposits ................................................................................... $ 7,530,433 $ 7,534,984 $ 6,915,708 $ 6,910,176 288,725 Federal funds purchased .......................................................... 64,613 Other borrowings ..................................................................... 288,725 64,666 470,749 65,048 470,749 64,703 103 NOTE 22. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION The following information presents the condensed balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the condensed statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (In Thousands) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 ASSETS Cash and due from banks .............................................................................................. $ Investment in subsidiary ................................................................................................ Other assets ................................................................................................................... Total assets ................................................................................................................ $ 10,071 $ 904,958 1,238 916,267 $ 9,034 778,112 239 787,385 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Liabilities: Other borrowings ........................................................................................................... $ Other liabilities .............................................................................................................. Total liabilities ........................................................................................................... Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 1,000,000 authorized and undesignated 64,703 $ 9,384 74,087 64,666 8,018 72,684 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 ......................................................... - - Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 53,623,740 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 53,375,195 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 ................................................ Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................................. Retained earnings .......................................................................................................... Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income ......................................................... Total stockholders' equity .......................................................................................... Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ....................................................................... $ 54 219,766 616,611 5,749 842,180 916,267 $ 53 218,521 500,868 (4,741) 714,701 787,385 CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (In Thousands) Income: Dividends received from subsidiary .............................................. $ Other income ................................................................................. Total income .............................................................................. Expense: Other expenses .............................................................................. Total expenses ........................................................................... Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary .............................. Net income .................................................................................... Dividends on preferred stock ..................................................... Net income available to common stockholders ............................. $ 2019 2018 2017 37,000 $ - 37,000 2,930 2,930 115,110 149,180 - 149,180 $ 23,000 $ 176 23,176 2,933 2,933 116,634 136,877 - 136,877 $ 6,500 2 6,502 2,260 2,260 88,788 93,030 - 93,030 104 STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017 (In Thousands) Operating activities Net income ..................................................................................... $ Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 2019 2018 2017 149,180 $ 136,877 $ 93,030 Other ....................................................................................... Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ........................ Net cash provided by operating activities ................................... 38 (115,110) 34,108 (1,181) (116,634) 19,062 (314) (88,788) 3,928 Investing activities Investment in subsidiary.......................................................... Other ....................................................................................... Net cash used in investing activities ........................................... Financing activities Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes ........................ Redemption of subordinated notes .......................................... Dividends paid on common stock ........................................... Net cash provided by financing activities ................................... Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ........................... Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ............................. Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ....................................... $ - (1,000) (1,000) - - (32,071) (32,071) 1,037 9,034 10,071 $ - 275 275 - - (20,194) (20,194) (857) 9,891 9,034 $ - - - 29,943 (20,000) (10,040) (97) 3,831 6,060 9,891 NOTE 23. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial data derived from our consolidated financial statements. Such data is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes continued in this annual report on Form 10-K. 2019 Quarter Ended (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31 June 30 Interest income .............................................................. $ Interest expense ............................................................. Net interest income ........................................................ Provision for loan losses ................................................ Net income available to common stockholders ............. Net income per common share, basic ............................ $ Net income per common share, diluted ......................... $ 93,699 $ 24,921 68,778 4,885 35,010 0.65 $ 0.65 $ September 30 December 31 98,187 22,410 75,777 5,884 41,005 0.77 0.76 101,130 $ 28,125 73,005 6,985 37,563 0.70 $ 0.69 $ 97,787 $ 27,702 70,085 4,884 35,602 0.67 $ 0.66 $ 2018 Quarter Ended (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31 90,164 21,306 68,858 6,518 36,205 0.68 0.67 84,058 $ 17,195 66,863 6,624 34,560 0.65 $ 0.64 $ 78,396 $ 13,874 64,522 4,121 33,509 0.63 $ 0.62 $ Interest income .............................................................. $ Interest expense ............................................................. Net interest income ........................................................ Provision for loan losses ................................................ Net income available to common stockholders ............. Net income per common share, basic ............................ $ Net income per common share, diluted ......................... $ 74,009 $ 11,573 62,436 4,139 32,603 0.61 $ 0.60 $ 105 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. There were no disagreements with accountants regarding accounting and financial disclosure matters during the year ended December 31, 2019. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our management, under supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based upon that evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 14d-14(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal controls systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements in the Company’s financial statements, including the possibility of circumvention or overriding of controls. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As of December 31, 2019, management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013),” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on those criteria. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, has been audited by Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report herein — “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. 106 PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE We respond to this Item by incorporating by reference the material responsive to this Item in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Information regarding the Company’s executive officers is provided in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K. Code of Ethics Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. The Code of Ethics covers compliance with law; fair and honest dealings with us, with competitors and with others; fair and honest disclosure to the public; and procedures for compliance with the Code of Ethics. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.servisfirstbank.com. We will disclose any amendments or waivers, including implicit waivers, of the Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our website. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION We respond to this Item by incorporating by reference the material responsive to this Item in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS We respond to this Item by incorporating by reference the material responsive to this Item in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The information called for by this item relating to “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” is provided in Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE We respond to this Item by incorporating by reference the material responsive to this Item in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES We respond to this Item by incorporating by reference the material responsive to this Item in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 107 ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules (a) The following statements are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K PART IV Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements ....................... Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting ............ Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 ............................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.............................. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 .... Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ........ Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ....................... Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ........................................................................................................... Page 64 66 68 69 70 71 72 73 (b) The following exhibits are furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K EXHIBIT NO. NAME OF EXHIBIT 2.1 3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 Plan of Reorganization and Agreement of Merger dated August 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10, filed on March 28, 2008). Restated Certificate of Incorporation as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 24, 2016). Certificate of Elimination of the Senior-Non Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed on June 28, 2016). Bylaws (Restated for SEC filing purposes only) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 4, 2014). Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10, filed on March 28, 2008). Revised Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 15, 2008, Commission File No. 0-53149). 4.3 Description of Capital Stock 10.1* 10.2* 10.3* 10.4* 2005 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10, filed on March 28, 2008). Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with William M. Foshee dated March 5, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 7, 2014). Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with Clarence C. Pouncey III dated March 5, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 7, 2014). Employment Agreement of Andrew N. Kattos dated April 27, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10, filed on March 28, 2008). 108 10.5* 10.6* 10.7* 10.8* 10.9* 10.10* 10.11* 10.12* 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16* 10.17* Employment Agreement of G. Carlton Barker dated February 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10, filed on March 28, 2008). 2009 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on March 18, 2014). Note Purchase Agreement, dated July 15, 2015 between the Company and the purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 20, 2015). Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 8, 2017, between ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and certain accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 9, 2017). First Amendment to the ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 1, 2016). First Amendment to the ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 1, 2016). Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award pursuant to the ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 1, 2016). Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to the ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed June 17, 2014). Loan Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2016, by and between ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and NexBank SSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8- K, filed September 2, 2016). Revolving Promissory Note dated as of September 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 2, 2016). Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of September 1, 2016 by and between ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. and NexBank SSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 2, 2016). Second Amendment to the ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 17, 2018). Third Amendment to the ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2019). 10.18* Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award (Revised 2019)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2019). 109 10.19* Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Revised 2019)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2019). 21 23 24 List of Subsidiaries Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP Power of Attorney 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 101.INS XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File as its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document 101.SCH XBRL Schema Documents 101.CAL XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document 101.LAB XBRL Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document 101.DEF XBRL Definition Linkbase Document * denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 110 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SERVISFIRST BANCSHARES, INC. By: /s/Thomas A. Broughton, III Thomas A. Broughton, III President and Chief Executive Officer Dated: February 25, 2020 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. Signature Title /s/Thomas A. Broughton, III Thomas A. Broughton, III /s/ William M. Foshee William M. Foshee * Irma L. Tuder * Michael D. Fuller * James J. Filler * Joseph R. Cashio * Hatton C. V. Smith * Christopher J. Mettler Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) Director Director Director Director Director Director Date February 25, 2020 February 25, 2020 February 25, 2020 February 25, 2020 February 25, 2020 February 25, 2020 February 25, 2020 February 25, 2020 _________________ *The undersigned, acting pursuant to a Power of Attorney, has signed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for and on behalf of the persons indicated above as such persons’ true and lawful attorney-in-fact and in their names, places and stated, in the capacities indicated above and on the date indicated below. /s/ William M. Foshee William M. Foshee Attorney-in-Fact February 25, 2020 111

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above